Shipyard Industry

Standards

OSHA 2268-10R 2021
This publication is not a standard or regulation, 

and it creates no new legal obligations. 

It contains recommendations as well as 

descriptions of mandatory safety and health 

standards. The recommendations are advisory 

in nature, informational in content, and are 

intended to assist employers in providing a 

safe and healthful workplace. The Occupational 

Safety and Health Act (OSH Act) requires 

employers to comply with safety and health 

standards and regulations promulgated by 

OSHA or by a state with an OSHA-approved 

state plan. In addition, the Act’s General Duty 

Clause, Section 5(a)(1), requires employers to 

provide their employees with a workplace free 

from recognized hazards likely to cause death 

or serious physical harm.

Material contained in this publication is in the 

public domain and may be reproduced, fully or 

partially, without permission. Source credit is 

requested but not required.

This information will be made available to 

sensory-impaired individuals upon request. 

Voice phone: (202) 693-1999; teletypewriter 

(TTY) number: 1-877-889-5627. 

Cover photo from the American Shipbuilding Association, courtesy of 

General Dynamics NASSCO in San Diego, CA.

Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970

“To assure safe and healthful working 

conditions for working men and women; by 

authorizing enforcement of the standards 

developed under the Act; by assisting and 

encouraging the States in their efforts 

to assure safe and healthful working 

conditions; by providing for research, 

information, education, and training in the 

field of occupational safety and health.”
Shipyard Industry

Standards

U.S. Department of Labor

Occupational Safety and Health Administration

OSHA 2268-10R 2021

SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

v

Foreword

This booklet contains all the safety and health 

standards specific to the Shipyard Industry 

contained in Title 29 Code of Federal Regulations 

(CFR) Part 1915, as of March 20, 2021. Also 

included are brief discussions of the following:

1. The importance of regular employee training to 

establish and reinforce employee awareness in the 

areas of job safety and health.

2. The elements of a safety and health program 

that can be used by employers to develop effective 

programs at their work sites.

A brief description of the OSHA Consultation 

Program, which is available to assist employers, is 

also included at the end of this publication.

Hazards not covered by Shipyard Industry 

standards may be covered by General Industry 

standards contained in 29 CFR Part 1910 (OSHA 

website: www.osha.gov). Where a hazard is 

covered by both the Shipyard Industry standards 

and the General Industry standards, only the 

Shipyard Industry standard will be cited by OSHA 

inspectors (described in more detail in 29 CFR 

1910.5, Applicability of Standards).

In addition, OSHA regulations regarding general 

agency practices and procedures are applicable 

to shipyard employment. Particular attention is 

directed to the provisions of 29 CFR Part 1904, 

Recording and Reporting Occupational Injuries 

and Illnesses.

Employees of employers performing shipyard 

activities on the shore, pier, terminal, yard, shipyard, 

machine shop, riverbank, etc., as well as on the 

vessels afloat or in drydocks or graving docks are 

covered by the Shipyard standards.

The OSH Act of 1970 encourages states to develop 

and operate their own job safety and health 

plans. States administering occupational safety 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

v i

and health programs through plans approved 

under Section 18(b) of the OSH Act must adopt 

standards and enforce requirements that are “at 

least as effective” as Federal OSHA requirements. 

There are currently 28 OSHA-approved state plans: 

22 cover both private and public sector employees 

(state and local government). Five additional states 

(Connecticut, Illinois, Maine, New Jersey, New 

York) and the Virgin Islands have plans that cover 

public sector workers only. 

For more information on state plans, see 

www.osha.gov/stateplans.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

vii

Contents

Foreword. 

Maritime Coverage under State Plans. 

Recommended Practices for Safety and 

Health Programs. 

Subpart A – General Provisions  

§1915.1 – Purpose and authority. 

§1915.2 – Scope and application. 

§1915.3 – Responsibility. 

§1915.4 – Definitions. 

§1915.5 – Incorporation by reference. 

§1915.6 – Commercial diving operations. .

§1915.7 – Competent person. .

§1915.8 – OMB control numbers under the 

Paperwork Reduction Act. .

§1915.9 – Compliance duties owed to 

each employee. .

Subpart B – Confined and Enclosed Spaces 

and Other Dangerous Atmospheres in 

Shipyard Employment  .

§1915.11 – Scope, application, and definitions 

applicable to this Subpart. .

§1915.12 – Precautions and the order of 

testing before entering confined 

and enclosed spaces and other 

dangerous atmospheres. .

§1915.13 – Cleaning and other cold work. .

§1915.14 – Hot Work  .

§1915.15 – Maintenance of safe conditions. .

§1915.16 – Warning signs and labels. .

APPENDIX A to SUBPART B of PART 1915 — 

Compliance Assistance Guidelines for 

Confined and Enclosed Spaces and Other 

Dangerous Atmospheres. .

APPENDIX B to SUBPART B of PART 1915 — 

Reprint of U.S. Coast Guard Regulations 

Referenced in Subpart B, for Determination 

of Coast Guard Authorized Persons. .
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

viii

Subpart C – Surface Preparation 

and Preservation. .

§1915.31 – Scope and application of Subpart. .

§1915.32 – Toxic cleaning solvents. .

§1915.33 – Chemical paint and 

preservative removers. .

§1915.34 – Mechanical paint removers. .

§1915.35 – Painting. .

§1915.36 – Flammable liquids. .

Subpart D – Welding, Cutting and Heating  .

§1915.51 – Ventilation and protection in welding, 

cutting and heating. .

§1915.53 – Welding, cutting and heating in way 

of preservative coatings. .

§1915.54 – Welding, cutting and heating of 

hollow metal containers and 

structures not covered by §1915.12. .

§1915.55 – Gas welding and cutting. .

§1915.56 – Arc welding and cutting. .

§1915.57 – Uses of fissionable material in ship 

repairing and shipbuilding. .

Subpart E – Scaffolds, Ladders and Other 

Working Surfaces. .

§1915.71 – Scaffolds or staging. .

§1915.72 – Ladders. .

§1915.73 – Guarding of deck openings and edges. .

§1915.74 – Access to vessels. .

§1915.75 – Access to and guarding of dry docks 

and marine railways. .

§1915.76 – Access to cargo spaces and 

confined spaces. .

§1915.77 – Working surfaces. .

Subpart F – General Working Conditions. .

§1915.80 – Scope, application, definitions, and 

effective dates  .

§1915.81 – Housekeeping. .

§1915.82 – Lighting  .

§1915.83 – Utilities. .

§1915.84 – Working alone  .

§1915.85 – Vessel radar and 

communication systems  .

§1915.86 – Lifeboats  .

§1915.87 – Medical services and first aid  .
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

i x

§1915.88 – Sanitation  .

§1915.89 – Control of hazardous energy 

(lockout/tags-plus)  . 

§1915.90 – Safety color code for marking 

physical hazards  . 

§1915.91 – Accident prevention signs and tags  . 

§1915.92 – Retention of DOT markings, 

placards, and labels. . 

§1915.93 – Motor vehicle safety equipment, 

operation and maintenance. . 

§1915.94 – Servicing multi-piece and 

single-piece rim wheels  . 

Subpart G – Gear and Equipment for 

Rigging and Materials Handling. . 

§1915.111 – Inspection. . 

§1915.112 – Ropes, chains and slings. . 

§1915.113 – Shackles and hooks. . 

§1915.114 – Chain falls and pull-lifts. . 

§1915.115 – Hoisting and hauling equipment. . 

§1915.116 – Use of gear. . 

§1915.117 – Qualifications of operators. . 

§1915.118 – Tables. . 

Subpart H – Tools and Related Equipment  . 

§1915.131 – General precautions. . 

§1915.132 – Portable electric tools. . 

§1915.133 – Hand tools. . 

§1915.134 – Abrasive wheels. . 

§1915.135 – Power actuated fastening tools. . 

§1915.136 – Internal combustion engines other 

than ship’s equipment. . 

Subpart I – Personal Protective 

Equipment (PPE)  . 

§1915.151 – Scope, application and definitions. . 

§1915.152 – General requirements. . 

§1915.153 – Eye and face protection. . 

§1915.154 – Respiratory protection. . 

§1915.155 – Head protection. . 

§1915.156 – Foot protection. . 

§1915.157 – Hand and body protection. . 

§1915.158 – Lifesaving equipment. . 

§1915.159 – Personal fall arrest systems (PFAS). . 

§1915.160 – Positioning device systems. . 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

x

APPENDIX A to SUBPART I of PART 1915—

Non-Mandatory Guidelines for Hazard 

Assessment, Personal Protective Equipment 

(PPE) Selection, and PPE Training Program. . 

APPENDIX B to SUBPART I of 1915—

General Testing Conditions and Additional 

Guidelines for Personal Fall Protection 

Systems (Non-Mandatory). . 

Subpart J – Ship’s Machinery and 

Piping Systems  . 

§1915.161 – Scope and application of Subpart. . 

§1915.162 – Ship’s boilers. . 

§1915.163 – Ship’s piping systems. . 

§1915.164 – Ship’s propulsion machinery. . 

§1915.165 – Ship’s deck machinery. . 

Subpart K – Portable, Unfired Pressure 

Vessels, Drums and Containers, Other 

Than Ship’s Equipment . .

§1915.171 – Scope and application of Subpart. . 

§1915.172 – Portable air receivers and other 

unfired pressure vessels. . 

§1915.173 – Drums and containers. . 

Subpart L – Electrical Machinery . .

§1915.181 – Electrical circuits and 

distribution boards. . 

Subpart M – O [Reserved]. . 

Subpart P – Fire Protection in Shipyard 

Employment . .

§1915.501 – General provisions. . 

§1915.502 – Fire safety plan. . 

§1915.503 – Precautions for hot work. . 

§1915.504 – Fire watches. . 

§1915.505 – Fire response. . 

§1915.506 – Hazards of fixed extinguishing 

systems on board vessels and 

vessel sections. . 

§1915.507 – Land-side fire protection systems. . 

§1915.508 – Training. . 

§1915.509 – Definitions applicable to this Subpart. . 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

x i

APPENDIX A to SUBPART P to PART 1915—

Model Fire Safety Plan (Non-Mandatory). . 

Subparts Q – Y [Reserved]. . 

Subpart Z – Toxic and 

Hazardous Substances  . 

§1915.1000 – Air contaminants. . 

§1915.1001 – Asbestos. . 

§1915.1002 – Coal tar pitch volatiles; 

interpretation of term. . 

§1915.1003 – 13 Carcinogens (4-Nitrobiphenyl, etc.) 284

§1915.1004 – alpha-Naphthylamine. . 

§1915.1005 – [Reserved]. . 

§1915.1006 – Methyl chloromethyl ether. . 

§1915.1007 – 3,3’-Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts). . 

§1915.1008 – bis-Chloromethyl ether. . 

§1915.1009 – beta-Naphthylamine. . 

§1915.1010 – Benzidine. . 

§1915.1011 – 4-Aminodiphenyl. . 

§1915.1012 – Ethyleneimine. . 

§1915.1013 – beta-Propiolactone. . 

§1915.1014 – 2-Acetylaminofluorene. . 

§1915.1015 – 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene. . 

§1915.1016 – N-Nitrosodimethylamine. . 

§1915.1017 – Vinyl chloride. . 

§1915.1018 – Inorganic arsenic. . 

§1915.1020 – Access to employee exposure 

and medical records. . 

§1915.1024 – Beryllium. . 

§1915.1025 – Lead. . 

§1915.1026 – Chromium (VI). . 

§1915.1027 – Cadmium. . 

§1915.1028 – Benzene. . 

§1915.1030 – Bloodborne pathogens. . 

§1915.1044 – 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane. . 

§1915.1045 – Acrylonitrile. . 

§1915.1047 – Ethylene oxide. . 

§1915.1048 – Formaldehyde. . 

§1915.1050 – Methylenedianiline. . 

§1915.1052 – Methylene Chloride. . 

§1915.1053 – Respirable Crystalline Scilica. . 

§1915.1200 – Hazard Communication. . 

§1915.1450 – Occupational exposure to hazardous 

chemicals in laboratories. . 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

xii

AUTHORITY: Section 41, Longshore and Harbor 

Workers’ Compensation Act (33 U.S.C 941); 

Sections 4, 6, and 8 of the Occupational Safety and 

Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C. 653, 655, 657); and 

Secretary of Labor’s Order Nos. 12-71 (36 FR 8754), 

8-76 (41 FR 25059), 9-83 (48 FR 35736), 1-90 (55 FR 

9033), 6-96 (62 FR 111), 3-2000 (62 FR 50017), 5-2002 

(67 FR 65008); 5-2007 (72 FR 31160), 4-2010 (75 FR 

55355), or 1-2012 (77 FR 3912); 29 CFR Part 1911; 

5 U.S.C. 553, as applicable.

Workers’ Rights. . 

OSHA Assistance, Services, and Programs. . 

OSHA Regional Offices. . 

How to Contact OSHA. . 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

1

Maritime Coverage under State Plans

Most states with federally approved safety and health 

plans have chosen not to extend their coverage to 

maritime employment. In those jurisdictions, only state 

and local government maritime employees are covered 

by the State. Federal OSHA retains responsibility for all 

other maritime coverage. Only California, Minnesota, 

Vermont and Washington cover private sector shoreside operations for shipyard employment and marine 

terminals. For a more detailed summary of maritime 

coverage under particular state plans, see also Title 

29 Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1952. These 

regulations and other OSHA information are also 

available online at www.osha.gov.

Recommended Practices for Safety 

and Health Programs

Each year, more than four million workers suffer 

from serious job-related injuries or illnesses, and 

more than 4,000 Americans die from work-related 

incidents. These incidents don’t just hurt workers and 

their families, they hurt businesses as well. Whether 

at large organizations, medium-sized employers, or 

small businesses, safety and health programs can 

improve safety and health performance. A safety and 

health program is a proactive way to manage hazards 

in the workplace to prevent injuries and illnesses.

To assist employers and employees in developing 

effective safety and health programs, OSHA published 

Recommended Practices for Safety and Health 

Programs. These voluntary guidelines can be applied 

to all places of employment covered by OSHA.

The guidelines identify seven core elements critical 

to the development of a successful safety and 

health program:

■ Management Leadership ■ Worker Participation ■ Hazard Identification and Assessment ■ Hazard Prevention and Control ■ Education and Training
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

2

■ Program Evaluation and Improvement ■ Communication and Coordination for Host 

Employers, Contractors, and Staffing Agencies

The guidelines recommend specific actions, under 

each of these core elements, to achieve an effective 

safety and health program. The recommended 

practices are available online at www.osha.gov/

shpguidelines/docs/OSHA_SHP_Recommended_

Practices.pdf.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

3

Subpart A

Subpart A – General Provisions 

§1915.1 – Purpose and authority

The provisions in this Part constitute safety and health 

regulations issued by the Secretary pursuant to 

section 41 of the Longshoremen’s and Harbor Workers’ 

Compensation Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 941) and 

occupational safety and health standards issued by the 

Secretary pursuant to section 6 of the Occupational 

Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C. 655).

§1915.2 – Scope and application

(a) Except where otherwise provided, the provisions 

of this Part shall apply to all ship repairing, 

shipbuilding and shipbreaking employments and 

related employments.

(b) This Part does not apply to matters under the 

control of the United States Coast Guard within the 

scope of Title 52 of the Revised Statutes and acts 

supplementary or amendatory thereto (46 U.S.C. 

secs. 1-1388 passim) including, but not restricted to, 

the master, ship’s officer, crew members, design, 

construction and maintenance of the vessel, its gear 

and equipment; to matters within the regulatory 

authority of the United States Coast Guard to 

safeguard vessels, harbors, ports and waterfront 

facilities under the provisions of the Espionage Act 

of June 17, 1917, as amended (50 U.S.C. 191 et seq.; 

22 U.S.C. 401 et seq.); including the provisions of 

Executive Order 10173, as amended by Executive 

Orders 10277 and 10352 (3 CFR, 1949-1953 Comp., 

pp. 356, 778 and 873); or to matters within the 

regulatory authority of the United States Coast 

Guard with respect to lights, warning devices, 

safety equipment and other matters relating to the 

promotion of safety of lives and property under 

section 4(e) of the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act 

(43 U.S.C. 1333).

§1915.3 – Responsibility

(a) The responsibility for compliance with the 

regulations of this Part is placed upon “employers” 

as defined in §1915.4.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

4

Subpart A

(b) This Part does not apply to owners, operators, 

agents or masters of vessels unless such persons 

are acting as “employers.” However, this Part is not 

intended to relieve owners, operators, agents or 

masters of vessels who are not “employers” from 

responsibilities or duties now placed upon them by 

law, regulation or custom.

(c) The responsibilities placed upon the competent 

person herein shall be deemed to be the 

responsibilities of the employer.

§1915.4 – Definitions

(a) The term “shall” indicates provisions which are 

mandatory.

(b) The term “Secretary” means the Secretary of 

Labor.

(c) The term “employer” means an employer, any 

of whose employees are employed, in whole or in 

part, in ship repairing, shipbuilding, shipbreaking or 

related employments as defined in this section on the 

navigable waters of the United States, including dry 

docks, graving docks and marine railways.

(d) The term “employee” means any person engaged 

in ship repairing, shipbuilding, shipbreaking or 

related employments on the navigable waters of the 

United States, including dry docks, graving docks 

and marine railways, other than the master, ship’s 

officers, crew of the vessel, or any person engaged 

by the master to repair any vessel under 18 net tons.

(e) The term “gangway” means any ramp-like 

or stair-like means of access provided to enable 

personnel to board or leave a vessel including 

accommodation ladders, gangplanks and brows.

(f) The term “vessel” includes every description of 

watercraft or other artificial contrivance used, or 

capable of being used, as a means of transportation 

on water, including special purpose floating 

structures not primarily designed for or used as a 

means of transportation on water.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

5

Subpart A

(g) For purposes of §1915.74, the term “barge” 

means an unpowered, flat bottom, shallow draft 

vessel including scows, carfloats and lighters. For 

purposes of this section, the term does not include 

ship shaped or deep draft barges.

(h) For purposes of §1915.74, the term “river tow 

boat” means a shallow draft, low free board, selfpropelled vessel designed to tow river barges by 

pushing ahead. For purposes of this section, the term 

does not include other towing vessels.

(i) The term “shipyard employment” means ship 

repairing, shipbuilding, shipbreaking and related 

employments.

(j) The terms “ship repair” and “ship repairing” mean 

any repair of a vessel including, but not restricted 

to, alterations, conversions, installations, cleaning, 

painting, and maintenance work.

(k) The term “shipbuilding” means the construction 

of a vessel including the installation of machinery 

and equipment.

(l) The term “shipbreaking” means any breaking 

down of a vessel’s structure for the purpose of 

scrapping the vessel, including the removal of gear, 

equipment or any component part of a vessel.

(m) The term “related employment” means any 

employment performed as an incident to or in 

conjunction with ship repairing, shipbuilding or 

shipbreaking work, including, but not restricted to, 

inspection, testing, and employment as a watchman.

(n) The term “hazardous substance” means a 

substance which by reason of being explosive, 

flammable, poisonous, corrosive, oxidizing, irritant, 

or otherwise harmful is likely to cause injury.

(o) The term “competent person” for purposes of this 

Part means a person who is capable of recognizing 

and evaluating employee exposure to hazardous 

substances or to other unsafe conditions and is 

capable of specifying the necessary protection and 

precautions to be taken to ensure the safety of 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

6

Subpart A

employees as required by the particular regulation 

under the condition to which it applies. For the 

purposes of Subparts B, C, and D of this Part, except 

for §§1915.35(b)(8) and 1915.36(a)(5), to which the 

above definition applies, the competent person must 

also meet the additional requirements of §1915.7.

(p) The term “confined space” means a compartment 

of small size and limited access such as a double 

bottom tank, cofferdam, or other space which by its 

small size and confined nature can readily create or 

aggravate a hazardous exposure.

(q) The term “enclosed space” means any space, 

other than a confined space, which is enclosed by 

bulkheads and overhead. It includes cargo holds, 

tanks, quarters, and machinery and boiler spaces.

(r) The term “hot work” means riveting, welding, 

burning or other fire or spark producing operations.

(s) The term “cold work” means any work which 

does not involve riveting, welding, burning or other 

fire or spark producing operations.

(t) The term “portable unfired pressure vessel” 

means any pressure container or vessel used aboard 

ship, other than the ship’s equipment, containing 

liquids or gases under pressure, excepting pressure 

vessels built to Department of Transportation 

regulations under 49 CFR Part 178, Subparts C and H.

(u) The term “powder actuated fastening tool” means 

a tool or machine which drives a stud, pin, or fastener 

by means of an explosive charge.

§1915.5 – Incorporation by reference

(a) Specifications, standards, and codes of agencies 

of the U.S. Government, to the extent specified in 

the text, form a part of the regulations of this part. In 

addition, under the authority vested in the Secretary 

under the Act, the specifications, standards, and 

codes of organizations which are not agencies of 

the U.S. Government, in effect on the date of the 

promulgation of the regulations of this part as listed 

below, to the extent specified in the text, form a part 

of the regulations of this part.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

7

Subpart A

(b)(1) The standards listed in this section are 

incorporated by reference into this part with the 

approval of the Director of the Federal Register in 

accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR Part 51. 

To enforce any edition other than that specified in 

this section, OSHA must publish a document in the 

Federal Register and the material must be available 

to the public. 

(2) Any changes in the standards incorporated 

by reference in this part and an official historic 

file of such changes are available for inspection 

in the Docket Office at the national office of the 

Occupational Safety and Health Administration, 

U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, DC 20210; 

telephone: 202-693-2350 (TTY number: 877-889-5627).

(3) Copies of standards listed in this section and 

issued by private standards organizations are 

available for purchase from the issuing organizations 

at the addresses or through the other contact 

information listed elsewhere in this section for 

these private standards organizations. In addition, 

the standards are available for inspection at any 

Regional Office of the Occupational Safety and Health 

Administration (OSHA), or at the OSHA Docket 

Office, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution 

Avenue, NW, Room N-3508, Washington, DC 20210; 

telephone: 202-693-2350 (TTY number: 877-889-5627). 

These standards are also available for inspection at 

the National Archives and Records Administration 

(NARA). For information on the availability of these 

standards at NARA, email fr.inspection@nara.gov, 

or go to www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibrlocations.html.

(c) [Reserved]

(d) American National Standards Institute (ANSI), 

25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10036; 

telephone: 212-642-4900; fax: 212-398-0023; website: 

www.ansi.org: 

(1) ANSI A14.1-1975 Safety Requirements for Portable 

Wood Ladders, IBR approved for §1915.72(a). 

(2) ANSI A14.2-1972 Safety Requirements for Portable 

Metal Ladders, IBR approved for §1915.72(a). 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

8

Subpart A

(3) ANSI B7.1-1964 Safety Code for the Use, Care, 

and Protection of Abrasive Wheels, IBR approval for 

§1915.134(c). 

(4) ANSI Z41-1999, American National Standard 

for Personal Protection - Protective Footwear; IBR 

approved for §1915.156(b). Copies of ANSI Z41-1999 

are available for purchase only from the National 

Safety Council, 1121 Spring Lake Drive, Itasca, IL 

60143-3201; telephone: (800) 621-7619; fax: 630-285-

1434; website: www.nsc.org. 

(5) ANSI Z41-1991, American National Standard 

for Personal Protection - Protective Footwear; IBR 

approved for §1915.156(b). Copies of ANSI Z41-1991 

are available for purchase only from the National 

Safety Council, 1121 Spring Lake Drive, Itasca, IL 

60143-3201; telephone: (800) 621-7619; fax: 630-285-

1434; website: www.nsc.org.

(6) ANSI/ISEA Z87.1-2010, Occupational and 

Educational Personal Eye and Face Protection 

Devices, approved April 13, 2010; IBR approved for 

§1915.153(b). Copies are available for purchase from:

(i) ANSI Webstore, 25 W 43rd Street, 4th Floor, New 

York, NY 10036; telephone: (212) 642-4980; website: 

webstore.ansi.org; 

(ii) IHS Standards Store, 15 Inverness Way East, 

Englewood, CO 80112; telephone: (800) 447-2273; 

website: global.ihs.com; or 

(iii) TechStreet Store, 3025 Boardwalk Drive, Suite 

220, Ann Arbor, MI 48108; telephone: (855) 999-

9870; website: www.techstreet.com.

(7) ANSI Z87.1-2003, Occupational and Educational 

Personal Eye and Face Protection Devices, approved 

June 19, 2003; IBR approved for §1915.153(b). Copies 

available for purchase from the: 

(i) ANSI Webstore, 25 W 43rd Street, 4th Floor, New 

York, NY 10036; telephone: (212) 642-4980; website: 

webstore.ansi.org; 

(ii) IHS Standards Store, 15 Inverness Way East, 

Englewood, CO 80112; telephone: (800) 447-2273; 

website: global.ihs.com; or 

(iii) TechStreet Store, 3025 Boardwalk Drive, Suite 

220, Ann Arbor, MI 48108; telephone: (855) 999-

9870; website: www.techstreet.com.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

9

Subpart A

(8) ANSI Z87.1-1989 (R-1998), Practice for Occupational 

and Educational Eye and Face Protection, Reaffirmation 

approved January 4, 1999; IBR approved for 

§1915.153(b). Copies are available for purchase from:

(i) ANSI Webstore, 25 W 43rd Street, 4th Floor, New 

York, NY 10036; telephone: (212) 642-4980; website: 

webstore.ansi.org; 

(ii) IHS Standards Store, 15 Inverness Way East, 

Englewood, CO 80112; telephone: (800) 447-2273; 

website: global.ihs.com; or 

(iii) TechStreet Store, 3025 Boardwalk Drive, Suite 

220, Ann Arbor, MI 48108; telephone: (855) 999-

9870; website: www.techstreet.com.

(9) American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 

Z89.1-2009, American National Standard for 

Industrial Head Protection, approved January 26, 

2009; IBR approved for §1915.155(b). Copies of ANSI 

Z89.1-2009 are available for purchase only from the 

International Safety Equipment Association, 1101 

Wilson Boulevard, Suite 1425, Arlington, VA 22209-

1762; telephone: 703-525-1695; fax: 703-528-2148; 

website: www.safetyequipment.org. 

(10) American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 

Z89.1-2003, American National Standard for Industrial 

Head Protection; IBR approved for §1915.155(b). Copies 

of ANSI Z89.1-2003 are available for purchase only 

from the International Safety Equipment Association, 

1101 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 1425, Arlington, VA 

22209-1762; telephone: 703-525-1695; fax: 703-528-

2148; website: www.safetyequipment.org. 

(11) American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 

Z89.1-1997, American National Standard for 

Personnel Protection — Protective Headwear for 

Industrial Workers — Requirements; IBR approved 

for §1915.155(b). Copies of ANSI Z89.1- 1997 are 

available for purchase only from the International 

Safety Equipment Association, 1101 Wilson 

Boulevard, Suite 1425, Arlington, VA 22209-1762; 

telephone: 703-525-1695; fax: 703-528-2148; website: 

www.safetyequipment.org. 

(12) ANSI/IESNA RP-7-01, Recommended Practice for 

Lighting Industrial Facilities, ANSI approved July 26, 

2001, IBR approved for §1915.82(a). 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

1 0

Subpart A

(13) ANSI/ISEA Z308.1-2009, Revision of ANSI 

Z308.1-2003, Minimum Requirements for Workplace 

First Aid Kits and Supplies, ANSI approved May 8, 

2009, IBR approved for §1915.87 Appendix A. 

NOTE 1 to paragraph (d): Unless otherwise 

indicated, all standards in this paragraph (d) are 

available from ANSI.

(e) American Society of Mechanical Engineers 

(ASME), Two Park Avenue, New York, New 

York 10016; telephone: (800) 843-2763; email: 

CustomerCare@asme.org; website: www.asme.org/

codes-standards:

(1) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section 

VIII, Rules for Construction of Unfired Pressure 

Vessels, 1963, IBR approved for §1915.172(a). 

(2) [Reserved] 

(f) American Conference of Governmental Industrial 

Hygienists (ACGIH), 3640 Park 42 Drive, Cincinnati, 

OH 45241; telephone: (513) 742-2020; website: www.

acgih.org/publications: 

(1) Threshold limit values, 1970, IBR approved for 

§§1915.12(b) and 1915.1000, table Z.

(2) [Reserved]

(g) ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. 

Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959; 

telephone: 610-832-9500; fax: 610-832-9555; email: 

service@astm.org; website: www.astm.org:

(1) ASTM F-2412-2005, Standard Test Methods for 

Foot Protection; IBR approved for §1915.156(b). 

(2) ASTM F-2413-2005, Standard Specification for 

Performance Requirements for Protective Footwear; 

IBR approved for §1915.156(b).

(h) International Labour Organization (ILO), 4 route 

des Morillons, CH-1211 Genève 22, Switzerland; 

telephone: +41 (0) 22 799 6111; fax: +41 (0) 22 798 

8685; website: www.ilo.org. 

(1) Guidelines for the Use of the ILO International 

Classification of Radiographs of Pneumoconioses, 

Revised Edition 2011, Occupational safety and health 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

1 1

Subpart A

series; 22 (Rev.2011), IBR approved for §1915.1001. 

(2) [Reserved]

(i) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 1 

Batterymarch Park, PO Box 9101, Quincy, MA 02269-

9101, telephone: (800) 344-3555; email: orders@nfpa.

org; website: www.nfpa.org/Codes-and-Standards: 

(1) NFPA 1981-2002 Standard on Open-Circuit 

Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus for Fire and 

Emergency Services, IBR approved for §1915.505(e). 

(2) NFPA 1971-2000, Standard on Protective 

Ensemble for Structural Fire Fighting, IBR approved 

for §1915.505(e). 

(3) NFPA 1976-2000, Standard on Protective 

Ensemble for Proximity Fire Fighting, IBR approved 

for §1915.505(e). 

(4) NFPA 1982-1998, Standard on Personal 

Alert Safety Systems (PASS), IBR approved for 

§1915.505(e). 

(5) NFPA 1983-2001, Standard on Fire Service Life 

Safety Rope and System Components, IBR approved 

for §1915.505(e). 

(6) NFPA 10-2002 Standard for Portable Fire 

Extinguishers, IBR approved for §1915.507(b). 

(7) NFPA 14-2003 Standard for the Installation of 

Standpipe and Hose Systems, IBR approved for 

§§1915.507(b) and (d). 

(8) NFPA 72-2002 National Fire Alarm Code, IBR 

approved for §1915.507(c). 

(9) NFPA 13-2002 Standard for the Installation of 

Sprinkler Systems, IBR approved for §1915.507(d). 

(10) NFPA 750-2003 Standard on Water Mist Fire 

Protection Systems, IBR approved for §1915.507(d). 

(11) NFPA 25-2002, Inspection, Testing, and 

Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection 

Systems, IBR approved for §1915.507(d). 

(12) NFPA 15-2001, Standard for Water Spray Fixed 

Systems for Fire Protection, IBR approved for 

§1915.507(d). 

(13) NFPA 11-2005 Standard for Low-, Medium-, and 

High-Expansion Foam, IBR approved for §1915.507(d). 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

1 2

Subpart A

(14) NFPA 17-2002, Standard for Dry Chemical 

Extinguishing Systems, IBR approved for §1915.507(d). 

(15) NFPA 12-2005, Standard on Carbon Dioxide 

Extinguishing Systems, IBR approved for §1915.507(d). 

(16) NFPA 12A-2004, Standard on Halon 1301 Fire 

Extinguishing Systems, IBR approved for §1915.507(d). 

(17) NFPA 2001-2004, Standard on Clean Agent Fire 

Extinguishing Systems, IBR approved for §1915.507(d). 

(18) NFPA 1403-2002, Standard on Live Fire Training 

Evolutions, IBR approved for §1915.508(d).

§1915.6 – Commercial diving operations

Commercial diving operations shall be subject to 

Subpart T of Part 1910, §§1910.401-1910.441 of 

this chapter.

§1915.7 – Competent person

(a) Application. This section applies to shipyard 

employment.

(b) Designation. 

(1) One or more competent persons shall be 

designated by the employer in accordance with 

the applicable requirements of this section, unless 

the requirements of Subparts B, C, D and H of this 

Part are always carried out by a Marine Chemist. 

Exception: The employer may designate any 

person who meets the applicable portions of the 

criteria set forth in paragraph (c) of this section as 

a competent person who is limited to performing 

testing to the following situations:

(i) Repair work on small craft in boat yards where 

only combustible gas indicator tests are required 

for fuel tank leaks or when using flammable paints 

below decks;

(ii) Building of wooden vessels where only 

knowledge of the precautions to be taken when 

using flammable paints is required;

(iii) The breaking of vessels where there is no fuel 

oil or other flammable hazard; and
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

1 3

Subpart A

(iv) Tests and inspections performed to comply 

with §§1915.35(b)(8) and 1915.36(a)(5).

(2)(i) The employer shall maintain either a roster 

of designated competent persons or a statement 

that a Marine Chemist will perform the tests or 

inspections which require a competent person.

(ii) The employer shall make the roster of 

designated persons or the statement available to 

employees, the employee’s representative, the 

Director or the Assistant Secretary upon request.

(iii) The roster shall contain, as a minimum, the 

following:

(A) The employers’ name,

(B) The designated competent person’s name(s), and 

(C) The date the employee was trained as a 

competent person.

(c) Criteria. The employer shall ensure that each 

designated competent person has the following skills 

and knowledge:

(1) Ability to understand and carry out written 

or oral information or instructions left by Marine 

Chemist, Coast Guard authorized persons and 

Certified Industrial Hygienists;

(2) Knowledge of Subparts B, C, D and H of this Part;

(3) Knowledge of the structure, location, and 

designation of spaces where work is done;

(4) Ability to calibrate and use testing equipment 

including but not limited to, oxygen indicators, 

combustible gas indicators, carbon monoxide 

indicators, and carbon dioxide indicators, and to 

interpret accurately the test results of that equipment;

(5) Ability to perform all required tests and 

inspections which are or may be performed by a 

competent person as set forth in Subparts B, C, D 

and H of this Part.

(6) Ability to inspect, test, and evaluate spaces to 

determine the need for further testing by a Marine 

Chemist or a Certified Industrial Hygienist; and

(7) Ability to maintain records required by this section.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

1 4

Subpart A

(d) Recordkeeping. 

(1) When tests and inspections are performed by 

a competent person, Marine Chemist, or Certified 

Industrial Hygienist as required by any provisions 

of Subparts B, C, D, or H of this Part, the employer 

shall ensure that the person performing the test and 

inspection records the location, time, date, location 

of inspected spaces, and the operations performed, 

as well as the test results and any instructions.

(2) The employer shall ensure that the records are 

posted in the immediate vicinity of the affected 

operations while work in the spaces is in progress. 

The records shall be kept on file for a period of at 

least three months from the completion date of the 

specific job for which they were generated.

(3) The employer shall ensure that the records are 

available for inspection by the Assistant Secretary, 

Director, and employees and their representatives.

§1915.8 – OMB control numbers under the 

Paperwork Reduction Act

This section contains a collection of information 

requirements which have been approved by the Office 

of Management and Budget. For a complete listing, 

by control number, see www.osha.gov or §1915.8.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

1 5

Subpart A

§1915.9 – Compliance duties owed to 

each employee

(a) Personal protective equipment. Standards in 

this Part requiring the employer to provide personal 

protective equipment (PPE), including respirators 

and other types of PPE, because of hazards to 

employees impose a separate compliance duty 

with respect to each employee covered by the 

requirement. The employer must provide PPE to 

each employee required to use the PPE, and each 

failure to provide PPE to an employee may be 

considered a separate violation.

(b) Training. Standards in this Part requiring training 

on hazards and related matters, such as standards 

requiring that employees receive training or that 

the employer train employees, provide training 

to employees, or institute or implement a training 

program, impose a separate compliance duty 

with respect to each employee covered by the 

requirement. The employer must train each affected 

employee in the manner required by the standard, 

and each failure to train an employee may be 

considered a separate violation.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

1 6

Subpart B

Subpart B – Confined and Enclosed 

Spaces and Other Dangerous 

Atmospheres in Shipyard Employment 

§1915.11 – Scope, application, and definitions 

applicable to this Subpart

(a) Scope and application. This Subpart applies to 

work in confined and enclosed spaces and other 

dangerous atmospheres in shipyard employment, 

including vessels, vessel sections, and on land-side 

operations regardless of geographic location.

(b) Definitions applicable to this Subpart:

“Adjacent spaces” means those spaces bordering 

a subject space in all directions, including all points 

of contact, corners, diagonals, decks, tank tops, and 

bulkheads.

“Assistant Secretary” means the Assistant Secretary 

of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, or 

designated representative.

“Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH)” means an 

industrial hygienist who is certified by the American 

Board of Industrial Hygiene.

“Coast Guard authorized person” means an individual 

who meets the requirement of Appendix B to Subpart 

B of this Part 1915 for tank vessels, for passenger 

vessels, and for cargo and miscellaneous vessels.

“Dangerous atmosphere” means an atmosphere 

that may expose employees to the risk of death, 

incapacitation, impairment of ability to self-rescue 

(i.e., escape unaided from a confined or enclosed 

space), injury, or acute illness.

“Director” means the Director of the National 

Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. 

Department of Health and Human Services, or 

designated representative.

“Enter with Restrictions” denotes a space where 

entry for work is permitted only if engineering 

controls, personal protective equipment, clothing, 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

1 7

Subpart B

and time limitations are as specified by the Marine 

Chemist, Certified Industrial Hygienist, or the shipyard 

competent person.

“Entry” means the action by which a person 

passes through an opening into a space. Entry 

includes ensuing work activities in that space and is 

considered to have occurred as soon as any part of 

the entrant’s body breaks the plane of an opening 

into the space.

“Hot work” means any activity involving riveting, 

welding, burning, the use of powder-actuated tools 

or similar fire-producing operations. Grinding, 

drilling, abrasive blasting, or similar spark-producing 

operations are also considered hot work except 

when such operations are isolated physically from 

any atmosphere containing more than 10 percent 

of the lower explosive limit of a flammable or 

combustible substance.

“Immediately dangerous to life or health (IDLH)” 

means an atmosphere that poses an immediate 

threat to life or that is likely to result in acute or 

immediate severe health effects.

“Inert” or “inerted atmosphere” means an 

atmospheric condition where:

(1) The oxygen content of the atmosphere in the 

space is maintained at a level equal to or less than 

8.0 percent by volume or at a level at or below 

50 percent of the amount required to support 

combustion, whichever is less; or

(2) The space is flooded with water and the vapor 

concentration of flammable or combustible materials 

in the free space atmosphere above the water line is 

less than 10 percent of the lower explosive limit for 

the flammable or combustible material.

“Labeled” means identified with a sign, placard, 

or other form of written communication, including 

pictograms, that provides information on the status 

or condition of the work space to which it is attached.

“Lower explosive limit (LEL)” means the minimum 

concentration of vapor in air below which 

propagation of a flame does not occur in the presence 

of an ignition source.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

1 8

Subpart B

“Marine Chemist” means an individual who 

possesses a current Marine Chemist Certificate 

issued by the National Fire Protection Association.

“Not Safe for Hot Work” denotes a space where hot 

work may not be performed because the conditions 

do not meet the criteria for Safe for Hot Work.

“Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL)” 

means an organization recognized by OSHA, in 

accordance with Appendix A of 29 CFR 1910.7, 

which tests for safety and lists or labels or accepts 

equipment and materials that meet all the criteria 

found in §1910.7(b)(1) through (b)(4)(ii).

“Not Safe for Workers” denotes a space where an 

employee may not enter because the conditions do 

not meet the criteria for Safe for Workers.

“Oxygen-deficient atmosphere” means an atmosphere 

having an oxygen concentration of less than 19.5 

percent by volume.

“Oxygen-enriched atmosphere” means an atmosphere 

that contains 22.0 percent or more oxygen by volume.

“Safe for Hot Work” denotes a space that meets all of 

the following criteria:

(1) The oxygen content of the atmosphere does not 

exceed 22.0 percent by volume;

(2) The concentration of flammable vapors in the 

atmosphere is less than 10 percent of the lower 

explosive limit;

(3) The residues or materials in the space are not 

capable of producing a higher concentration than 

permitted in paragraph (1) or (2) of the above, under 

existing atmospheric conditions in the presence of 

hot work and while maintained as directed by the 

Marine Chemist or competent person, and

(4) All adjacent spaces have been cleaned, or inerted, 

or treated sufficiently to prevent the spread of fire.

“Safe for Workers” denotes a space that meets the 

following criteria:

(1) The oxygen content of the atmosphere is at 

least 19.5 percent and below 22 percent by volume;
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

1 9

Subpart B

(2) The concentration of flammable vapors is below 

10 percent of the lower explosive limit (LEL);

(3) Any toxic materials in the atmosphere 

associated with cargo, fuel, tank coatings, 

or inerting media are within permissible 

concentrations at the time of the inspection; and

(4) Any residues or materials associated with the 

work authorized by the Marine Chemist, Certified 

Industrial Hygienist, or competent person will not 

produce uncontrolled release of toxic materials 

under existing atmospheric conditions while 

maintained as directed.

“Space” means an area on a vessel or vessel 

section or within a shipyard such as, but not limited 

to: cargo tanks or holds; pump or engine rooms; 

storage lockers; tanks containing flammable or 

combustible liquids, gases, or solids; rooms within 

buildings; crawl spaces; tunnels; or accessways. The 

atmosphere within a space is the entire area within 

its bounds.

“Upper explosive limit (UEL)” means the maximum 

concentration of flammable vapor in air above which 

propagation of flame does not occur on contact with 

a source of ignition.

“Vessel section” means a sub-assembly, module, or 

other component of a vessel being built, repaired, or 

broken.

“Visual inspection” means the physical survey of 

the space, its surroundings and contents to identify 

hazards such as, but not limited to, restricted 

accessibility, residues, unguarded machinery, and 

piping or electrical systems.

§1915.12 – Precautions and the order of 

testing before entering confined and enclosed 

spaces and other dangerous atmospheres

The employer shall ensure that atmospheric testing 

is performed in the following sequence: oxygen 

content, flammability, toxicity.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

2 0

Subpart B

(a) Oxygen content.1 

(1) The employer shall ensure that the following 

spaces are visually inspected and tested by a 

competent person to determine the atmosphere’s 

oxygen content prior to initial entry into the space 

by an employee:

(i) Spaces that have been sealed, such as, but not 

limited to, spaces that have been coated and closed 

up, and non-ventilated spaces that have been 

freshly painted;

(ii) Spaces and adjacent spaces that contain or have 

contained combustible or flammable liquids or gases;

(iii) Spaces and adjacent spaces that contain or 

have contained liquids, gases, or solids that are 

toxic, corrosive, or irritant;

(iv) Spaces and adjacent spaces that have been 

fumigated; and

(v) Spaces containing materials or residues 

of materials that create an oxygen-deficient 

atmosphere.

(2) If the space to be entered contains an oxygen 

deficient atmosphere, the space shall be labeled 

“Not Safe for Workers” or, if oxygen-enriched, 

“Not Safe for Workers—Not Safe for Hot Work.” 

If an oxygen-deficient or oxygen-enriched 

atmosphere is found, ventilation shall be provided 

at volumes and flow rates sufficient to ensure that 

the oxygen content is maintained at or above 19.5 

percent and below 22.0 percent by volume. The 

warning label may be removed when the oxygen 

content is equal to or greater than 19.5 and less than 

22.0 percent by volume.

(3) An employee may not enter a space where the 

oxygen content, by volume, is below 19.5 percent 

or above 22.0 percent. Exception: An employee 

may enter for emergency rescue or for a short 

duration for installation of ventilation equipment 

necessary to start work in the space provided:

(i) The atmosphere in the space is monitored for 

oxygen content, by volume, continuously; and

1 Note to paragraph (a): Other provisions for work in IDLH 

atmospheres are located in Subpart I of this Part.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

2 1

Subpart B

(ii) Respiratory protection and other appropriate 

personal protective equipment and clothing are 

provided in accordance with Subpart I of this Part.

(b) Flammable atmospheres.2 

(1) The employer shall ensure that spaces and 

adjacent spaces that contain or have contained 

combustible or flammable liquids or gases are:

(i) Inspected visually by the competent person 

to determine the presence of combustible or 

flammable liquids; and

(ii) Tested by a competent person prior to entry 

by an employee to determine the concentration of 

flammable vapors and gases within the space.

(2) If the concentration of flammable vapors or 

gases in the space to be entered is equal to or 

greater than 10 percent of the lower explosive limit, 

the space shall be labeled “Not Safe for Workers” 

and “Not Safe for Hot Work.” Ventilation shall 

be provided at volumes and flow rates sufficient 

to ensure that the concentration of flammable 

vapors is maintained below 10 percent of the lower 

explosive limit. The warning labels may be removed 

when the concentration of flammable vapors is 

below 10 percent of the lower explosive limit.

(3) An employee may not enter a space where 

the concentration of flammable vapors or gases 

is equal to or greater than 10 percent of the lower 

explosive limit. Exception: An employee may enter 

for emergency rescue or for a short duration for 

installation of ventilation equipment necessary to 

start work in the space, provided:

(i) No ignition sources are present;

(ii) The atmosphere in the space is monitored 

continuously;

(iii) Atmospheres at or above the upper explosive 

limit are maintained; and

2 Note 1 to paragraph (b): Additional provisions for work in 

IDLH atmospheres are located in Subpart I of this Part. 

 Note 2 to paragraph (b): Additional provisions for work in 

spaces containing a flammable substance which also has a 

permissible exposure limit, are located in Subpart Z of 29 CFR 

Part 1915, and 1915.12(c).
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

2 2

Subpart B

(iv) Respiratory protection and other appropriate 

personal protective equipment and clothing are 

provided in accordance with Subpart I of this Part.

(c) Toxic, corrosive, irritant or fumigated 

atmospheres and residues.

3 

(1) The employer shall ensure that spaces or adjacent 

spaces that contain or have contained liquids, gases, 

or solids that are toxic, corrosive or irritant are:

(i) Inspected visually by the competent person 

to determine the presence of toxic, corrosive, or 

irritant residue contaminants; and

(ii) Tested by a competent person prior to initial entry 

by an employee to determine the air concentration of 

toxics, corrosives, or irritants within the space.

(2) If a space contains an air concentration of a 

material which exceeds a Part 1915 Subpart Z 

permissible exposure limit (PEL) or is IDLH, the 

space shall be labeled “Not Safe for Workers.” 

Ventilation shall be provided at volumes and flow 

rates which will ensure that air concentrations 

are maintained within the PEL or, in the case of 

contaminants for which there is no established 

PEL, below the IDLH. The warning label may be 

removed when the concentration of contaminants 

is maintained within the PEL or below IDLH level.

(3) If a space cannot be ventilated to within the 

PELs or is IDLH, a Marine Chemist or CIH must 

re-test until the space can be certified “Enter with 

Restrictions” or “Safe for Workers.”

(4) An employee may not enter a space whose 

atmosphere exceeds a PEL or is IDLH. Exception: 

An employee may enter for emergency rescue, or 

for a short duration for installation of ventilation 

equipment provided:

(i) The atmosphere in the space is monitored 

continuously;

(ii) Respiratory protection and other necessary and 

appropriate personal protective equipment and 

clothing are provided in accordance with Subpart I 

of this Part.

3 Note to paragraph (c): Other provisions for work in IDLH 

atmospheres are located in Subpart I of this Part.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

2 3

Subpart B

(d) Training of employees entering confined and 

enclosed spaces or other dangerous atmospheres.

(1) The employer shall ensure that each employee 

that enters a confined or enclosed space and other 

areas with dangerous atmospheres is trained to 

perform all required duties safely.

(2) The employer shall ensure that each employee 

who enters a confined space, enclosed space, or other 

areas with dangerous atmospheres is trained to:

(i) Recognize the characteristics of the confined 

space;

(ii) Anticipate and be aware of the hazards that may 

be faced during entry;

(iii) Recognize the adverse health effects that may 

be caused by the exposure to a hazard;

(iv) Understand the physical signs and reactions 

related to exposures to such hazards;

(v) Know what personal protective equipment is 

needed for safe entry into and exit from the space;

(vi) Use personal protective equipment; and

(vii) Where necessary, be aware of the presence 

and proper use of barriers that may be needed to 

protect an entrant from hazards.

(3) The employer shall ensure that each entrant into 

confined or enclosed spaces or other dangerous 

atmospheres is trained to exit the space or 

dangerous atmosphere whenever:

(i) The employer or his or her representative orders 

evacuation;

(ii) An evacuation signal such as an alarm is 

activated; or

(iii) The entrant perceives that he or she is in danger.

(4) The employer shall provide each employee with 

training:

(i) Before the entrant begins work addressed by this 

section; and

(ii) Whenever there is a change in operations or in 

an employee’s duties that presents a hazard about 

which the employee has not previously been trained.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

2 4

Subpart B

(5) The employer shall certify that the training 

required by paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(4) of this 

section has been accomplished.

(i) The certification shall contain the employee’s 

name, the name of the certifier, and the date(s) of 

the certification.

(ii) The certification shall be available for inspection 

by the Assistant Secretary, the Director, employees, 

and their representatives.

(e) Rescue teams.4 The employer shall either 

establish a shipyard rescue team or arrange for an 

outside rescue team which will respond promptly to 

a request for rescue service. 

(1) Shipyard rescue teams shall meet the 

following criteria:

(i) Each employee assigned to the shipyard team 

shall be provided with and trained to use the 

personal protective equipment he or she will need, 

including respirators and any rescue equipment 

necessary for making rescues from confined and 

enclosed spaces and other dangerous atmospheres.

(ii) Each employee assigned to the shipyard rescue 

team shall be trained to perform his or her rescue 

functions including confined and enclosed and 

other dangerous atmosphere entry.

(iii) Shipyard rescue teams shall practice their 

skills at least once every 12 months. Practice drills 

shall include the use of mannequins and rescue 

equipment during simulated rescue operations 

involving physical facilities that approximate closely 

those facilities from which rescue may be needed.5

(iv) At least one person on each rescue team 

shall maintain current certification in basic first 

aid which includes maintenance of an airway, 

control of bleeding, maintenance of circulation and 

cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) skills.

4 Note to paragraph (e): The criteria for in-house rescue, listed 

in paragraph (e)(1) can be used by the employer in evaluating 

outside rescue services.

5 Note to paragraph (e)(1)(iii): If the team performs an actual 

rescue during the 12 month period, an additional practice drill 

for that type of rescue is not required.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

2 5

Subpart B

(2) The employer shall inform outside rescue teams 

of the hazards that the team may encounter when 

called to perform confined and enclosed space 

or other dangerous atmosphere rescue at the 

employer’s facility so that the rescue team can be 

trained and equipped.

(f) Exchanging hazard information between 

employers. Each employer whose employees work 

in confined and enclosed spaces or other dangerous 

atmospheres shall ensure that all available 

information on the hazards, safety rules, and 

emergency procedures concerning those spaces and 

atmospheres is exchanged with any other employer 

whose employees may enter the same spaces.

§1915.13 – Cleaning and other cold work

(a) Locations covered by this section. The employer 

shall ensure that manual cleaning and other cold 

work are not performed in the following spaces 

unless the conditions of paragraph (b) of this section 

have been met:

(1) Spaces containing or having last contained bulk 

quantities of combustible or flammable liquids or 

gases; and

(2) Spaces containing or having last contained bulk 

quantities of liquids, gases or solids that are toxic, 

corrosive or irritating.

(b) Requirements for performing cleaning or cold work.6 

(1) Liquid residues of hazardous materials shall 

be removed from work spaces as thoroughly 

as practicable before employees start cleaning 

operations or cold work in a space. Special care 

shall be taken to prevent the spilling or the draining 

of these materials into the water surrounding 

the vessel, or for shore-side operations, onto the 

surrounding work area.

6 Note to paragraph (b): See 1915.12 (c) of this Part and 

applicable requirements of 29 CFR Part 1915, Subpart Z for 

other provisions affecting cleaning and cold work.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

2 6

Subpart B

(2) Testing shall be conducted by a competent 

person to determine the concentration of 

flammable, combustible, toxic, corrosive, or irritant 

vapors within the space prior to the beginning of 

cleaning or cold work.

(3) Continuous ventilation shall be provided at 

volumes and flow rates sufficient to ensure that the 

concentration(s) of:

(i) Flammable vapor is maintained below 

10 percent of the lower explosive limit;7 and

(ii) Toxic, corrosive, or irritant vapors are 

maintained within the permissible exposure 

limits and below IDLH levels.

(4) Testing shall be conducted by the competent 

person as often as necessary during cleaning or 

cold work to assure that air concentrations are 

below 10 percent of the lower explosive limit and 

within the PELs and below IDLH levels. Factors 

such as, but not limited to, temperature, volatility 

of the residues and other existing conditions in 

and about the spaces are to be considered in 

determining the frequency of testing necessary to 

assure a safe atmosphere.8

(5) Spills or other releases of flammable, 

combustible, toxic, corrosive, and irritant materials 

shall be cleaned up as work progresses.

(6) An employee may not enter a confined or 

enclosed space or other dangerous atmosphere 

if the concentration of flammable or combustible 

vapors in work spaces exceeds 10 percent of the 

lower explosive limit. Exception: An employee may 

enter for emergency rescue or for a short duration 

for installation of ventilation equipment provided:9

(i) No ignition sources are present;

7 Note to paragraph (b)(3)(i): Spaces containing highly volatile 

residues may require additional ventilation to keep the 

concentration of flammable vapors below 10 percent of the 

lower explosive limit and within the permissible exposure limit.

8 Note to paragraph (b)(4): See Appendix A for additional 

information on frequency of testing.

9 Note to paragraph (b)(6): Other provisions for work in IDLH 

and other dangerous atmospheres are located in Subpart I of 

this Part.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

2 7

Subpart B

(ii) The atmosphere in the space is monitored 

continuously;

(iii) The atmosphere in the space is maintained 

above the upper explosive limit; and

(iv) Respiratory protection, personal protective 

equipment, and clothing are provided in accordance 

with Subpart I of this Part.

(7) A competent person shall test ventilation 

discharge areas and other areas where discharged 

vapors may collect to determine if vapors discharged 

from the spaces being ventilated are accumulating in 

concentrations hazardous to employees.

(8) If the tests required in paragraph (b)(7) of this 

section indicate that concentrations of exhaust 

vapors that are hazardous to employees are 

accumulating, all work in the contaminated area 

shall be stopped until the vapors have dissipated 

or been removed.

(9) Only explosion-proof, self-contained portable 

lamps, or other electric equipment approved by a 

National Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) 

for the hazardous location shall be used in spaces 

described in paragraph (a) of this section until such 

spaces have been certified as “Safe for Workers.”10

(10) The employer shall prominently post signs 

that prohibit sources of ignition within or near a 

space that has contained flammable or combustible 

liquids or gases in bulk quantities:

(i) At the entrance to those spaces;

(ii) In adjacent spaces; and

(iii) In the open area adjacent to those spaces.

(11) All air moving equipment and its component 

parts, including duct work, capable of generating a 

static electric discharge of sufficient energy to create 

a source of ignition, shall be bonded electrically to 

10 Note to paragraph (b)(9): Battery-fed, portable lamps or other 

electric equipment bearing the approval of a NRTL for the class, 

and division of the location in which they are used are deemed 

to meet the requirements of this paragraph.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

2 8

Subpart B

the structure of a vessel or vessel section or, in the 

case of land-side spaces, grounded to prevent an 

electric discharge in the space.

(12) Fans shall have non-sparking blades, and 

portable air ducts shall be of non-sparking materials.

§1915.14 – Hot Work11

(a) Hot work requiring testing by a Marine Chemist 

or Coast Guard authorized person. 

(1) The employer shall ensure that hot work is not 

performed in or on any of the following confined 

and enclosed spaces and other dangerous 

atmospheres, boundaries of spaces or pipelines 

until the work area has been tested and certified by 

a Marine Chemist or a U.S. Coast Guard authorized 

person as “Safe for Hot Work”:

(i) Within, on, or immediately adjacent to spaces 

that contain or have contained combustible or 

flammable liquids or gases.

(ii) Within, on, or immediately adjacent to fuel tanks 

that contain or have last contained fuel; and

(iii) On pipelines, heating coils, pump fittings or 

other accessories connected to spaces that contain 

or have last contained fuel.

(iv) Exception: On dry cargo, miscellaneous and 

passenger vessels and in the landside operations 

within spaces which meet the standards for 

oxygen, flammability and toxicity in §1915.12, but 

are adjacent to spaces containing flammable gases 

or liquids, with a flash point below 150 ̊F (65.6 ̊C) 

when the distance between such spaces and the 

work is 25 feet (7.62 m) or greater.12

(2) The certificate issued by the Marine Chemist or 

Coast Guard authorized person shall be posted in 

the immediate vicinity of the affected operations 

while they are in progress and kept on file for a 

11 Note to §1915.14: See Appendix A of this Subpart for 

additional information relevant to performing hot work safely.

12 Note to paragraph (a)(1)(iv): For flammable liquids with flash 

points above 150 ̊F (65.6 ̊C), see paragraph (b) of this section.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

2 9

Subpart B

period of at least three months from the date of 

the completion of the operation for which the 

certificate was generated.

(b) Hot work requiring testing by a competent person.

(1) Hot work is not permitted in or on the following 

spaces or adjacent spaces or other dangerous 

atmospheres until they have been tested by a 

competent person and determined to contain no 

concentrations of flammable vapors equal to or 

greater than 10 percent of the lower explosive limit:

(i) Dry cargo holds,

(ii) The bilges,

(iii) The engine room and boiler spaces for which 

a Marine Chemist or a Coast Guard authorized 

person certificate is not required under paragraph 

(a)(1)(i) of this section,

(iv) Vessels and vessel sections for which a 

Marine Chemist or Coast Guard authorized person 

certificate is not required under paragraph (a)(1)(iv) 

of this section, and

(v) Land-side confined and enclosed spaces or 

other dangerous atmospheres not covered by 

paragraph (a)(1) of this section.

(2) If the concentration of flammable vapors or 

gases is equal to or greater than 10 percent of the 

lower explosive limit in the space or an adjacent 

space where the hot work is to be done, then the 

space shall be labeled “Not Safe for Hot Work” and 

ventilation shall be provided at volumes and flow 

rates sufficient to ensure that the concentration of 

flammable vapors or gases is below 10 percent by 

volume of the lower explosive limit. The warning 

label may be removed when the concentration of 

flammable vapors and gases are below 10 percent 

lower explosive limit.

§1915.15 – Maintenance of safe conditions

(a) Preventing hazardous materials from entering. 

Pipelines that could carry hazardous materials into 

spaces that have been certified “Safe for Workers” or 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

3 0

Subpart B

“Safe for Hot Work” shall be disconnected, blanked 

off, or otherwise blocked by a positive method to 

prevent hazardous materials from being discharged 

into the space.

(b) Alteration of existing conditions. When a change 

that could alter conditions within a tested confined 

or enclosed space or other dangerous atmosphere 

occurs, work in the affected space or area shall be 

stopped. Work may not be resumed until the affected 

space or area is visually inspected and retested 

and found to comply with §§1915.12, 1915.13, and 

1915.14 of this Part, as applicable.13

(c) Tests to maintain the conditions of a Marine 

Chemist’s or Coast Guard authorized person’s 

certificates. A competent person shall visually inspect 

and test each space certified as “Safe for Workers” or 

“Safe for Hot Work,” as often as necessary to ensure 

that atmospheric conditions within that space are 

maintained within the conditions established by the 

certificate after the certificate has been issued.

(d) Change in the conditions of a Marine Chemist’s 

or Coast Guard authorized person’s certificate. 

If a competent person finds that the atmospheric 

conditions within a certified space fail to meet the 

applicable requirements of §§1915.12, 1915.13, and 

1915.14 of this Part, work in the certified space shall 

be stopped and may not be resumed until the space 

has been retested by a Marine Chemist or Coast 

Guard authorized person and a new certificate issued 

in accordance with §1915.14(a).

(e) Tests to maintain a competent person’s findings. 

After a competent person has conducted a visual 

inspection and tests required in §§1915.12, 1915.13, 

and 1915.14 of this Part and determined a space to 

be safe for an employee to enter, he or she shall 

continue to test and visually inspect spaces as often 

as necessary to ensure that the required atmospheric 

conditions within the tested space are maintained.

13 Note to paragraph (b): Examples of changes that would 

warrant the stoppage of work include: The opening of 

manholes or other closures or the adjusting of a valve 

regulating the flow of hazardous materials.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

3 1

Subpart B

(f) Changes in conditions determined by competent 

person’s findings. After the competent person 

has determined initially that a space is safe for an 

employee to enter and he or she finds subsequently 

that the conditions within the tested space fail to 

meet the requirements of §§1915.12, 1915.13, and 

1915.14, of this Part, as applicable, work shall be 

stopped until the conditions in the tested space are 

corrected to comply with §§1915.12, 1915.13, and 

1915.14, as applicable. 

§1915.16 – Warning signs and labels

(a) Employee comprehension of signs and labels. The 

Employer shall ensure that each sign or label posted 

to comply with the requirements of this Subpart is 

presented in a manner that can be perceived and 

understood by all employees.

(b) Posting of large work areas. A warning sign or 

label required by paragraph (a) of this section need 

not be posted at an individual tank, compartment or 

work space within a work area if the entire work area 

has been tested and certified: not safe for workers, 

not safe for hot work, and if the sign or label to this 

effect is posted conspicuously at each means of 

access to the work area.

APPENDIX A TO SUBPART B OF PART 1915 — 

COMPLIANCE ASSISTANCE GUIDELINES FOR 

CONFINED AND ENCLOSED SPACES AND OTHER 

DANGEROUS ATMOSPHERES

This appendix is a non-mandatory set of guidelines 

provided to assist employers in complying with the 

requirements of this Subpart. This appendix neither 

creates additional obligations nor detracts from 

obligations otherwise contained in the standard. It 

is intended to provide explanatory information and 

educational material to employers and employees 

to foster understanding of, and compliance with, 

the standard.

Sections 1915.11 through 1915.16. These standards 

are minimum safety standards for entering and 

working safely in vessel tanks and compartments.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

3 2

Subpart B

Section 1915.11(b). Definition of “Hot work.” There 

are several instances in which circumstances do not 

necessitate that grinding, drilling, abrasive blasting 

be regarded as hot work. Some examples are:

1. Abrasive blasting of the external surface of the 

vessel (the hull) for paint preparation does not 

necessitate pumping and cleaning the tanks of 

the vessel.

2. Prior to hot work on any hollow structure, the 

void space should be tested and appropriate 

precautions taken.

Section 1915.11(b). Definition of “Lower explosive 

limit.” The terms lower flammable limit (LFL) and 

lower explosive limit (LEL) are used interchangeably 

in fire science literature.

Section 1915.11(b). Definition of “Upper explosive 

limit.” The terms upper flammable limit (UFL) and 

upper explosive limit (UEL) are used interchangeably 

in fire science literature.

Section 1915.12(a)(3). After a tank has been properly 

washed and ventilated, the tank should contain 

20.8 percent oxygen by volume. This is the same 

amount found in our normal atmosphere at sea 

level. However, it is possible that the oxygen content 

will be lower. When this is the case, the reasons for 

this deficiency should be determined and corrective 

action taken.

An oxygen content of 19.5 percent can support life 

and is adequate for entry. However, any oxygen level 

greater than 20.8 percent by volume should alert 

the competent person to look for the cause of the 

oxygen-enriched atmosphere and correct it prior to 

entry. In addition, any oxygen level lower than 19.5 

percent level should also alert the competent person 

to look for the cause of the oxygen-deficiency and 

correct it prior to entry.

Section 1915.12(b)(3). Flammable atmospheres. 

Atmospheres with a concentration of flammable 

vapors at or above 10 percent of the lower explosive 

limit (LEL) are considered hazardous when located 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

3 3

Subpart B

in confined spaces. However, atmospheres with 

flammable vapors below 10 percent of the LEL are 

not necessarily safe.

Such atmospheres are too lean to burn. Nevertheless, 

when a space contains or produces measurable 

flammable vapors below the 10 percent LEL, it might 

indicate that flammable vapors are being released or 

introduced into the space and could present a hazard 

in time. Therefore, the cause of the vapors should be 

investigated and, if possible, eliminated prior to entry.

Some situations that have produced measurable 

concentrations of flammable vapors that could 

exceed 10 percent of the LEL in time are:

1. Pipelines that should have been blanked or 

disconnected have opened, allowing product into 

the space.

2. The vessel may have shifted, allowing product not 

previously cleaned and removed during washing 

to move into other areas of the vessel.

3. Residues may be producing the atmosphere by 

releasing flammable vapor.

Section 1915.12(b)(6). Flammable atmospheres 

that are toxic. An atmosphere with a measurable 

concentration of a flammable substance below 

10 percent of the LEL may be above the OSHA 

permissible exposure limit for that substance. In that 

case, refer to §1915.12(c) (2), (3), and (4).

Sections 1915.13(b)(4), 1915.15(c), and 1915.15(e).

The frequency with which a tank is monitored to 

determine if atmospheric conditions are being 

maintained is a function of several factors that are 

discussed below:

1. Temperature. Higher temperatures will cause 

a combustible or flammable liquid to vaporize 

at a faster rate than lower temperatures. This 

is important since hotter days may cause tank 

residues to produce more vapors and that may 

result in the vapors exceeding 10 percent of the 

LEL or an overexposure to toxic contaminants.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

3 4

Subpart B

2. Work in the tank. Any activity in the tank could 

change the atmospheric conditions in that tank. 

Oxygen from a leaking oxyfuel hose or torch 

could result in an oxygen-enriched atmosphere 

that would more easily propagate a flame. Some 

welding operations use inert gas, and leaks can 

result in an oxygen-deficient atmosphere. Manual 

tank cleaning with high pressure spray devices 

can stir up residues and result in exposures to 

toxic contaminants. Simple cleaning or mucking 

out, where employees walk through and shovel 

residues and sludge, can create a change in 

atmospheric conditions.

3. Period of time elapsed. If a period of time has 

elapsed since a Marine Chemist or Coast Guard 

authorized person has certified a tank as safe, the 

atmospheric condition should be rechecked by the 

competent person prior to entry and starting work.

4. Unattended tanks or spaces. When a tank or 

space has been tested and declared safe, then 

subsequently left unattended for a period of 

time, it should be retested prior to entry and 

starting work. For example, when barges are left 

unattended at night, unidentified products from 

another barge are sometimes dumped into their 

empty tanks. Since this would result in a changed 

atmosphere, the tanks should be retested prior to 

entry and starting work.

5. Work break. When workers take a break or leave 

at the end of the shift, equipment sometimes 

is inadvertently left in the tanks. At lunch or 

work breaks and at the end of the shift are the 

times when it is most likely someone will leave 

a burning or cutting torch in the tank, perhaps 

turned on and leaking oxygen or an inert gas. 

Since the former can produce an oxygenenriched atmosphere, and the latter an oxygendeficient atmosphere, tanks should be checked 

for equipment left behind, and atmosphere, 

monitored if necessary prior to re-entering 

and resuming work. In an oxygen-enriched 

atmosphere, the flammable range is severely 

broadened. This means that an oxygen-enriched 

atmosphere can promote very rapid burning.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

3 5

Subpart B

6. Ballasting or trimming. Changing the position 

of the ballast, or trimming or in any way moving 

the vessel so as to expose cargo that had been 

previously trapped, can produce a change in the 

atmosphere of the tank. The atmosphere should 

be retested after any such move and prior to 

entry or work.

Section 1915.14 (a) and (b) Hot work. This is a 

reminder that other sections of the OSHA shipyard 

safety and health standards in Part 1915 should 

be reviewed prior to starting any hot work. Most 

notably, Subpart D, Welding, Cutting and Heating, 

places additional restrictions on hot work. The 

requirements of §§1915.51 and 1915.53 must be met 

before hot work is begun on any metal that is toxic 

or is covered by a preservative coating respectively; 

the requirements of §1915.54 must be met before 

welding, cutting, or heating is begun on any hollow 

containers or structures not covered by §1915.12.

Section 1915.12(a)(2). During hot work, more than 

20.8 percent oxygen by volume can be unsafe since 

it extends the normal flammable range. The standard 

permits the oxygen level to reach 22 percent by 

volume in order to account for instrument error. 

However, the cause of excess oxygen should be 

investigated and the source removed.

Section 1915.16(b). If the entire vessel has been 

found to be in the same condition, then employers 

shall be considered to be in compliance with this 

requirement when signs using appropriate warning 

language in accordance with §1915.16(a) are posted 

at the gangway and at all other means of access to 

the vessel.

APPENDIX B TO SUBPART B OF PART 1915 — 

REPRINT OF U.S. COAST GUARD REGULATIONS 

REFERENCED IN SUBPART B, FOR DETERMINATION 

OF COAST GUARD AUTHORIZED PERSONS

This appendix provides a complete reprint of U.S. 

Coast Guard regulations as of October 1, 1993, 

referenced in Subpart B for purposes of determining 

who is a Coast Guard authorized person.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

3 6

Subpart B

1. Title 46 CFR 35.01-1 (a) through (c) covering hot 

work on tank vessels reads as follows:

(a) The provisions of “Standard for the Control of 

Gas Hazards on Vessels to be Repaired,” NFPA 

No. 306, published by National Fire Protection 

Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 

02269, shall be used as a guide in conducting the 

inspections and issuance of certificates required 

by this section.

(b) Until an inspection has been made to 

determine that such operation can be undertaken 

with safety, no alterations, repairs, or other such 

operations involving riveting, welding, burning, or 

like fire-producing actions shall be made:

(1) Within or on the boundaries of cargo tanks 

that have been used to carry flammable or 

combustible liquid or chemicals in bulk, or 

within spaces adjacent to such cargo tanks; or

(2) Within or on the boundaries of fuel tanks; or

(3) To pipe lines, heating coils, pumps, fittings, 

or other appurtenances connected to such cargo 

or fuel tanks.

(c) Such inspections shall be made and evidenced 

as follows:

(1) In ports or places in the United States or 

its territories and possessions, the inspection 

shall be made by a Marine Chemist certificated 

by the National Fire Protection Association; 

however, if the services of such certified Marine 

Chemists are not reasonably available, the 

Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, upon the 

recommendation of the vessel owner and his 

contractor or their representative, shall select a 

person who, in the case of an individual vessel, 

shall be authorized to make such inspection. If 

the inspection indicates that such operations 

can be undertaken with safety, a certificate 

setting forth the fact in writing and qualified as 

may be required, shall be issued by the certified 

Marine Chemist or the authorized person before 

the work is started. Such qualifications shall 

include any requirements as may be deemed 

necessary to maintain, insofar as can reasonably 

be done, the safe conditions in the spaces 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

3 7

Subpart B

certified, throughout the operation and shall 

include such additional tests and certifications 

as considered required. Such qualifications 

and requirements shall include precautions 

necessary to eliminate or minimize hazards 

that may be present from protective coatings or 

residues from cargoes.

2. Title 46 CFR 71.60(c)(1) covering hot work on 

passenger vessels reads as follows:

(a) The provisions of “Standard for the Control of 

Gas Hazards on Vessels to be Repaired,” NFPA 

No. 306, published by National Fire Protection 

Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 

02269, shall be used as a guide in conducting the 

inspections and issuance of certificates required 

by this section.

(b) Until an inspection has been made to 

determine that such operation can be undertaken 

with safety, no alterations, repairs, or other such 

operations involving riveting, welding, burning, or 

like fire-producing actions shall be made:

(1) Within or on the boundaries of cargo tanks 

which have been used to carry flammable or 

combustible liquid or chemicals in bulk, or 

within spaces adjacent to such cargo tanks; or

(2) Within or on the boundaries of fuel tanks; or

(3) To pipe lines, heating coils, pumps, fittings, 

or other appurtenances connected to such cargo 

or fuel tanks.

(c) Such inspections shall be made and evidenced 

as follows:

(1) In ports or places in the United States or its 

territories and possessions the inspection shall 

be made by a Marine Chemist certificated by the 

National Fire Protection Association; however, if 

the services of such certified Marine Chemist are 

not reasonably available, the Officer in Charge, 

Marine Inspection, upon the recommendation 

of the vessel owner and his contractor or their 

representative, shall select a person who, 

in the case of an individual vessel, shall be 

authorized to make such inspection. If the 

inspection indicated that such operations can 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

3 8

Subpart B

be undertaken with safety, a certificate setting 

forth the fact in writing and qualified as may be 

required, shall be issued by the certified Marine 

Chemist or the authorized person before the 

work is started. Such qualifications shall include 

any requirements as may be deemed necessary 

to maintain, insofar as can reasonably be done, 

the safe conditions in the spaces certified 

throughout the operation and shall include such 

additional tests and certifications as considered 

required. Such qualifications and requirements 

shall include precautions necessary to eliminate 

or minimize hazards that may be present from 

protective coatings or residues from cargoes.

3. Title 46 CFR 91.50-1(c)(1) covering hot work on 

cargo and miscellaneous vessels as follows:

(a) The provisions of “Standard for the Control of 

Gas Hazards on Vessels to be Repaired,” NFPA 

No. 306, published by National Fire Protection 

Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 

02269, shall be used as a guide in conducting the 

inspections and issuance of certificates required 

by this section.

(b) Until an inspection has been made to 

determine that such operation can be undertaken 

with safety, no alterations, repairs, or other such 

operations involving riveting, welding, burning, or 

like fire-producing actions shall be made:

(1) Within or on the boundaries of cargo tanks 

which have been used to carry flammable or 

combustible liquid or chemicals in bulk, or 

within spaces adjacent to such cargo tanks; or,

(2) Within or on the boundaries of fuel tanks; or,

(3) To pipe lines, heating coils, pumps, fittings, 

or other appurtenances connected to such cargo 

or fuel tanks.

(c) Such inspections shall be made and evidenced 

as follows:

(1) In ports or places in the United States or its 

territories and possessions the inspection shall 

be made by a Marine Chemist certificated by the 

National Fire Protection Association; however, if 

the services of such certified Marine Chemist are 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

3 9

Subpart B

not reasonably available, the Officer in Charge, 

Marine Inspection, upon the recommendation 

of the vessel owner and his contractor or their 

representative, shall select a person who, 

in the case of an individual vessel, shall be 

authorized to make such inspection. If the 

inspection indicated that such operations can 

be undertaken with safety, a certificate setting 

forth the fact in writing and qualified as may be 

required, shall be issued by the certified Marine 

Chemist or the authorized person before the 

work is started. Such qualifications shall include 

any requirements as may be deemed necessary 

to maintain, insofar as can reasonably be done, 

the safe conditions in the spaces certified 

throughout the operation and shall include such 

additional tests and certifications as considered 

required. Such qualifications and requirements 

shall include precautions necessary to eliminate 

or minimize hazards that may be present from 

protective coatings or residues from cargoes.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

4 0

Subpart C

Subpart C – Surface Preparation and 

Preservation

§1915.31 – Scope and application of Subpart

The standards contained in this Subpart shall apply 

to ship repairing and shipbuilding and shall not apply 

to shipbreaking.

§1915.32 – Toxic cleaning solvents

(a) When toxic solvents are used, the employer 

shall employ one or more of the following measures 

to safeguard the health of employees exposed to 

these solvents.

(1) The cleaning operation shall be completely enclosed 

to prevent the escape of vapor into the working space.

(2) Either natural ventilation or mechanical exhaust 

ventilation shall be used to remove the vapor at the 

source and to dilute the concentration of vapors in 

the working space to a concentration which is safe 

for the entire work period.

(3) Employees shall be protected against toxic 

vapors by suitable respiratory protective equipment 

in accordance with the requirements of Subpart I of 

this Part and, where necessary, against exposure of 

skin and eye contact with toxic solvents and their 

vapors by suitable clothing and equipment.

(b) The principles in the threshold limit values to 

which attention is directed in §1915.4 will be used by 

the Department of Labor in enforcement proceedings 

in defining a safe concentration of air contaminants.

(c) When flammable solvents are used, precautions 

shall be taken in accordance with the requirements 

of §1915.36.

§1915.33 – Chemical paint and preservative 

removers

(a) Employees shall be protected against skin 

contact during the handling and application of 

chemical paint and preservative removers and shall 

be protected against eye injury by goggles or face 

shields in accordance with the requirements of 

Subpart I of this Part.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

4 1

Subpart C

(b) When using flammable paint and preservative 

removers, precautions shall be taken in accordance 

with the requirements of §1915.36.

(c) When using chemical paint and preservative 

removers which contain volatile and toxic solvents, 

such as benzol, acetone and amyl acetate, the 

provisions of §1915.32 shall be applicable.

(d) When using paint and rust removers containing 

strong acids or alkalies, employees shall be protected 

by suitable face shields to prevent chemical burns on 

the face and neck.

(e) When steam guns are used, all employees 

working within range of the blast shall be protected 

by suitable face shields. Metal parts of the steam 

gun itself shall be insulated to protect the operator 

against heat burns.

§1915.34 – Mechanical paint removers

(a) Power tools. 

(1) Employees engaged in the removal of paints, 

preservatives, rusts, or other coatings by means of 

power tools shall be protected against eye injury 

by using goggles or face shields in accordance with 

the requirements of Subpart I of this Part.

(2) All portable rotating tools used for the removal 

of paints, preservatives, rusts or other coatings 

shall be adequately guarded to protect both the 

operator and nearby workers from flying missiles.

(3) Portable electric tools shall be grounded in 

accordance with the requirements of §1915.132.

(4) In a confined space, mechanical exhaust ventilation 

sufficient to keep the dust concentration to a minimum 

shall be used, or employees shall be protected by 

respiratory protective equipment in accordance with 

the requirements of Subpart I of this Part.

(b) Flame removal. 

(1) Hardened preservative coatings shall not be 

removed by flame in enclosed spaces unless 

the employees exposed to fumes are protected 

by air line respirators in accordance with the 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

4 2

Subpart C

requirements of Subpart I. Employees performing 

such an operation in the open air, and those 

exposed to the resulting fumes shall be protected 

by a fume filter type respirator in accordance with 

the requirements of Subpart I of this Part.

(2) Flame or heat shall not be used to remove soft 

and greasy preservative coatings.

(c) Abrasive blasting. 

(1) Equipment. Hoses and fittings used for abrasive 

blasting shall meet the following requirements:

(i) Hoses. Hose of a type to prevent shocks from 

static electricity shall be used.

(ii) Hose couplings. Hose lengths shall be joined by 

metal couplings secured to the outside of the hose 

to avoid erosion and weakening of the couplings.

(iii) Nozzles. Nozzles shall be attached to the 

hose by fittings that will prevent the nozzle from 

unintentionally becoming disengaged. Nozzle 

attachments shall be of metal and shall fit onto the 

hose externally.

(iv) Dead man control. A dead man control device 

shall be provided at the nozzle end of the blasting 

hose either to provide direct cutoff or to signal the 

pot tender by means of a visual and audible signal 

to cut off the flow, in the event the blaster loses 

control of the hose. The pot tender shall be available 

at all times to respond immediately to the signal.

(2) Replacement. Hoses and all fittings used for 

abrasive blasting shall be inspected frequently 

to insure timely replacement before an unsafe 

amount of wear has occurred.

(3) Personal protective equipment. 

(i) Abrasive blasters working in enclosed spaces 

shall be protected by hoods and air line respirators, 

or by air helmets of a positive pressure type in 

accordance with the requirements of Subpart I of 

this Part.

(ii) Abrasive blasters working in the open shall 

be protected as indicated in paragraph (c)(3)(i) of 

this section except that when synthetic abrasive 

containing less than one percent free silica are 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

4 3

Subpart C

used, filter type respirators approved jointly by the 

National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health 

and the Mine Safety and Health Administration for 

exposure to lead dusts, used in conjunction with the 

proper eye, face and head protection, may be used in 

accordance with Subpart I of this Part.

(iii) Employees, other than blasters, including 

machine tenders and abrasive recovery men, 

working in areas where unsafe concentrations 

of abrasive materials and dusts are present shall 

be protected by eye and respiratory protective 

equipment in accordance with the requirements of 

Subpart I of this Part.

(iv) The blaster shall be protected against injury 

from exposure to the blast by appropriate 

protective clothing, including gloves.

(v) Since surges from drops in pressure in the 

hose line can be of sufficient proportions to throw 

the blaster off the staging, the blaster shall be 

protected by a safety belt when blasting is being 

done from elevations where adequate protection 

against falling cannot be provided by railings.

§1915.35 – Painting

(a) Paints mixed with toxic vehicles or solvents. 

(1) When paints mixed with toxic vehicles or 

solvents are sprayed, the following conditions 

shall apply:

(i) In confined spaces, employees continuously 

exposed to such spraying shall be protected 

by air line respirators in accordance with the 

requirements of Subpart I of this Part.

(ii) In tanks or compartments, employees 

continuously exposed to such spraying shall be 

protected by air line respirators in accordance with 

the requirements of Subpart I. Where mechanical 

ventilation is provided, employees shall be 

protected by respirators in accordance with the 

requirements of Subpart I of this Part.

(iii) In large and well ventilated areas, employees 

exposed to such spraying shall be protected by 

respirators in accordance with the requirements of 

Subpart I of this Part.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

4 4

Subpart C

(2) Where brush application of paints with toxic 

solvents is done in confined spaces or in other 

areas where lack of ventilation creates a hazard, 

employees shall be protected by filter respirators in 

accordance with the requirements of Subpart I of 

this Part.

(3) When flammable paints or vehicles are used, 

precautions shall be taken in accordance with the 

requirements of §1915.36.

(4) The metallic parts of air moving devices, 

including fans, blowers, and jet-type air movers, 

and all duct work shall be electrically bonded to 

the vessel’s structure.

(b) Paints and tank coatings dissolved in highly 

volatile, toxic and flammable solvents. Several 

organic coatings, adhesives and resins are dissolved 

in highly toxic, flammable and explosive solvents 

with flash points below 80 ̊F. Work involving such 

materials shall be done only when all of the following 

special precautions have been taken:

(1) Sufficient exhaust ventilation shall be provided 

to keep the concentration of solvent vapors below 

ten (10) percent of the lower explosive limit. 

Frequent tests shall be made by a competent 

person to ascertain the concentration.

(2) If the ventilation fails or if the concentration 

of solvent vapors reaches or exceeds ten (10) 

percent of the lower explosive limit, painting 

shall be stopped and the compartment shall be 

evacuated until the concentration again falls below 

ten (10) percent of the lower explosive limit. If 

the concentration does not fall when painting 

is stopped, additional ventilation to bring the 

concentration to below ten (10) percent of the lower 

explosive limit shall be provided.

(3) Ventilation shall be continued after the 

completion of painting until the space or 

compartment is gas free. The final determination 

as to whether the space or compartment is gas 

free shall be made after the ventilating equipment 

has been shut off for at least 10 minutes.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

4 5

Subpart C

(4) Exhaust ducts shall discharge clear of working 

areas and away from sources of possible ignition. 

Periodic tests shall be made to ensure that the 

exhausted vapors are not accumulating in other 

areas within or around the vessel or dry dock.

(5) All motors and control equipment shall be 

of the explosion-proof type. Fans shall have 

nonferrous blades. Portable air ducts shall also be 

of nonferrous materials. All motors and associated 

control equipment shall be properly maintained 

and grounded.

(6) Only non-sparking paint buckets, spray guns 

and tools shall be used. Metal parts of paint 

brushes and rollers shall be insulated. Staging 

shall be erected in a manner which ensures that it 

is non-sparking.

(7) Only explosion proof lights, approved by the 

Underwriters’ Laboratories for use in Class I, Group 

D atmospheres, or approved as permissible by the 

Mine Safety and Health Administration or the U.S. 

Coast Guard, shall be used.

(8) A competent person shall inspect all power 

and lighting cables to ensure that the insulation is 

in excellent condition, free of all cracks and worn 

spots, that there are no connections within fifty (50) 

feet of the operation, that lines are not overloaded, 

and that they are suspended with sufficient slack to 

prevent undue stress or chafing.

(9) The face, eyes, head, hands, and all other 

exposed parts of the bodies of employees handling 

such highly volatile paints shall be protected. All 

footwear shall be non-sparking, such as rubbers, 

rubber boots or rubber soled shoes without nails. 

Coveralls or other outer clothing shall be of cotton. 

Rubber, rather than plastic, gloves shall be used 

because of the danger of static sparks.

(10) No matches, lighted cigarettes, cigars, or pipes, 

and no cigarette lighters or ferrous articles shall be 

taken into the area where work is being done.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

4 6

Subpart C

(11) All solvent drums taken into the compartment 

shall be placed on nonferrous surfaces and shall 

be grounded to the vessel. Metallic contact shall 

be maintained between containers and drums 

when materials are being transferred from one 

to another.

(12) Spray guns, paint pots, and metallic parts of 

connecting tubing shall be electrically bonded, and 

the bonded assembly shall be grounded to the vessel.

(13) All employees continuously in a compartment 

in which such painting is being performed shall be 

protected by air line respirators in accordance with 

the requirements of Subpart I of this Part and by 

suitable protective clothing. Employees entering such 

compartments for a limited time shall be protected 

by filter cartridge type respirators in accordance with 

the requirements of Subpart I of this Part.

(14) All employees doing exterior paint spraying 

with such paints shall be protected by suitable 

filter cartridge type respirators in accordance with 

the requirements of Subpart I of this Part and by 

suitable protective clothing. 

§1915.36 – Flammable liquids

(a) In all cases when liquid solvents, paint and 

preservative removers, paints or vehicles, other than 

those covered by §1915.35(b), are capable of producing 

a flammable atmosphere under the conditions of use, 

the following precautions shall be taken:

(1) Smoking, open flames, arcs and spark-producing 

equipment shall be prohibited in the area.

(2) Ventilation shall be provided in sufficient 

quantities to keep the concentration of vapors 

below 10 (ten) percent of their lower explosive 

limit. Frequent tests shall be made by a competent 

person to ascertain the concentration.

(3) Scrapings and rags soaked with these materials 

shall be kept in a covered metal container.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

4 7

Subpart C

(4) Only explosion proof lights, approved by the 

Underwriters’ Laboratories for use in Class 1, 

Group D atmospheres, or approved as permissible 

by the Mine Safety and Health Administration or 

the U.S. Coast Guard shall be used.

(5) A competent person shall inspect all power 

and lighting cables to ensure that the insulation is 

in excellent condition, free of all cracks and worn 

spots, that there are no connections within fifty (50) 

feet of the operation, that lines are not overloaded, 

and that they are suspended with sufficient slack to 

prevent undue stress or chafing.

(6) Suitable fire extinguishing equipment shall be 

immediately available in the work area and shall be 

maintained in a state of readiness for instant use.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

4 8

Subpart D

Subpart D – Welding, Cutting and 

Heating 

§1915.51 – Ventilation and protection in 

welding, cutting and heating

(a) The provisions of this section shall apply to all ship 

repairing, shipbuilding, and shipbreaking operations; 

except that paragraph (e) of this section shall apply 

only to ship repairing and shipbuilding. Paragraph (g) 

of this section shall apply only to ship repairing.

(b) Mechanical ventilation requirements. 

(1) For purposes of this section, mechanical 

ventilation shall meet the following requirements:

(i) Mechanical ventilation shall consist of either 

general mechanical ventilation systems or local 

exhaust systems.

(ii) General mechanical ventilation shall be of 

sufficient capacity and so arranged as to produce 

the number of air changes necessary to maintain 

welding fumes and smoke within safe limits.

(iii) Local exhaust ventilation shall consist of 

freely movable hoods intended to be placed by 

the welder or burner as close as practicable to the 

work. This system shall be of sufficient capacity 

and so arranged as to remove fumes and smoke at 

the source and keep the concentration of them in 

the breathing zone within safe limits.

(iv) Contaminated air exhausted from a working 

space shall be discharged into the open air or 

otherwise clear of the source of intake air.

(v) All air replacing that withdrawn shall be clean 

and respirable.

(vi) Oxygen shall not be used for ventilation 

purposes, comfort cooling, blowing dust or dirt 

from clothing, or for cleaning the work area.

(c) Welding, cutting and heating in confined spaces. 

(1) Except as provided in paragraphs (c)(3) and (d)

(2) of this section either general ventilation meeting 

the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section 

shall be provided whenever welding, cutting or 

heating is performed in a confined space.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

4 9

Subpart D

(2) The means of access shall be provided to a 

confined space and ventilation ducts to this space 

shall be arranged in accordance with §1915.76(b)

(1) and (2).

(3) When sufficient ventilation cannot be obtained 

without blocking the means of access, employees 

in the confined space shall be protected by air line 

respirators in accordance with the requirements of 

§1915.154, and an employee on the outside of such 

a confined space shall be assigned to maintain 

communication with those working within it and to 

aid them in an emergency.

(d) Welding, cutting or heating of metals of toxic 

significance. 

(1) Welding, cutting or heating in any enclosed spaces 

aboard the vessel involving the metals specified 

below shall be performed with either general 

mechanical or local exhaust ventilation meeting the 

requirements of paragraph (b) of this section:

(i) Zinc-bearing base or filler metals or metals 

coated with zinc-bearing materials.

(ii) Lead base metals.

(iii) Cadmium-bearing filler materials.

(iv) Chromium-bearing metals or metals coated 

with chromium-bearing materials.

(2) Welding, cutting or heating in any enclosed 

spaces aboard the vessel involving the metals 

specified below shall be performed with local 

exhaust ventilation in accordance with the 

requirements of paragraph (b) of this section or 

employees shall be protected by air line respirators 

in accordance with the requirements of §1915.154:

(i) Metals containing lead, other than as an impurity, 

or metals coated with lead-bearing materials.

(ii) Cadmium-bearing or cadmium coated base 

metals.

(iii) Metals coated with mercury-bearing metals.

(iv) Beryllium-containing base or filler metals. 

Because of its high toxicity, work involving 

beryllium shall be done with both local exhaust 

ventilation and air line respirators.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

5 0

Subpart D

(3) Employees performing such operations in the 

open air shall be protected by filter type respirators, 

and employees performing such operations on 

beryllium-containing base or filler metals shall be 

protected by air line respirators, in accordance with 

the requirements of §1915.154.

(4) Other employees exposed to the same atmosphere 

as the welders or burners shall be protected in the 

same manner as the welder or burner.

(e) Inert-gas metal-arc welding. 

(1) Since the inert-gas metal-arc welding process 

involves the production of ultraviolet radiation of 

intensities of 5 to 30 times that produced during 

shielded metal-arc welding, the decomposition of 

chlorinated solvents by ultraviolet rays, and the 

liberation of toxic fumes and gases, employees 

shall not be permitted to engage in, or be 

exposed to the process until the following special 

precautions have been taken:

(i) The use of chlorinated solvents shall be kept 

at least two hundred (200) feet from the exposed 

arc, and surfaces prepared with chlorinated 

solvents shall be thoroughly dry before welding is 

permitted on such surfaces.

(ii) Helpers and other employees in the area not 

protected from the arc by screening as provided 

in §1915.56(e) shall be protected by filter lenses 

meeting the requirements of §1915.153. When two 

or more welders are exposed to each other’s arc, 

filter lens goggles of a suitable type meeting the 

requirements of §1915.153 shall be worn under 

welding helmets or hand shields to protect the 

welder against flashes and radiant energy when 

either the helmet is lifted or the shield is removed.

(iii) Welders and other employees who are exposed 

to radiation shall be suitably protected so that 

the skin is covered completely to prevent burns 

and other damage by ultraviolet rays. Welding 

helmets and hand shields shall be free of leaks and 

openings, and free of highly reflective surfaces.

(iv) When inert-gas metal-arc welding is being 

performed on stainless steel, the requirements 

of paragraph (d)(2) of this section shall be met 

to protect against dangerous concentrations of 

nitrogen dioxide.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

5 1

Subpart D

(f) General welding, cutting, and heating. 

(1) Welding, cutting and heating not involving 

conditions or materials described in paragraph 

(c), (d) or (e) of this section may normally be done 

without mechanical ventilation or respiratory 

protective equipment, but where, because of 

unusual physical or atmospheric conditions, an 

unsafe accumulation of contaminants exists, 

suitable mechanical ventilation or respiratory 

protective equipment shall be provided.

(2) Employees performing any type of welding, 

cutting or heating shall be protected by suitable 

eye protective equipment in accordance with the 

requirements of §1915.153.

(g) Residues and cargoes of metallic ores. 

(1) Residues and cargoes of metallic ores of toxic 

significance shall be removed from the area or 

protected from the heat before ship repair work 

which involves welding, cutting or heating is begun. 

§1915.53 – Welding, cutting and heating in 

way of preservative coatings

(a) The provisions in this section shall apply to 

all ship repairing, shipbuilding and shipbreaking 

operations except for paragraphs (e) and (f) of this 

section which shall apply to ship repairing and 

shipbuilding and shall not apply to shipbreaking.

(b) Before welding, cutting or heating is commenced 

on any surface covered by a preservative coating 

whose flammability is not known, a test shall 

be made by a competent person to determine 

its flammability. Preservative coatings shall be 

considered to be highly flammable when scrapings 

burn with extreme rapidity.

(c) Precautions shall be taken to prevent ignition of 

highly flammable hardened preservative coatings. 

When coatings are determined to be highly 

flammable they shall be stripped from the area to be 

heated to prevent ignition, or, where shipbreaking is 

involved, the coatings may be burned away under 

controlled conditions. A 11/2 inch or larger fire hose 

with fog nozzle, which has been uncoiled and placed 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

5 2

Subpart D

under pressure, shall be immediately available for 

instant use in the immediate vicinity, consistent with 

avoiding freezing of the hose.

(d) Protection against toxic preservative coatings. 

(1) In enclosed spaces, all surfaces covered with 

toxic preservatives shall be stripped of all toxic 

coatings for a distance of at least 4 inches from 

the area of heat application or the employees shall 

be protected by air line respirators meeting the 

requirements of §1915.154.

(2) In the open air, employees shall be protected 

by a filter type respirator in accordance with the 

requirements of §1915.154.

(e) Before welding, cutting or heating is commenced 

in enclosed spaces on metals covered by soft and 

greasy preservatives, the following precautions shall 

be taken:

(1) A competent person shall test the atmosphere 

in the space to ensure that it does not contain 

explosive vapors, since there is a possibility that 

some soft and greasy preservatives may have flash 

points below temperatures which may be expected 

to occur naturally. If such vapors are determined 

to be present, no hot work shall be commenced 

until such precautions have been taken as will 

ensure that the welding, cutting or heating can be 

performed in safety.

(2) The preservative coatings shall be removed for 

a sufficient distance from the area to be heated 

to ensure that the temperature of the unstripped 

metal will not be appreciably raised. Artificial 

cooling of the metal surrounding the heated area 

may be used to limit the size of the area required 

to be cleaned. The prohibition contained in 

§1915.34(b)(2) shall apply.

(f) Immediately after welding, cutting or heating is 

commenced in enclosed spaces on metal covered by 

soft and greasy preservatives, and at frequent intervals 

thereafter, a competent person shall make tests to 

ensure that no flammable vapors are being produced 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

5 3

Subpart D

by the coatings. If such vapors are determined to be 

present, the operation shall be stopped immediately 

and shall not be resumed until such additional 

precautions have been taken as are necessary to 

ensure that the operation can be resumed safely. 

§1915.54 – Welding, cutting and heating of 

hollow metal containers and structures not 

covered by §1915.12

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship 

repairing, shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) Drums, containers, or hollow structures which 

have contained flammable substances shall, before 

welding, cutting, or heating is undertaken on them, 

either be filled with water or thoroughly cleaned of 

such substances and ventilated and tested.

(b) Before heat is applied to a drum, container, or 

hollow structure, a vent or opening shall be provided 

for the release of any built-up pressure during the 

application of heat.

(c) Before welding, cutting, heating or brazing is 

begun on structural voids such as skegs, bilge keels, 

fair waters, masts, booms, support stanchions, 

pipe stanchions or railings, a competent person 

shall inspect the object and, if necessary, test it 

for the presence of flammable liquids or vapors. If 

flammable liquids or vapors are present, the object 

shall be made safe.

(d) Objects such as those listed in paragraph (c) of 

this section shall also be inspected to determine 

whether water or other non-flammable liquids 

are present which, when heated, would build up 

excessive pressure. If such liquids are determined 

to be present, the object shall be vented, cooled, or 

otherwise made safe during the application of heat.

(e) Jacketed vessels shall be vented before and 

during welding, cutting or heating operations in order 

to release any pressure which may build up during 

the application of heat.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

5 4

Subpart D

§1915.55 – Gas welding and cutting

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship 

repairing, shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) Transporting, moving and storing compressed 

gas cylinders. 

(1) Valve protection caps shall be in place and secure. 

Oil shall not be used to lubricate protection caps.

(2) When cylinders are hoisted, they shall be secured 

on a cradle, slingboard or pallet. They shall not be 

hoisted by means of magnets or choker slings.

(3) Cylinders shall be moved by tilting and rolling 

them on their bottom edges. They shall not be 

intentionally dropped, struck, or permitted to strike 

each other violently.

(4) When cylinders are transported by vehicle, they 

shall be secured in position.

(5) Valve protection caps shall not be used for 

lifting cylinders from one vertical position to 

another. Bars shall not be used under valves or 

valve protection caps to pry cylinders loose when 

frozen. Warm, not boiling, water shall be used to 

thaw cylinders loose.

(6) Unless cylinders are firmly secured on a special 

carrier intended for this purpose, regulators shall 

be removed and valve protection caps put in place 

before cylinders are moved.

(7) A suitable cylinder truck, chain, or other 

steadying device shall be used to keep cylinders 

from being knocked over while in use.

(8) When work is finished, when cylinders are 

empty or when cylinders are moved at any time, 

the cylinder valves shall be closed.

(9) Acetylene cylinders shall be secured in an 

upright position at all times except, if necessary, for 

short periods of time while cylinders are actually 

being hoisted or carried.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

5 5

Subpart D

(b) Placing cylinders. 

(1) Cylinders shall be kept far enough away from 

the actual welding or cutting operation so that 

sparks, hot slag or flame will not reach them. When 

this is impractical, fire resistant shields shall be 

provided.

(2) Cylinders shall be placed where they cannot 

become part of an electrical circuit. Electrodes shall 

not be struck against a cylinder to strike an arc.

(3) Fuel gas cylinders shall be placed with valve end 

up whenever they are in use. They shall not be placed 

in a location where they would be subject to open 

flame, hot metal, or other sources of artificial heat.

(4) Cylinders containing oxygen or acetylene or 

other fuel gas shall not be taken into confined 

spaces.

(c) Treatment of cylinders. 

(1) Cylinders, whether full or empty, shall not be 

used as rollers or supports.

(2) No person other than the gas supplier shall 

attempt to mix gases in a cylinder. No one except 

the owner of the cylinder or person authorized 

by him shall refill a cylinder. No one shall use a 

cylinder’s contents for purposes other than those 

intended by the supplier. Only cylinders bearing 

Interstate Commerce Commission identification 

and inspection markings shall be used.

(3) No damaged or defective cylinder shall be used.

(d) Use of fuel gas. The employer shall thoroughly 

instruct employees in the safe use of fuel gas, as follows:

(1) Before connecting a regulator to a cylinder 

valve, the valve shall be opened slightly and closed 

immediately. (This action is generally termed 

“cracking” and is intended to clear the valve of dust 

or dirt that might otherwise enter the regulator.) 

The person cracking the valve shall stand to one 

side of the outlet, not in front of it. The valve of a 

fuel gas cylinder shall not be cracked where the gas 

would reach welding work, sparks, flame or other 

possible sources of ignition.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

5 6

Subpart D

(2) The cylinder valve shall always be opened 

slowly to prevent damage to the regulator. To 

permit quick closing, valves on fuel gas cylinders 

shall not be opened more than 11/2 turns. When a 

special wrench is required, it shall be left in position 

on the stem of the valve while the cylinder is in use 

so that the fuel gas flow can be shut off quickly in 

case of an emergency. In the case of manifolded or 

coupled cylinders, at least one such wrench shall 

always be available for immediate use. Nothing 

shall be placed on top of a fuel gas cylinder, when 

in use, which may damage the safety device or 

interfere with the quick closing of the valve.

(3) Fuel gas shall not be used from cylinders 

through torches or other devices which are 

equipped with shut-off valves without reducing the 

pressure through a suitable regulator attached to 

the cylinder valve or manifold.

(4) Before a regulator is removed from a cylinder 

valve, the cylinder valve shall always be closed and 

the gas released from the regulator.

(5) If, when the valve on a fuel gas cylinder 

is opened, there is found to be a leak around 

the valve stem, the valve shall be closed and 

the gland nut tightened. If this action does not 

stop the leak, the use of the cylinder shall be 

discontinued, and it shall be properly tagged and 

removed from the vessel. In the event that fuel 

gas should leak from the cylinder valve rather 

than from the valve stem and the gas cannot be 

shut off, the cylinder shall be properly tagged and 

removed from the vessel. If a regulator attached 

to a cylinder valve will effectively stop a leak 

through the valve seat, the cylinder need not be 

removed from the vessel.

(6) If a leak should develop at a fuse plug or other 

safety device, the cylinder shall be removed from 

the vessel.

(e) Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds. 

(1) Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds shall bear the 

name of the substance they contain in letters 

at least one (1) inch high which shall be either 

painted on the manifold or on a sign permanently 

attached to it.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

5 7

Subpart D

(2) Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds shall be placed 

in safe and accessible locations in the open air. 

They shall not be located within enclosed spaces.

(3) Manifold hose connections, including both 

ends of the supply hose that lead to the manifold, 

shall be such that the hose cannot be interchanged 

between fuel gas and oxygen manifolds and supply 

header connections. Adapters shall not be used to 

permit the interchange of hose. Hose connections 

shall be kept free of grease and oil.

(4) When not in use, manifold and header hose 

connections shall be capped.

(5) Nothing shall be placed on top of a manifold, 

when in use, which will damage the manifold or 

interfere with the quick closing of the valves.

(f) Hose. 

(1) Fuel gas hose and oxygen hose shall be easily 

distinguishable from each other. The contrast 

may be made by different colors or by surface 

characteristics readily distinguishable by the sense 

of touch. Oxygen and fuel gas hoses shall not be 

interchangeable. A single hose having more than 

one gas passage, a wall failure of which would 

permit the flow of one gas into the other gas 

passage, shall not be used.

(2) When parallel sections of oxygen and fuel gas 

hose are taped together not more than 4 inches out 

of 8 inches shall be covered by tape.

(3) All hose carrying acetylene, oxygen, natural or 

manufactured fuel gas, or any gas or substance 

which may ignite or enter into combustion or be in 

any way harmful to employees, shall be inspected 

at the beginning of each shift. Defective hose shall 

be removed from service.

(4) Hose which has been subjected to flashback or 

which shows evidence of severe wear or damage 

shall be tested to twice the normal pressure to 

which it is subject, but in no case less than two 

hundred (200) psi. Defective hose or hose in 

doubtful condition shall not be used.

(5) Hose couplings shall be of the type that cannot 

be unlocked or disconnected by means of a straight 

pull without rotary motion.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

5 8

Subpart D

(6) Boxes used for the stowage of gas hose shall 

be ventilated.

(g) Torches. 

(1) Clogged torch tip openings shall be cleaned 

with suitable cleaning wires, drills or other devices 

designed for such purpose.

(2) Torches shall be inspected at the beginning 

of each shift for leaking shutoff valves, hose 

couplings, and tip connections. Defective torches 

shall not be used.

(3) Torches shall be lighted by friction lighters or 

other approved devices, and not by matches or 

from hot work.

(h) Pressure regulators. Oxygen and fuel gas 

pressure regulators including their related gauges 

shall be in proper working order while in use.

§1915.56 – Arc welding and cutting

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship 

repairing, shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) Manual electrode holders. 

(1) Only manual electrode holders which are 

specifically designed for arc welding and cutting 

and are of a capacity capable of safely handling the 

maximum rated current required by the electrodes 

shall be used.

(2) Any current carrying parts passing through the 

portion of the holder which the arc welder or cutter 

grips in his hand, and the outer surfaces of the jaws 

of the holder, shall be fully insulated against the 

maximum voltage encountered to ground.

(b) Welding cables and connectors. 

(1) All arc welding and cutting cables shall be of 

the completely insulated, flexible type, capable of 

handling the maximum current requirements of the 

work in progress, taking into account the duty cycle 

under which the arc welder or cutter is working.

(2) Only cable free from repair or splices for a 

minimum distance of ten (10) feet from the cable 

end to which the electrode holder is connected shall 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

5 9

Subpart D

be used, except that cables with standard insulated 

connectors or with splices whose insulating quality 

is equal to that of the cable are permitted.

(3) When it becomes necessary to connect or 

splice lengths of cable one to another, substantial 

insulated connectors of a capacity at least 

equivalent to that of the cable shall be used. If 

connections are effected by means of cable lugs, 

they shall be securely fastened together to give 

good electrical contact, and the exposed metal 

parts of the lugs shall be completely insulated.

(4) Cables in poor repair shall not be used. When 

a cable other than the cable lead referred to in 

paragraph (b)(2) of this section becomes worn to 

the extent of exposing bare conductors, the portion 

thus exposed shall be protected by means of rubber 

and friction tapes or other equivalent insulation.

(c) Ground returns and machine grounding. 

(1) A ground return cable shall have a safe current 

carrying capacity equal to or exceeding the 

specified maximum output capacity of the arc 

welding or cutting unit which it services. When a 

single ground return cable services more than one 

unit, its safe current carrying capacity shall equal 

or exceed the total specified maximum output 

capacities of all the units which it services.

(2) Structures or pipe lines, except pipe lines 

containing gases of flammable liquids or conduits 

containing electrical circuits, may be used as part 

of the ground return circuit, provided that the pipe 

or structure has a current carrying capacity equal to 

that required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section.

(3) When a structure or pipe line is employed as a 

ground return circuit, it shall be determined that the 

required electrical contact exists at all joints. The 

generation of an arc, sparks or heat at any point shall 

cause rejection of the structure as a ground circuit.

(4) When a structure or pipe line is continuously 

employed as a ground return circuit, all joints 

shall be bonded, and periodic inspections shall be 

conducted to ensure that no condition of electrolysis 

or fire hazard exists by virtue of such use.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

6 0

Subpart D

(5) The frames of all arc welding and cutting 

machines shall be grounded either through a third 

wire in the cable containing the circuit conductor or 

through a separate wire which is grounded at the 

source of the current. Grounding circuits, other than 

by means of the vessel’s structure, shall be checked 

to ensure that the circuit between the ground and 

the grounded power conductor has resistance low 

enough to permit sufficient current to flow to cause 

the fuse or circuit breaker to interrupt the current.

(6) All ground connections shall be inspected to 

ensure that they are mechanically strong and 

electrically adequate for the required current.

(d) Operating instructions. Employers shall instruct 

employees in the safe means of arc welding and 

cutting as follows:

(1) When electrode holders are to be left 

unattended, the electrodes shall be removed and 

the holders shall be so placed or protected that 

they cannot make electrical contact with employees 

or conducting objects.

(2) Hot electrode holders shall not be dipped in 

water, since to do so may expose the arc welder or 

cutter to electric shock.

(3) When the arc welder or cutter has occasion to 

leave his work or to stop work for any appreciable 

length of time, or when the arc welding or cutting 

machine is to be moved, the power supply switch 

to the equipment shall be opened.

(4) Any faulty or defective equipment shall be 

reported to the supervisor.

(e) Shielding. Whenever practicable, all arc welding 

and cutting operations shall be shielded by 

noncombustible or flame-proof screens which will 

protect employees and other persons working in the 

vicinity from the direct rays of the arc.

§1915.57 – Uses of fissionable material in ship 

repairing and shipbuilding

The provisions of this section apply to ship repairing 

and shipbuilding only.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

6 1

Subpart D

(a) In activities involving the use of and exposure to 

sources of ionizing radiation not only on conventionally 

powered but also on nuclear powered vessels, the 

applicable provisions of the Nuclear Regulatory 

Commission’s Standards for Protection Against 

Radiation (10 CFR Part 20), relating to protection 

against occupational radiation exposure, shall apply.

(b) Any activity which involves the use of radioactive 

material, whether or not under license from the 

Nuclear Regulatory Commission, shall be performed 

by competent persons specially trained in the proper 

and safe operation of such equipment. In the case 

of materials used under Commission license, only 

persons actually licensed, or competent persons 

under direction and supervision of the licensee, shall 

perform such work.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

6 2

Subpart E

Subpart E – Scaffolds, Ladders and 

Other Working Surfaces 

§1915.71 – Scaffolds or staging

(a) Scope and application. The provisions of this 

section shall apply to all ship repairing, shipbuilding 

and shipbreaking operations except that paragraphs 

(b)(8) through (b)(10) and paragraphs (c) through 

(f) of this section shall only apply to ship repairing 

and shipbuilding operations and shall not apply to 

shipbreaking.

(b) General requirements.

(1) All scaffolds and their supports whether of 

lumber, steel or other material, shall be capable of 

supporting the load they are designed to carry with 

a safety factor of not less than four (4).

(2) All lumber used in the construction of scaffolds 

shall be spruce, fir, long leaf yellow pine, Oregon 

pine or wood of equal strength. The use of 

hemlock, short leaf yellow pine, or short fiber 

lumber is prohibited.

(3) Lumber dimensions as given in this Subpart are 

nominal except where given in fractions of an inch.

(4) All lumber used in the construction of scaffolds 

shall be sound, straight-grained, free from cross 

grain, shakes and large, loose or dead knots. It shall 

also be free from dry rot, large checks, worm holes or 

other defects which impair its strength or durability.

(5) Scaffolds shall be maintained in a safe and 

secure condition. Any component of the scaffold 

which is broken, burned or otherwise defective 

shall be replaced.

(6) Barrels, boxes, cans, loose bricks, or other 

unstable objects shall not be used as working 

platforms or for the support of planking intended 

as scaffolds or working platforms.

(7) No scaffold shall be erected, moved, dismantled 

or altered except under the supervision of 

competent persons.

(8) No welding, burning, riveting or open flame 

work shall be performed on any staging suspended 

by means of fiber rope.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

6 3

Subpart E

(9) Lifting bridles on working platforms suspended 

from cranes shall consist of four legs so attached 

that the stability of the platform is assured.

(10) Unless the crane hook has a safety latch or is 

moused, the lifting bridles on working platforms 

suspended from cranes shall be attached by shackles 

to the lower lifting block or other positive means 

shall be taken to prevent them from becoming 

accidentally disengaged from the crane hook.

(c) Independent pole wood scaffolds. 

(1) All pole uprights shall be set plump. Poles shall 

rest on a foundation of sufficient size and strength 

to distribute the loan and to prevent displacement.

(2) In light-duty scaffolds, not more than 24 feet 

in height, poles may be spliced by overlapping 

the ends not less than 4 feet and securely nailing 

them together. A substantial cleat shall be nailed to 

the lower section to form a support for the upper 

section except when bolted connections are used.

(3) All other poles to be spliced shall be squared 

at the ends of each splice, abutted, and rigidly 

fastened together by not less than two cleats 

securely nailed or bolted thereto. Each cleat shall 

overlap each pole end by at least 24 inches and 

shall have a width equal to the face of the pole to 

which it is attached. The combined cross sectional 

area of the cleats shall be not less than the cross 

sectional area of the pole.

(4) Ledgers shall extend over two consecutive pole 

spaces and shall overlap the poles at each end by 

not less than 4 inches. They shall be left in position 

to brace the poles as the platform is raised with the 

progress of the work. Ledgers shall be level and 

shall be securely nailed or bolted to each pole and 

shall be placed against the inside face of each pole.

(5) All bearers shall be set with their greater 

dimension vertical and shall extend beyond the 

ledgers upon which they rest.

(6) Diagonal bracing shall be provided between the 

parallel poles, and cross bracing shall be provided 

between the inner and outer poles or from the 

outer poles to the ground.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

6 4

Subpart E

(7) Minimum dimensions and spacing of members 

shall be in accordance with Table E-1 in §1915.118.

(8) Platform planking shall be in accordance with 

the requirements of paragraph (i) of this section.

(9) Backrails and toeboards shall be in accordance 

with the requirements of paragraph (j) of this section.

(d) Independent pole metal scaffolds. 

(1) Metal scaffold members shall be maintained in 

good repair and free of corrosion.

(2) All vertical and horizontal members shall be 

fastened together with a coupler or locking device 

which will form a positive connection. The locking 

device shall be of a type which has no loose parts.

(3) Posts shall be kept plumb during erection and 

the scaffold shall be subsequently kept plumb and 

rigid by means of adequate bracing.

(4) Posts shall be fitted with bases supported on a 

firm foundation to distribute the load. When wooden 

sills are used, the bases shall be fastened thereto.

(5) Bearers shall be located at each set of posts, at 

each level, and at each intermediate level where 

working platforms are installed.

(6) Tubular bracing shall be applied both 

lengthwise and crosswise as required.

(7) Platform planking shall be in accordance with 

the requirements of paragraph (h) of this section.

(8) Backrails and toeboards shall be in accordance 

with the requirements of paragraph (j) of this section.

(e) Wood trestle and extension trestle ladders. 

(1) The use of trestle ladders, or extension sections 

or base sections of extension trestle ladders longer 

than 20 feet is prohibited. The total height of base 

and extension may, however, be more than 20 feet.

(2) The minimum dimensions of the side rails of the 

trestle ladder, or the base sections of the extension 

trestle ladder, shall be as follows:

(i) Ladders up to and including those 16 feet long 

shall have side rails of not less than 15/16 x 23/4

inch lumber.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

6 5

Subpart E

(ii) Ladders over 16 feet long and up to and 

including those 20 feet long shall have side rails 

of not less than 15/16 x 3 inch lumber.

(3) The side rails of the extension section of the 

extension trestle ladder shall be parallel and shall 

have minimum dimensions as follows:

(i) Ladders up to and including 12 feet long shall 

have side rails of not less than 15/16 x 21/4 inch 

lumber.

(ii) Ladders over 12 feet long and up to and 

including those 16 feet long shall have side rails 

of not less than 15/16 x 21/2 inch lumber.

(iii) Ladders over 16 feet long and up to and 

including those 20 feet long shall have side rails 

of not less than 15/16 x 23/4 inch lumber.

(4) Trestle ladders and base sections of extension 

trestle ladders shall be so spread that when in 

an open position the spread of the trestle at the 

bottom, inside to inside, shall be not less than 51/2

inches per foot of the length of the ladder.

(5) The width between the side rails at the bottom 

of the trestle ladder or of the base section of the 

extension trestle ladder shall be not less than 21 

inches for all ladders and sections 6 feet or less in 

length. For longer lengths of ladder, the width shall 

be increased at least 1 inch for each additional foot 

of length. The width between the side rails of the 

extension section of the trestle ladder shall be not 

less than 12 inches.

(6) In order to limit spreading, the top ends of the 

side rails of both the trestle ladder and of the base 

section of the extension trestle ladder shall be 

beveled, or of equivalent construction, and shall be 

provided with a metal hinge.

(7) A metal spreader or locking device to hold the 

front and back sections in an open position, and to 

hold the extension section securely in the elevated 

position, shall be a component of each trestle 

ladder or extension ladder.

(8) Rungs shall be parallel and level. On the trestle 

ladder, or on the base section of the extension 

trestle ladder, rungs shall be spaced not less than 

8 inches nor more than 18 inches apart; on the 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

6 6

Subpart E

extension section of the extension trestle ladder, 

rungs shall be spaced not less than 6 inches nor 

more than 12 inches apart.

(9) Platform planking shall be in accordance with 

the requirements of paragraph (i) of this section, 

except that the width of the platform planking shall 

not exceed the distance between the side rails.

(10) Backrails and toeboards shall be in accordance 

with the requirements of paragraph (j) of this section.

(f) Painters’ suspended scaffolds. 

(1) The supporting hooks of swinging scaffolds 

shall be constructed to be equivalent in strength 

to mild steel or wrought iron, shall be forged with 

care, shall be not less than 7/8 inch in diameter, and 

shall be secured to a safe anchorage at all times.

(2) The ropes supporting a swinging scaffold shall 

be equivalent in strength to first-grade 3/4 inch 

diameter manila rope properly rigged into a set of 

standard 6 inch blocks consisting of at least one 

double and one single block.

(3) Manila and wire ropes shall be carefully 

examined before each operation and thereafter 

as frequently as may be necessary to ensure their 

safe condition.

(4) Each end of the scaffold platform shall be 

supported by a wrought iron or mild steel stirrup 

or hanger, which in turn is supported by the 

suspension ropes.

(5) Stirrups shall be constructed so as to be 

equivalent in strength to wrought iron 3/4 inch in 

diameter.

(6) The stirrups shall be formed with a horizontal 

bottom member to support the platform, shall be 

provided with means to support the guardrail and 

midrail and shall have a loop or eye at the top for 

securing the supporting hook on the block.

(7) Two or more swinging scaffolds shall not at 

any time be combined into one by bridging the 

distance between them with planks or any other 

form of platform.

(8) No more than two persons shall be permitted 

to work at one time on a swinging scaffold built 

to the minimum specifications contained in this 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

6 7

Subpart E

paragraph. Where heavier construction is used, 

the number of persons permitted to work on the 

scaffold shall be determined by the size and the 

safe working load of the scaffold.

(9) Backrails and toeboards shall be in accordance 

with the requirements of paragraph (j) of this section.

(10) The swinging scaffold platform shall be one of 

the three types described in paragraphs (f)(11), (12), 

and (13) of this section.

(11) The ladder-type platform consists of boards 

upon a horizontal ladder-like structure, referred 

to herein as the ladder, the side rails of which 

are parallel. If this type of platform is used the 

following requirements shall be met.

(i) The width between the side rails shall be no 

more than 20 inches.

(ii) The side rails of ladders in ladder-type 

platforms shall be equivalent in strength to a 

beam of clear straight-grained spruce of the 

dimensions contained in Table E-2 in §1915.118.

(iii) The side rails shall be tied together with tie 

rods. The tie rods shall be not less than 5/16 inch in 

diameter, located no more than 5 feet apart, pass 

through the rails, and be riveted up tight against 

washers at both ends.

(iv) The rungs shall be of straight-grained oak, 

ash, or hickory, not less than 11/8 inches diameter, 

with 7/8 inch tenons mortised into the side rails 

not less than 7/8 inch and shall be spaced no more 

than 18 inches on centers.

(v) Flooring strips shall be spaced no more than 

5

/8 inch apart except at the side rails, where 1 inch 

spacing is permissible.

(vi) Flooring strips shall be cleated on their 

undersides.

(12) The plank-type platform consists of planks 

supported on the stirrups or hangers. If this type of 

platform is used, the following requirements shall 

be met:

(i) The planks of plank-type platforms shall be of 

not less than 2 x 10 inch lumber.

(ii) The platform shall be no more than 24 inches 

in width.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

6 8

Subpart E

(iii) The planks shall be tied together by cleats of 

not less than 1 x 6 inch lumber, nailed on their 

undersides at intervals of not more than 4 feet.

(iv) The planks shall extend not less than 6 inches 

nor more than 18 inches beyond the supporting 

stirrups.

(v) A cleat shall be nailed across the platform on 

the underside at each end outside the stirrup to 

prevent the platform from slipping off the stirrup.

(vi) Stirrup supports shall be not more than 10 

feet apart.

(13) The beam-type platform consists of 

longitudinal side stringers with cross beams set 

on edge and spaced not more than 4 feet apart on 

which longitudinal platform planks are laid. If this 

type platform is used, the following requirements 

shall be met:

(i) The side stringers shall be of sound, straightgrained lumber, free from knots, and of not less 

than 2 x 6 inch lumber, set on edge.

(ii) The stringers shall be supported on the 

stirrups with a clear span between stirrups of not 

more than 16 feet.

(iii) The stringers shall be bolted to the stirrups by 

U-bolts passing around the stirrups and bolted 

through the stringers with nuts drawn up tight on 

the inside face.

(iv) The ends of the stringers shall extend beyond 

the stirrups not less than 6 inches nor more than 

12 inches at each end of the platform.

(v) The platform shall be supported on cross 

beams of 2 x 6 inch lumber between the side 

stringers securely nailed thereto and spaced not 

more than 4 feet on centers.

(vi) The platform shall be not more than 24 inches 

wide.

(vii) The platform shall be formed of boards 7/8

inch in thickness by not less than 6 inches in 

width, nailed tightly together, and extending to 

the outside face of the stringers.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

6 9

Subpart E

(viii) The ends of all platform boards shall rest 

on the top of the cross beams, shall be securely 

nailed, and at no intermediate points in the length 

of the platform shall there be any cantilever ends.

(g) Horse scaffolds. 

(1) The minimum dimensions of lumber used in the 

construction of horses shall be in accordance with 

Table E-3 in §1915.118.

(2) Horses constructed of materials other than 

lumber shall provide the strength, rigidity and 

security required of horses constructed of lumber.

(3) The lateral spread of the legs shall be equal to 

not less than one-third of the height of the horse.

(4) All horses shall be kept in good repair, and shall 

be properly secured when used in staging or in 

locations where they may be insecure.

(5) Platform planking shall be in accordance with 

the requirements of paragraph (i) of this section.

(6) Backrails and toeboards shall be in accordance 

with paragraph (j) of this section.

(h) Other types of scaffolds. 

(1) Scaffolds of a type for which specifications are 

not contained in this section shall meet the general 

requirements of paragraphs (b), (i), and (j) of this 

section, shall be in accordance with recognized 

principles of design and shall be constructed in 

accordance with accepted standards covering such 

equipment.

(i) Scaffold or platform planking. 

(1) Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs 

(f)(11) and (13) of this section, platform planking 

shall be of not less than 2 x 10 inch lumber. 

Platform planking shall be straight-grained and 

free from large or loose knots and may be either 

rough or dressed.

(2) Platforms of staging shall be not less than two 

10 inch planks in width except in such cases as the 

structure of the vessel or the width of the trestle 

ladders make it impossible to provide such a width.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

7 0

Subpart E

(3) Platform planking shall project beyond the 

supporting members at either end by at least 

6 inches but in no case shall project more than 

12 inches unless the planks are fastened to the 

supporting members.

(4) Table E-4 in §1915.118 shall be used as a guide 

in determining safe loads for scaffold planks.

(j) Backrails and toeboards. 

(1) Scaffolding, staging, runways, or working 

platforms which are supported or suspended more 

than 5 feet above a solid surface, or at any distance 

above the water, shall be provided with a railing 

which has a top rail whose upper surface is from 

42 to 45 inches above the upper surface of the 

staging, platform, or runway and a midrail located 

halfway between the upper rail and the staging, 

platform, or runway.

(2) Rails shall be of 2 x 4 inch lumber, flat bar or 

pipe. When used with rigid supports, taut wire or 

fiber rope of adequate strength may be used. If the 

distance between supports is more than 8 feet, rails 

shall be equivalent in strength to 2 x 4 inch lumber. 

Rails shall be firmly secured. Where exposed to hot 

work or chemicals, fiber rope rails shall not be used.

(3) Rails may be omitted where the structure of the 

vessel prevents their use. When rails are omitted, 

employees working more than 5 feet above solid 

surfaces shall be protected by safety belts and life 

lines meeting the requirements of §§1915.159 and 

1915.160, and employees working over water shall 

be protected by buoyant work vests meeting the 

requirements of §1915.158(a).

(4) Employees working from swinging scaffolds 

which are triced out of a vertical line below their 

supports or from scaffolds on paint floats subject 

to surging, shall be protected against falling toward 

the vessel by a railing or a safety belt and line 

attached to the backrail.

(5) When necessary, to prevent tools and materials 

from falling on men below, toeboards of not less 

than 1 x 4 inch lumber shall be provided.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

7 1

Subpart E

(k) Access to staging. 

(1) Access from below to staging more than 

5 feet above a floor, deck or the ground shall 

consist of well secured stairways, cleated ramps, 

fixed or portable ladders meeting the applicable 

requirements of §1915.72 or rigid type noncollapsible trestles with parallel and level rungs.

(2) Ramps and stairways shall be provided with 

36-inch handrails with midrails.

(3) Ladders shall be so located or other means shall 

be taken so that it is not necessary for employees 

to step more than one foot from the ladder to any 

intermediate landing or platform.

(4) Ladders forming integral parts of prefabricated 

staging are deemed to meet the requirements of 

these regulations.

(5) Access from above to staging more than 3 feet 

below the point of access shall consist of a straight, 

portable ladder meeting the applicable requirements 

of §1915.72 or a Jacob’s ladder properly secured, 

meeting the requirements of §1915.74(d). 

§1915.72 – Ladders

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship 

repairing, shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) General requirements. 

(1) The use of ladders with broken or missing rungs 

or steps, broken or split side rails, or other faulty or 

defective construction is prohibited. When ladders 

with such defects are discovered, they shall be 

immediately withdrawn from service. Inspection of 

metal ladders shall include checking for corrosion 

of interiors of open end, hollow rungs.

(2) When sections of ladders are spliced, the ends 

shall be abutted, and not fewer than 2 cleats shall be 

securely nailed or bolted to each rail. The combined 

cross sectional area of the cleats shall be not less 

than the cross sectional area of the side rail. The 

dimensions of side rails for their total length shall be 

those specified in paragraph (b) or (c) of this section.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

7 2

Subpart E

(3) Portable ladders shall be lashed, blocked or 

otherwise secured to prevent their being displaced. 

The side rails of ladders used for access to any level 

shall extend not less than 36 inches above that 

level. When this is not practical, grab rails which will 

provide a secure grip for an employee moving to or 

from the point of access shall be installed.

(4) Portable metal ladders shall be of strength 

equivalent to that of wood ladders. Manufactured 

portable metal ladders provided by the employer 

shall be in accordance with the provisions of ANSI 

Standard A14.2-1972: Safety Requirements for 

Portable Metal Ladders (incorporated by reference, 

see §1915.5).

(5) Portable metal ladders shall not be used near 

electrical conductors nor for electric arc welding 

operations.

(6) Manufactured portable wood ladders provided 

by the employer shall be in accordance with 

the provisions of ANSI Standard A14.1-1975: 

Safety Requirements for Portable Wood Ladders 

(incorporated by reference, see §1915.5).

(b) Construction of portable wood cleated ladders up 

to 30 feet in length. 

(1) Wood side rails shall be made from West Coast 

hemlock, Eastern spruce, Sitka spruce, or wood of 

equivalent strength. Material shall be seasoned, 

straight-grained wood, and free from shakes, checks, 

decay or other defects which will impair its strength. 

The use of low density woods is prohibited.

(2) Side rails shall be dressed on all sides and kept 

free of splinters.

(3) All knots shall be sound and hard. The use of 

material containing loose knots is prohibited. Knots 

shall not appear on the narrow face of the rail and, 

when in the side face, shall be not more than 1/2

inch in diameter or within 1/2 inch of the edge of the 

rail or nearer than 3 inches to a tread or rung.

(4) Pitch pockets not exceeding 1/8 inch in width, 2 

inches in length and 1/2 inch in depth are permissible 

in wood side rails, provided that not more than one 

such pocket appears in each 4 feet of length.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

7 3

Subpart E

(5) The width between side rails at the base shall 

be not less than 111/2 inches for ladders 10 feet or 

less in length. For longer ladders this width shall 

be increased at least 1/4 inch for each additional 2 

feet in length.

(6) Side rails shall be at least 15/8 x 35/8 inches in 

cross section.

(7) Cleats (meaning rungs rectangular in cross 

section with the wide dimension parallel to the 

rails) shall be of the material used for side rails, 

straight-grained and free from knots. Cleats shall 

be mortised into the edges of the side rails 1/2 inch, 

or filler blocks shall be used on the rails between 

the cleats. The cleats shall be secured to each rail 

with three 10d common wire nails or fastened 

with through bolts or other fasteners of equivalent 

strength. Cleats shall be uniformly spaced not more 

than 12 inches apart.

(8) Cleats 20 inches or less in length shall be at 

least 25/32 x 3 inches in cross section. Cleats over 20 

inches but not more than 30 inches in length shall 

be at least 25/32 x 33/4 inches in cross section.

(c) Construction of portable wood cleated ladders 

from 30 to 60 feet in length. 

(1) Ladders from 30 to 60 feet in length shall be in 

accordance with the specifications of paragraph (b) 

of this section with the following exceptions:

(i) Rails shall be of not less than 2 x 6 inch lumber.

(ii) Cleats shall be of not less than 1 x 4 inch lumber.

(iii) Cleats shall be nailed to each rail with five 10d 

common wire nails or fastened with through bolts 

or other fasteners of equivalent strength. 

§1915.73 – Guarding of deck openings and edges

(a) The provisions of this section shall apply to ship 

repairing and shipbuilding operations and shall not 

apply to shipbreaking.

(b) When employees are working in the vicinity 

of flush manholes and other small openings of 

comparable size in the deck and other working 

surfaces, such openings shall be suitably covered or 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

7 4

Subpart E

guarded to a height of not less than 30 inches, except 

where the use of such guards is made impracticable 

by the work actually in progress.

(c) When employees are working around open 

hatches not protected by coamings to a height of 24 

inches or around other large openings, the edge of 

the opening shall be guarded in the working area 

to height of 36 to 42 inches, except where the use 

of such guards is made impracticable by the work 

actually in progress.

(d) When employees are exposed to unguarded 

edges of decks, platforms, flats, and similar flat 

surfaces, more than 5 feet above a solid surface, 

the edges shall be guarded by adequate guardrails 

meeting the requirements of §§1915.71(j)(1) and 

(2), unless the nature of the work in progress or the 

physical conditions prohibit the use or installation of 

such guardrails.

(e) When employees are working near the unguarded 

edges of decks of vessels afloat, they shall be 

protected by personal flotation devices, meeting the 

requirements of §1915.158(a).

(f) Sections of bilges from which floor plates or 

gratings have been removed shall be guarded by 

guardrails except where they would interfere with 

work in progress. If these open sections are in a 

walkway at least two 10-inch planks placed side by 

side, or equivalent, shall be laid across the opening to 

provide a safe walking surface.

(g) Gratings, walkways, and catwalks, from which 

sections or ladders have been removed, shall be 

barricaded with adequate guardrails. 

§1915.74 – Access to vessels

(a) Access to vessels afloat. The employer shall not 

permit employees to board or leave any vessel, 

except a barge or river towboat, until the following 

requirements have been met:

(1) Whenever practicable, a gangway of not less 

than 20 inches walking surface of adequate strength, 

maintained in safe repair and safely secured shall be 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

7 5

Subpart E

used. If a gangway is not practicable, a substantial 

straight ladder, extending at least 36 inches above 

the upper landing surface and adequately secured 

against shifting or slipping shall be provided. When 

conditions are such that neither a gangway nor a 

straight ladder can be used, a Jacob’s ladder meeting 

the requirements of paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this 

section may be used.

(2) Each side of such gangway, and the turn table 

if used, shall have a railing with a minimum 

height of approximately 33 inches measured 

perpendicularly from rail to walking surface at the 

stanchion, with a midrail. Rails shall be of wood, 

pipe, chain, wire or rope and shall be kept taut at 

all times.

(3) Gangways on vessels inspected and certificated 

by the U.S. Coast Guard are deemed to meet the 

foregoing requirements, except in cases where the 

vessel’s regular gangway is not being used.

(4) The gangway shall be kept properly trimmed at 

all times.

(5) When a fixed tread accommodations ladder 

is used, and the angle is low enough to require 

employees to walk on the edge of the treads, 

cleated duckboards shall be laid over and secured 

to the ladder.

(6) When the lower end of a gangway overhangs 

the water between the ship and the dock in such a 

manner that there is danger of employees falling 

between the ship and the dock, a net or other 

suitable protection shall be rigged at the foot of the 

gangway in such a manner as to prevent employees 

from falling from the end of the gangway.

(7) If the foot of the gangway is more than one 

foot away from the edge of the apron, the space 

between them shall be bridged by a firm walkway 

equipped with railings, with a minimum height of 

approximately 33 inches with midrails on both sides.

(8) Supporting bridles shall be kept clear so as to 

permit unobstructed passage for employees using 

the gangway.

(9) When the upper end of the means of access 

rests on or flush with the top of the bulwark, 

substantial steps properly secured and equipped 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

7 6

Subpart E

with at least one substantial handrail approximately 

33 inches in height shall be provided between the 

top of the bulwark and the deck.

(10) Obstructions shall not be laid on or across the 

gangway.

(11) The means of access shall be adequately 

illuminated for its full length.

(12) Unless the construction of the vessel makes it 

impossible, the means of access shall be so located 

that drafts of cargo do not pass over it. In any 

event, loads shall not be passed over the means of 

access while employees are on it.

(b) Access to vessels in drydock or between vessels. 

Gangways meeting the requirements of paragraphs (a)

(1), (2), (9), (10), (11) of this section shall be provided for 

access from wingwall to vessel or, when two or more 

vessels, other than barges or river towboats, are lying 

abreast, from one vessel to another.

(c) Access to barges and river towboats. 

(1) Ramps for access of vehicles to or between 

barges shall be of adequate strength, provided with 

side boards, well maintained and properly secured.

(2) Unless employees can step safely to or from the 

wharf, float, barge, or river towboat, either a ramp 

meeting the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this 

section or a safe walkway meeting the requirements 

of paragraph (a)(7) of this section shall be provided. 

When a walkway is impracticable, a substantial 

straight ladder, extending at least 36 inches above 

the upper landing surface and adequately secured 

against shifting or slipping, shall be provided. 

When conditions are such that neither a walkway 

nor a straight ladder can be used, a Jacob’s ladder 

in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 

(d) of this section may be used.

(3) The means of access shall be in accordance with 

the requirements of paragraphs (a)(9), (10), and (11) 

of this section.

(d) Jacob’s ladders. 

(1) Jacob’s ladders shall be of the double rung or 

flat tread type. They shall be well maintained and 

properly secured.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

7 7

Subpart F

(2) Jacob’s ladder shall either hang without slack 

from its lashings or be pulled up entirely.

§1915.75 – Access to and guarding of dry 

docks and marine railways

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship 

repairing, shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) A gangway, ramp or permanent stairway of not 

less than 20 inches walking surface, of adequate 

strength, maintained in safe repair and securely 

fastened, shall be provided between a floating dry 

dock and the pier or bulkhead.

(b) Each side of such gangway, ramp or permanent 

stairway, including those which are used for access 

to wing walls from dry dock floors, shall have a 

railing with a midrail. Such railings on gangways or 

ramps shall be approximately 42 inches in height; 

and railings on permanent stairways shall be not less 

than approximately 30 or more than approximately 

34 inches in height. Rails shall be of wood, pipe, 

chain, wire, or rope, and shall be kept taut at all times.

(c) Railings meeting the requirements of paragraph 

(b) of this section shall be provided on the means of 

access to and from the floors of graving docks.

(d) Railings approximately 42 inches in height, with a 

midrail, shall be provided on the edges of wing walls 

of floating dry docks and on edges of graving docks. 

Sections of the railings may be temporarily removed 

where necessary to permit line handling while a 

vessel is entering or leaving the dock.

(e) When employees are working on the floor of 

a floating dry dock where they are exposed to the 

hazard of falling into the water, the end of the dry 

dock shall be equipped with portable stanchions and 

42 inch railings with a midrail. When such a railing 

would be impracticable or ineffective, other effective 

means shall be provided to prevent employees from 

falling into the water.

(f) Access to wing walls from floors of dry docks 

shall be by ramps, permanent stairways or ladders 

meeting the applicable requirements of §1915.72.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

7 8

Subpart F

(g) Catwalks on stiles of marine railways shall be 

no less than 20 inches wide and shall have on at 

least one side a guardrail and midrail meeting the 

requirements of §§1915.71(j)(1) and (2). 

§1915.76 – Access to cargo spaces and 

confined spaces

The provisions of this section apply to ship repairing, 

shipbuilding and shipbreaking except that paragraph 

(a)(4) of this section applies to ship repairing only.

(a) Cargo spaces. 

(1) There shall be at least one safe and accessible 

ladder in any cargo space which employees must 

enter.

(2) When any fixed ladder is visibly unsafe, the 

employer shall prohibit its use by employees.

(3) Straight ladders of adequate strength and suitably 

secured against shifting or slipping shall be provided 

as necessary when fixed ladders in cargo spaces do 

not meet the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this 

section. When conditions are such that a straight 

ladder cannot be used, a Jacob’s ladder meeting the 

requirements of §1915.74(d) may be used.

(4) When cargo is stowed within 4 inches of the 

back of ladder rungs, the ladder shall be deemed 

“unsafe” for the purpose of this section.

(5) Fixed ladders or straight ladders provided for 

access to cargo spaces shall not be used at the 

same time that cargo drafts, equipment, materials, 

scrap or other loads are entering or leaving the 

hold. Before using these ladders to enter or leave 

the hold, the employee shall be required to inform 

the winchman or crane signalman of his intention.

(b) Confined spaces. 

(1) More than one means of access shall be 

provided to a confined space in which employees 

are working and in which the work may generate a 

hazardous atmosphere in the space except where 

the structure or arrangement of the vessel makes 

this provision impractical.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

7 9

Subpart F

(2) When the ventilation ducts required by these 

regulations must pass through these means of 

access, the ducts shall be of such a type and so 

arranged as to permit free passage of an employee 

through at least two of these means of access.

§1915.77 – Working surfaces

(a) Paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section shall 

apply to ship repairing and shipbuilding operations, 

and shall not apply to shipbreaking. Paragraph (e) of 

this section shall apply to shipbuilding, ship repairing 

and shipbreaking operations.

(b) When firebox floors present tripping hazards of 

exposed tubing or of missing or removed refractory, 

sufficient planking to afford safe footing shall be laid 

while work is being carried on within the boiler.

(c) When employees are working aloft, or elsewhere 

at elevations more than 5 feet above a solid surface, 

either scaffolds or a sloping ladder, meeting the 

requirements of this Subpart, shall be used to afford 

safe footing, or the employees shall be protected by 

safety belts and lifelines meeting the requirements 

of §§1915.159 and 1915.160. Employees visually 

restricted by blasting hoods, welding helmets, and 

burning goggles shall work from scaffolds, not from 

ladders, except for the initial and final welding or 

burning operation to start or complete a job, such as 

the erection and dismantling of hung scaffolding, or 

other similar, nonrepetitive jobs of brief duration.

(d) For work performed in restricted quarters, such as 

behind boilers and in between congested machinery 

units and piping, work platforms at least 20 inches 

wide meeting the requirements of §1915.71(i)(1) shall 

be used. Backrails may be omitted if bulkheading, 

boilers, machinery units, or piping afford proper 

protection against falling.

(e) When employees are boarding, leaving, or 

working from small boats or floats, they shall be 

protected by personal flotation devices meeting the 

requirements of §1915.158(a). 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

8 0

Subpart F

Subpart F – General Working Conditions

§1915.80 – Scope, application, definitions, and 

effective dates 

(a) The provisions of this Subpart apply to general 

working conditions in shipyard employment, including 

work on vessels, on vessel sections, and at landside 

operations, regardless of geographic location. 

(b) Definitions applicable to this Subpart.

(1) Additional safety measure. A component of 

the tags-plus system that provides an impediment 

(in addition to the energy-isolating device) to the 

release of energy or the energization or startup 

of the machinery, equipment, or system being 

serviced. Examples of additional safety measures 

include, but are not limited to, removing an 

isolating circuit element; blocking a controlling 

switch; blocking, blanking, or bleeding lines; 

removing a valve handle or wiring it in place; 

opening an extra disconnecting device. 

(2) Affected employee. An employee who normally 

operates or uses the machinery, equipment, or 

system that is going to be serviced under lockout/

tags-plus or who is working in the area where 

servicing is being performed under lockout/

tags-plus. An affected employee becomes an 

authorized employee when the employer assigns 

the employee to service any machine, equipment, 

or system under a lockout/tags-plus application.

(3) Authorized employee.

(i) An employee who performs one or more of the 

following lockout/tags-plus responsibilities: 

(A) Executes the lockout/tags-plus procedures; 

(B) Installs a lock or tags-plus system on 

machinery, equipment, or systems; or 

(C) Services any machine, equipment, or system 

under lockout/tags-plus application. 

(ii) An affected employee becomes an authorized 

employee when the employer assigns the 

employee to service any machine, equipment, or 

system under a lockout/tags-plus application. 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

8 1

Subpart F

(4) Capable of being locked out. An energy-isolating 

device is capable of being locked out if it has a 

locking mechanism built into it, or it has a hasp or 

other means of attachment to which, or through 

which, a lock can be affixed. Other energy-isolating 

devices are capable of being locked out if lockout 

can be achieved without the need to dismantle, 

rebuild, or replace the energy-isolating device or 

permanently alter its energy-control capability. 

(5) Contract employer. An employer, such as 

a painting, joinery, carpentry, or scaffolding 

subcontractor, that performs shipyard-related 

services or work under contract to the host 

employer or to another employer under contract 

to the host employer at the host employer’s 

worksite. This excludes employers who provide 

services that are not directly related to shipyard 

employment, such as mail delivery, office supply, 

and food vending services. 

(6) Dummy load. A device used in place of an 

antenna to aid in the testing of a radio transmitter 

that converts transmitted energy into heat to 

minimize energy radiating outward or reflecting 

back to its source during testing. 

(7) Energy-isolating device. A mechanical device 

that, when utilized or activated, physically prevents 

the release or transmission of energy. Energyisolating devices include, but are not limited to, 

manually operated electrical circuit breakers; 

disconnect switches; line valves; blocks; and any 

similar device used to block or isolate energy. 

Control-circuit devices (for example, push buttons, 

selector switches) are not considered energyisolating devices. 

(8) Hazardous energy. Any energy source, including 

mechanical (for example, power transmission 

apparatus, counterbalances, springs, pressure, 

gravity), pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, chemical, 

and thermal (for example, high or low temperature) 

energies, that could cause injury to employees. 

(9) Hazardous substances. A substance that may 

cause injury, illness, or disease, or otherwise 

harm an employee by reason of being explosive, 

flammable, poisonous, corrosive, oxidizing, 

irritating, or otherwise harmful. 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

8 2

Subpart F

(10) Health care professional. A physician or 

any other healthcare professional whose legally 

permitted scope of practice allows the provider 

to independently provide, or be delegated the 

responsibility to provide, some or all of the advice 

or consultation this Subpart requires. 

(11) Host employer. An employer that is in charge 

of coordinating shipyard-related work, or that 

hires other employers to perform shipyard-related 

work or to provide shipyard-related services, at a 

multi-employer worksite. 

(12) Isolated location. An area in which 

employees are working alone or with little 

assistance from others due to the type, time, or 

location of their work. Such locations include 

remote locations or other work areas where 

employees are not in close proximity to others. 

(13) Lock. A device that utilizes a positive means, 

either a key or combination lock, to hold an 

energy-isolating device in a “safe” position that 

prevents the release of energy and the startup 

or energization of the machinery, equipment, or 

system to be serviced. 

(14) Lockout. The placement of a lock on an energyisolating device in accordance with an established 

procedure, thereby ensuring that the energyisolating device and the equipment being controlled 

cannot be operated until the lock is removed. 

(15) Lockout/tags-plus coordinator. An employee 

whom the employer designates to coordinate and 

oversee all lockout and tags-plus applications 

on vessels or vessel sections and at landside 

work areas when employees are performing 

multiple servicing operations on the same 

machinery, equipment, or systems at the same 

time, and when employees are servicing multiple 

machinery, equipment, or systems on the same 

vessel or vessel section at the same time. The 

lockout/tags-plus coordinator also maintains the 

lockout/tags-plus log. 

(16) Lockout/tags-plus materials and hardware.

Locks, chains, wedges, blanks, key blocks, 

adapter pins, self-locking fasteners, or other 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

8 3

Subpart F

hardware used for isolating, blocking, or securing 

machinery, equipment, or systems to prevent the 

release of energy or the startup or energization of 

machinery, equipment, or systems to be serviced. 

(17) Motor vehicle. Any motor-driven vehicle 

operated by an employee that is used to transport 

employees, material, or property. For the 

purposes of this Subpart, motor vehicles include 

passenger cars, light trucks, vans, motorcycles, 

all-terrain vehicles, small utility trucks, powered 

industrial trucks, and other similar vehicles. 

Motor vehicles do not include boats, or vehicles 

operated exclusively on a rail or rails. 

(18) Motor vehicle safety equipment. Systems 

and devices integral to or installed on a motor 

vehicle for the purpose of effecting the safe 

operation of the vehicle, and consisting of such 

systems or devices as safety belts, airbags, 

headlights, tail lights, emergency/hazard lights, 

windshield wipers, defogging or defrosting 

devices, brakes, horns, mirrors, windshields and 

other windows, and locks. 

(19) Navy ship’s force. The crew of a vessel that is 

owned or operated by the U.S. Navy, other than 

a time- or voyage-chartered vessel, that is under 

the control of a Commanding Officer or Master. 

(20) Normal production operations. The use 

of machinery or equipment, including, but not 

limited to, punch presses, bending presses, 

shears, lathes, keel press rollers, and automated 

burning machines, to perform a shipyardemployment production process. 

(21) Portable toilet. A non-sewered portable 

facility for collecting and containing urine and 

feces. A portable toilet may be either flushable 

or non-flushable. For purposes of this section, 

portable toilets do not include privies. 

(22) Potable water. Water that meets the 

standards for drinking purposes of the state or 

local authority having jurisdiction, or water that 

meets the quality standards prescribed by the 

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s National 

Primary Water Regulations (40 CFR Part 141). 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

8 4

Subpart F

(23) Readily accessible/available. Capable of 

being reached quickly enough to ensure, for 

example, that emergency medical services and 

first aid intervention are appropriate or that 

employees can reach sanitation facilities in time 

to meet their health and personal needs. 

(24) Sanitation facilities. Facilities, including 

supplies, maintained for employee personal and 

health needs such as potable drinking water, toilet 

facilities, hand-washing and -drying facilities, 

showers (including quick-drenching or flushing) 

and changing rooms, eating and drinking areas, 

first aid stations, and on-site medical-service 

areas. Sanitation supplies include soap, waterless 

cleaning agents, single-use drinking cups, drinking 

water containers, toilet paper, and towels. 

(25) Serviceable condition. The state or ability of 

supplies or goods, or of a tool, machine, vehicle, 

or other device, to be used or to operate in the 

manner prescribed by the manufacturer. 

(26) Servicing. Workplace activities that involve the 

construction, installation, adjustment, inspection, 

modification, testing, or repair of machinery, 

equipment, or systems. Servicing also includes 

maintaining machines, equipment, or systems 

when performing these activities would expose 

the employee to harm from the start-up or 

energization of the system being serviced, or the 

release of hazardous energy. 

(27) Sewered toilet. A fixture maintained for 

the purpose of urination and defecation that 

is connected to a sanitary sewer, septic tank, 

holding tank (bilge), or on-site sewage-disposal 

treatment facility, and that is flushed with water. 

(28) Shield. To install a covering, protective layer, or 

other effective measure on or around steam hoses 

or temporary steam-piping systems, including 

metal fittings and couplings, to protect employees 

from contacting hot surfaces or elements. 

(29) Short bight. A loop created in a line or rope 

that is used to tie back or fasten objects such as 

hoses, wiring, and fittings. 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

8 5

Subpart F

(30) Tag. A prominent warning device that 

includes a means of attachment that can be 

securely fastened to an energy-isolating device 

in accordance with an established procedure to 

indicate that the energy-isolating device and the 

equipment being controlled must not be operated 

until the tag is removed by an authorized employee. 

(31) Tags-plus system. A system to control 

hazardous energy that consists of an energyisolating device with a tag affixed to it, and at 

least one additional safety measure. 

(32) Verification of isolation. The means 

necessary to detect the presence of hazardous 

energy, which may involve the use of a test 

instrument (for example, a voltmeter), and, for 

other than electric shock protection, a visual 

inspection, or a deliberate attempt to start-up the 

machinery, equipment, or system. 

(33) Vermin. Insects, birds, rodents and other 

animals that may create safety and health hazards 

for employees. 

(34) Vessel section. A subassembly, module, or 

other component of a vessel being built or repaired. 

(35) Walkway. Any surface, whether vertical, 

slanted, or horizontal, on which employees walk, 

including areas that employees pass through, to 

perform their job tasks. Walkways include, but are 

not limited to, access ways, designated walkways, 

aisles, exits, gangways, ladders, ramps, stairs, 

steps, passageways, and scaffolding. If an area 

is, or could be, used to gain access to other 

locations, it is to be considered a walkway. 

(36) Work area. A specific area, such as a machine 

shop, engineering space, or fabrication area, where 

one or more employees are performing job tasks. 

(37) Working surface. Any surface where work is 

occurring, or areas where tools, materials, and 

equipment are being staged for performing work. 

(38) Worksite. A general work location where one 

or more employees are performing work, such as 

a shipyard, pier, barge, vessel, or vessel section. 

Subpart F
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

8 6

Subpart F

(c) Effective dates. This final rule becomes effective 

and enforceable on August 1, 2011, except for the 

provisions in §1915.89, which become effective and 

enforceable on October 31, 2011. 

§1915.81 – Housekeeping

(a) General requirements. 

(1) The employer shall establish and maintain 

good housekeeping practices to eliminate hazards 

to employees to the extent practicable. 

(2) The employer shall eliminate slippery 

conditions, such as snow and ice, on walkways 

and working surfaces as necessary. If it is not 

practicable for the employer to remove slippery 

conditions, the employer either shall: 

(i) Restrict employees to designated walkways 

and working surfaces where the employer has 

eliminated slippery conditions; or 

(ii) Provide slip-resistant footwear in accordance 

with 29 CFR Part 1915, Subpart I. 

(3) The employer shall store materials in a manner 

that does not create a hazard for employees. 

(4) The employer shall maintain easy and open 

access to each fire-alarm box, fire-call station, 

fire-fighting equipment, and each exit, including 

ladders, staircases, scaffolds, and gangways. 

(5) The employer shall dispose of flammable and 

combustible substances, such as paint thinners, 

solvents, rags, scrap, and waste, or store them 

in covered fire-resistant containers at the end 

of each workshift or when the job is completed, 

whichever occurs first. 

(b) Walkways. 

(1) In addition to the requirements in paragraph (a), 

the employer also shall ensure that each walkway: 

(i) Provides adequate passage; 

(ii) Is clear of debris, including solid and liquid 

wastes, that may create a hazard for employees; 

(iii) Is clear of tools, materials, equipment, 

and other objects that may create a hazard for 

employees; and 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

8 7

Subpart F

(iv) Is clear of hoses and electrical service cords. 

The employer shall: 

(A) Place each hose and cord above walkways in a 

location that will prevent injury to employees and 

damage to the hoses and cords; 

(B) Place each hose and cord underneath walkways; 

(C) Place each hose and cord on walkways, 

provided the hoses and cords are covered by 

crossovers or other means that will prevent injury to 

employees and damage to the hoses and cords; or 

(D) Protect each hose and cord by other suitable 

means. 

(2) While a walkway or part of a walkway is being 

used as a working surface, the employer shall 

cordon off that portion to prevent it from being 

used as a walkway. 

(c) Working surfaces. In addition to the requirements 

in paragraph (a), the employer also shall ensure that 

each working surface: 

(1) Is cleared of tools, materials, and equipment that 

are not necessary to perform the job in progress; 

(2) Is cleared of debris, including solid and liquid 

wastes, at the end of each workshift or job, 

whichever occurs first; 

(3) Is maintained, so far as practicable, in a dry 

condition. When a wet process is used, the 

employer shall maintain drainage and provide 

false floors, platforms, mats, or other dry standing 

places. When the employer demonstrates that 

this procedure is not practicable, the employer 

shall provide each employee working in the wet 

process with protective footgear, in accordance 

with 29 CFR Part 1915, Subpart I. 

§1915.82 – Lighting 

(a) General Requirements. 

(1) The employer shall ensure that each work area 

and walkway is adequately lighted whenever an 

employee is present. 

(2) For landside areas, the employer shall provide 

illumination that meets the levels set forth in 

Table F-1 to §1915.82. 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

8 8

Subpart F

Table F-1 to §1915.82 – Minimum Lighting 

Intensities in Foot-Candles14

Lumens 

(Foot-candles) 

Area or 

operation 

3

General areas on vessels and vessel 

sections such as accessways, exits, 

gangways, stairs, and walkways. 

5 General landside areas such as 

corridors, exits, stairs, and walkways. 

5 All assigned work areas on any 

vessel or vessel section. 

5

Landside tunnels, shafts, vaults, 

pumping stations, and underground 

work areas. 

10

Landside work areas such as machine 

shops, electrical equipment rooms, 

carpenter shops, lofts, tool rooms, 

warehouses, and outdoor work areas. 

10

Changing rooms, showers, sewered 

toilets, and eating, drinking, and 

break areas. 

30 First aid stations, infirmaries, and 

offices.

(3) For vessels and vessel sections, the employer 

shall provide illumination that meets the levels 

set forth in the table to paragraph (a)(2) or meet 

ANSI/IESNA RP-7-01 (incorporated by reference, 

see §1915.5). 

(4) When adequate illumination is not obtainable 

by permanent lighting sources, temporary 

lighting may be used as supplementation. 

(5) The employer shall ensure that neither matches 

nor open-flame devices are used for lighting.

(b) Temporary lights. The employer shall ensure that 

temporary lights meet the following requirements: 

(1) Lights with bulbs that are not completely 

recessed are equipped with guards to prevent 

accidental contact with the bulb; 

(2) Lights are equipped with electric cords 

designed with sufficient capacity to safely carry 

the electric load; 

14 Note to Table F-1: The required illumination levels in this 

table do not apply to emergency or portable lights. 

Subpart F
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

8 9

Subpart F

(3) Connections and insulation on electric cords 

are maintained in a safe condition; 

(4) Lights and lighting stringers are not 

suspended solely by their electric cords unless 

they are designed by the manufacturer to be 

suspended in this way; 

(5) Lighting stringers do not overload branch circuits; 

(6) Branch circuits are equipped with over-current 

protection with a capacity that does not exceed the 

rated current-carrying capacity of the cord used; 

(7) Splices have insulation with a capacity that exceeds 

that of the original insulation of the cord; and 

(8) Exposed, non-current-carrying metal parts of 

lights are grounded. The employer shall ensure that 

grounding is provided either through a third wire in 

the cord containing the circuit conductors or through 

a separate wire that is grounded at the source of the 

current. Grounding shall be done in accordance with 

the requirements of 29 CFR 1910, Subpart S. 

(c) Portable lights. 

(1) In any dark area that does not have permanent 

or temporary lights, where lights are not working, 

or where lights are not readily accessible, the 

employer shall provide portable or emergency 

lights and ensure that employees do not enter 

those areas without such lights. 

(2) Where the only means of illumination on a 

vessel or vessel section are from lighting sources 

that are not part of the vessel or vessel section, 

the employer shall provide portable or emergency 

lights for the safe movement of each employee. If 

natural sunlight provides sufficient illumination, 

portable or emergency lights are not required.

(d) Explosion-proof, self-contained lights. The 

employer shall provide and ensure that each employee 

uses only explosion-proof, self-contained temporary 

and portable lights, approved for hazardous conditions 

by a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL), in 

any area that the atmosphere is determined to contain 

a concentration of flammable vapors that are at or 

above 10 percent of the lower explosive limit (LEL) as 

specified in 29 CFR Part 1915, Subparts B and C.

Subpart F
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

9 0

Subpart F

§1915.83 – Utilities

(a) Steam supply system. 

(1) The employer shall ensure that the vessel’s 

steam piping system, including hoses, is designed 

to safely handle the working pressure prior to 

supplying steam from an outside source. The 

employer shall obtain a written or oral determination 

from a responsible vessel’s representative, a 

contractor, or any other person who is qualified by 

training, knowledge, or experience to make such 

determination that the working pressure of the 

vessel’s steam piping system is safe. 

(2) The employer shall ensure that each outside 

steam supply connected to a vessel’s steam 

piping system meets the following requirements: 

(i) A pressure gauge and a relief valve are 

installed at the point where the temporary steam 

hose joins the vessel’s steam piping system; 

(ii) Each relief valve is set to relieve excess steam 

at, and is capable of relieving steam at, a pressure 

that does not exceed the safe working pressure of 

the system in its present condition; 

(iii) There are no means of inadvertently disconnecting any relief valve from the system that it 

protects; 

(iv) Each pressure gauge and relief valve is legible 

and located so it is visible and readily accessible; and 

(v) Each relief valve is positioned so it is not likely 

to cause injury if steam is released. 

(b) Steam hoses. The employer shall ensure that 

each steam hose meets the following requirements: 

(1) The steam hose and its fittings are used in 

accordance with manufacturer’s specifications; 

(2) Each steam hose is hung tightly with short 

bights that prevent chafing and to reduce tension 

on the hose and its fittings; 

(3) Each steam hose is protected from damage; and 

(4) Each steam hose or temporary steam piping, 

including metal fittings and couplings, that pass 

through a walking or working area is shielded to 

protect employees from contact. 

Subpart F
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

9 1

Subpart F

(c) Electric shore power. When a vessel is supplied 

with electric shore power, the employer shall take 

the following precautions prior to energizing any of 

the vessel’s circuits: 

(1) Ensure that the vessel is grounded; 

(2) Equip each circuit to be energized with overcurrent protection that does not exceed the rated 

current-carrying capacity of the conductors; and 

(3) Ensure that each circuit to be energized is 

in a safe condition. The employer must obtain 

a determination of the safe condition, either 

orally or in writing, from a responsible vessel’s 

representative, a contractor, or any other person 

who is qualified by training, knowledge, or 

experience to make such determination. 

(d) Heat lamps. The employer shall ensure that 

each heat lamp, including the face, is equipped with 

surround-type guards to prevent contact with the 

lamp and bulb. 

§1915.84 – Working alone 

(a) Except as provided in §1915.51(c)(3) of this part, 

whenever an employee is working alone, such as in 

a confined space or isolated location, the employer 

shall account for each employee: 

(1) Throughout each workshift at regular intervals 

appropriate to the job assignment to ensure the 

employee’s safety and health; and 

(2) At the end of the job assignment or at the end 

of the workshift, whichever occurs first. 

(b) The employer shall account for each employee 

by sight or verbal communication. 

§1915.85 – Vessel radar and 

communication systems 

(a) The employer shall service each vessel’s radar 

and communication systems in accordance with 

29 CFR 1915.89, Control of Hazardous Energy.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

9 2

Subpart F

(b) The employer shall secure each vessel’s radar 

and communication system so it is incapable 

of energizing or emitting radiation before any 

employee begins work: 

(1) On or in the vicinity of the system; 

(2) On or in the vicinity of a system equipped with 

a dummy load; or 

(3) Aloft, such as on a mast or king post. 

(c) When a vessel’s radar or communication system 

is operated, serviced, repaired, or tested, the 

employer shall ensure that: 

(1) There is no other work in progress aloft; and 

(2) No employee is closer to the system’s antenna 

or transmitter than the manufacturer’s specified 

safe minimum distance for the type, model, and 

power of the equipment. 

(d) The employer shall ensure that no employee enters 

an area designated as hazardous by manufacturers’ 

specifications while a radar or communication system 

is capable of emitting radiation. 

(e) The requirements of this section do not 

apply when a radar or communication system is 

incapable of emitting radiation at levels that could 

injure workers in the vicinity of the system, or if 

the radar or communication system is incapable of 

energizing in a manner than could injure workers 

working on or in the vicinity of the system.

§1915.86 – Lifeboats 

(a) Before any employee works in or on a stowed or 

suspended lifeboat, the employer shall secure the 

lifeboat independently from the releasing gear to 

prevent it from falling or capsizing.

(b) The employer shall not permit any employee to 

be in a lifeboat while it is being hoisted or lowered, 

except when the employer demonstrates that it is 

necessary to conduct operational tests or drills over 

water, or in the event of an emergency. 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

9 3

Subpart F

(c) The employer shall not permit any employee to 

work on the outboard side of a lifeboat that is stowed 

on chocks unless the lifeboat is secured by gripes or 

another device that prevents it from swinging.

§1915.87 – Medical services and first aid 

(a) General requirement. The employer shall ensure 

that emergency medical services and first aid are 

readily accessible. 

(b) Advice and consultation. The employer shall 

ensure that healthcare professionals are readily 

available for advice and consultation on matters of 

workplace health. 

(c) First aid providers.

(1) The employer shall ensure that there is an 

adequate number of employees trained as first 

aid providers at each worksite during each 

workshift unless: 

(i) There is an on-site clinic or infirmary with first 

aid providers during each workshift; or 

(ii) The employer can demonstrate that outside 

first aid providers (i.e., emergency medical 

services) can reach the worksite within five 

(5) minutes of a report of injury or illness. The 

employer must take appropriate steps to ascertain 

that emergency medical assistance will be readily 

available promptly if an injury or illness occurs. 

(2) The employer shall ensure that a first aid 

provider is able to reach an injured/ill employee 

within five (5) minutes of a report of a serious injury, 

illness, or accident such as one involving cardiac 

arrest, acute breathing problems, uncontrolled 

bleeding, suffocation, electrocution, or amputation. 

(3) The employer shall use the following factors 

in determining the number and location of 

employees who must have first aid training: size 

and location of each worksite; the number of 

employees at each worksite; the hazards present 

at each worksite; and the distance of each worksite 

from hospitals, clinics, and rescue squads. 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

9 4

Subpart F

(4) The employer shall ensure that first aid 

providers are trained to render first aid, including 

cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR). 

(5) The employer shall ensure that each first 

aid provider maintains current first aid and 

CPR certifications, such as issued by the Red 

Cross, American Heart Association, or other 

equivalent organization. 

(d) First aid supplies.

(1) The employer shall provide and maintain 

adequate first aid supplies that are readily 

accessible to each worksite. An employer’s onsite infirmary or clinic containing first aid supplies 

that are readily accessible to each worksite 

complies with this requirement. 

(2) The employer shall ensure that the placement, 

content, and amount of first aid supplies are 

adequate for the size and location of each 

worksite, the number of employees at each 

worksite, the hazards present at each worksite, 

and the distance of each worksite from hospitals, 

clinics, and rescue squads. 

(3) The employer shall ensure that first aid 

supplies are placed in a weatherproof container. 

(4) The employer shall maintain first aid supplies 

in a dry, sterile, and serviceable condition. 

(5) The employer shall replenish first aid supplies 

as necessary to ensure that there is an adequate 

supply when needed. 

(6) The employer shall inspect first aid supplies 

at sufficient intervals to ensure that they are 

adequate and in a serviceable condition. 

(e) Quick-drenching and flushing facilities. Where 

the potential exists for an employee to be splashed 

with a substance that may result in an acute or 

serious injury, the employer shall provide facilities 

for quick-drenching or flushing the eyes and body. 

The employer shall ensure that such a facility is 

located for immediate emergency use within close 

proximity to operations where such substances are 

being used. 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

9 5

Subpart F

(f) Basket stretchers. 

(1) The employer shall provide an adequate number 

of basket stretchers, or the equivalent, readily 

accessible to where work is being performed 

on a vessel or vessel section. The employer is 

not required to provide basket stretchers or the 

equivalent where emergency response services 

have basket stretchers or the equivalent that meet 

the requirements of this paragraph. 

(2) The employer shall ensure each basket 

stretcher, or the equivalent, is equipped with: 

(i) Permanent lifting bridles that enable the basket 

stretcher, or the equivalent, to be attached to 

hoisting gear capable of lifting at least 5,000 

pounds (2,270 kg); 

(ii) Restraints that are capable of securely holding 

the injured/ill employee while the basket stretcher, 

or the equivalent, is lifted or moved; and 

(iii) A blanket or other suitable covering for the 

injured/ill employee. 

(3) The employer shall store basket stretchers, 

or the equivalent, and related equipment (i.e., 

restraints, blankets) in a clearly marked location in 

a manner that prevents damage and protects the 

equipment from environmental conditions. 

(4) The employer shall inspect stretchers, or the 

equivalent, and related equipment at intervals 

that ensure the equipment remains in a safe and 

serviceable condition, but at least once a year. 

Appendix A to §1915.87 – First aid kits 

and automated external defibrillators 

(Non-Mandatory) 

1. First aid supplies are required to be adequate and 

readily accessible under paragraphs §1915.87(a) 

and (d). An example of the minimal contents of 

a generic first aid kit for workplace settings is 

described in ANSI/ISEA Z308.1-2009, “Minimum 

Requirements for Workplace First Aid Kits and 

Supplies” (incorporated by reference as specified in 

§1915.5). The contents of the kit listed in this ANSI 

standard should be adequate for small worksites. 

When larger operations or multiple operations are 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

9 6

Subpart F

being conducted at the same worksite, employers 

should determine the need for additional first aid 

kits, additional types of first aid equipment and 

supplies, and additional quantities and types of 

supplies and equipment in the first aid kits. 

2. In a similar fashion, employers that have unique 

or changing first aid needs at their worksite may 

need to enhance their first aid kits. The employer 

can use the OSHA 300 Log, OSHA 301 Incident 

Report form, or other reports to identify these 

unique problems. Consultation from the local fire 

or rescue department, appropriate healthcare 

professional or local emergency room may be 

helpful to employers in these circumstances. By 

assessing the specific needs of their worksite, 

employers can ensure that reasonably anticipated 

supplies are available. Employers should assess 

the specific needs of their worksite periodically, and 

augment first aid kits appropriately. 

3. If it is reasonably anticipated that employees 

will be exposed to blood or other potentially 

infectious materials while using first aid supplies, 

employers must provide appropriate personal 

protective equipment (PPE) in compliance with 

the provisions of the Occupational Exposure to 

Bloodborne Pathogens standard, §1910.1030(d)

(3). This standard lists appropriate PPE for this type 

of exposure, such as gloves, gowns, face shields, 

masks, and eye protection. 

4. Employers who provide automated external 

defibrillators (AEDs) at their workplaces should 

designate who will use AEDs and train those 

employees so they know how to correctly use the 

AEDs. Although a growing number of AEDs are 

now designed to be used by any person, even 

without training, training reinforces proper use 

and promotes the usefulness of AEDs as part of an 

effective cardiopulmonary resuscitation plan. For 

AEDs to be effective, employers should: 

a. Ensure that AEDs are located so they can be 

utilized within three to five minutes of a report of an 

accident or injury; 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

9 7

Subpart F

b. Ensure that employees use AEDs in accordance 

with manufacturers’ specifications; and 

c. Inspect, test, and maintain AEDs in accordance 

with manufacturers’ specifications. 

§1915.88 – Sanitation 

(a) General requirements. 

(1) The employer shall provide adequate and 

readily accessible sanitation facilities. 

(2) The employer shall establish and implement 

a schedule for servicing, cleaning, and supplying 

each facility to ensure it is maintained in a clean, 

sanitary, and serviceable condition. 

(b) Potable water.

(1) The employer shall provide potable water for all 

employee health and personal needs and ensure 

that only potable water is used for these purposes.

(2) The employer shall provide potable drinking 

water in amounts that are adequate to meet the 

health and personal needs of each employee. 

(3) The employer shall dispense drinking water 

from a fountain, a covered container with singleuse drinking cups stored in a sanitary receptacle, 

or single-use bottles. The employer shall prohibit 

the use of shared drinking cups, dippers, and 

water bottles. 

(c) Non-potable water.

(1) The employer may use non-potable water for 

other purposes such as firefighting and cleaning 

outdoor premises so long as it does not contain 

chemicals, fecal matter, coliform, or other substances 

at levels that may create a hazard for employees. 

(2) The employer shall clearly mark non-potable 

water supplies and outlets as “not safe for health 

or personal use.” 

(d) Toilets. 

(1) General requirements. The employer shall 

ensure that sewered and portable toilets: 

(i) Provide privacy at all times. When a toilet 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

9 8

Subpart F

facility contains more than one toilet, each toilet 

shall occupy a separate compartment with a door 

and walls or partitions that are sufficiently high to 

ensure privacy; and 

(ii) Are separate for each sex, except as provided 

in (d)(1)(ii)(B) of this section; 

(A) The number of toilets provided for each sex 

shall be based on the maximum number of 

employees of that sex present at the worksite at any 

one time during a workshift. A single-occupancy 

toilet room shall be counted as one toilet regardless 

of the number of toilets it contains; and 

(B) The employer does not have to provide 

separate toilet facilities for each sex when they 

will not be occupied by more than one employee 

at a time, can be locked from the inside, and 

contain at least one toilet. 

(iii) The employer shall establish and implement 

a schedule to ensure that each sewered and 

portable toilet is maintained in a clean, sanitary, 

and serviceable condition. 

(2) Minimum number of toilets. (i) The employer 

shall provide at least the following number of 

toilets for each sex. Portable toilets that meet the 

requirements of paragraph (d)(3) of this section may 

be included in the minimum number of toilets. 

Table F-2 to §1915.8815

Number of employees 

of each sex 

Minimum number 

of toilets per sex 

1 to 15 

16 to 35 

36 to 55 

56 to 80 

81 to 110 

111 to 150 

Over 150 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

1 additional toilet 

for each additional 

40 employees. 

15 Note to Table F-2: When toilets will only be used by men, 

urinals may be provided instead of toilets, except that the 

number of toilets in such cases shall not be reduced to less 

than two-thirds of the minimum specified.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

9 9

Subpart F

(3) Portable toilets.

(i) The employer shall provide portable toilets, 

pursuant to paragraph (d)(2)(i) and Table to paragraph 

(d)(2) of this section, only when the employer 

demonstrates that it is not feasible to provide sewered 

toilets, or when there is a temporary increase in the 

number of employees for a short duration of time. 

(ii) The employer shall ensure that each 

portable toilet is vented and equipped, as 

necessary, with lighting. 

(4) Exception for normally unattended worksites 

and mobile work crews. The requirement to 

provide toilets does not apply to normally 

unattended worksites and mobile work 

crews, provided that the employer ensures 

that employees have immediately available 

transportation to readily accessible sanitation 

facilities that are maintained in a clean, sanitary, 

and serviceable condition and meet the other 

requirements of this section. 

(e) Handwashing facilities.

(1) The employer shall provide handwashing 

facilities at or adjacent to each toilet facility. 

(2) The employer shall ensure that each 

handwashing facility: 

(i) Is equipped with either hot and cold or lukewarm 

running water and soap, or with waterless skincleansing agents that are capable of disinfecting the 

skin or neutralizing the contaminants to which the 

employee may be exposed; and 

(ii) If the facility uses soap and water, it is supplied 

with clean, single-use hand towels stored in a sanitary 

container and a sanitary means for disposing of 

them, clean individual sections of continuous cloth 

toweling, or a hand-drying air blower. 

(3) The employer shall inform each employee 

engaged in the application of paints or coatings 

or in other operations in which hazardous or toxic 

substances can be ingested or absorbed about 

the need for removing surface contaminants from 

their skins surface by thoroughly washing their 

hands and face at the end of the workshift and 

prior to eating, drinking, or smoking. 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

100

Subpart F

(f) Showers.

(1) When showers are required by an OSHA 

standard, the employer shall provide one shower for 

each 10, or fraction of 10, employees of each sex who 

are required to shower during the same workshift. 

(2) The employer shall ensure that each shower is 

equipped with soap, hot and cold water, and clean 

towels for each employee who uses the shower. 

(g) Changing rooms. When an employer provides 

protective clothing to prevent employee exposure 

to hazardous or toxic substances, the employer 

shall provide the following: 

(1) Changing rooms that provide privacy for each 

sex; and 

(2) Storage facilities for street clothes, as well as 

separate storage facilities for protective clothing. 

(h) Eating, drinking, and break areas. The employer 

shall ensure that food, beverages, and tobacco 

products are not consumed or stored in any area 

where employees may be exposed to hazardous or 

toxic substances. 

(i) Waste disposal. 

(1) The employer shall provide waste receptacles 

that meet the following requirements: 

(i) Each receptacle is constructed of materials 

that are corrosion resistant, leak-proof, and easily 

cleaned or disposable; 

(ii) Each receptacle is equipped with a solid tightfitting cover, unless it can be kept in clean, sanitary, 

and serviceable condition without the use of a cover; 

(iii) Receptacles are provided in numbers, sizes, 

and locations that encourage their use; and 

(iv) Each receptacle is emptied as often as 

necessary to prevent it from overfilling and 

in a manner that does not create a hazard for 

employees. Waste receptacles for food shall be 

emptied at least every day, unless unused. 

(2) The employer shall not permit employees 

to work in the immediate vicinity of uncovered 

garbage that could endanger their safety and health. 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

101

Subpart F

(3) The employer shall ensure that employees 

working beneath or on the outboard side of a 

vessel are not contaminated by drainage or waste 

from overboard discharges. 

(j) Vermin control. 

(1) To the extent reasonably practicable, the 

employer shall clean and maintain the workplace 

in a manner that prevents vermin infestation. 

(2) Where vermin are detected, the employer 

shall implement and maintain an effective vermincontrol program.

§1915.89 – Control of hazardous energy 

(lockout/tags-plus) 

(a) Scope, application, and effective dates. 

(1) Scope. This section covers the servicing of 

machinery, equipment, and systems when the 

energization or startup of machinery, equipment, 

or systems, or the release of hazardous energy, 

could endanger an employee. 

(2) Application.

(i) This section applies to the servicing of any 

machinery, equipment, or system that employees 

use in the course of shipyard employment work 

and that is conducted: 

(A) In any landside facility that performs shipyard 

employment work; and 

(B) On any vessel or vessel section. 

(ii) This section applies to such servicing 

conducted on a vessel by any employee 

including, but not limited to, the ship’s officers 

and crew unless such application is preempted by 

the regulations of another federal agency. 

(3) When other standards in 29 CFR Part 1915 and 

applicable standards in 29 CFR Part 1910 require 

the use of a lock or tag, the employer shall use 

and supplement them with the procedural and 

training requirements specified in this section. 

(4) Exceptions. This section does not apply to: 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

102

Subpart F

(i) Work on cord-and-plug-connected machinery, 

equipment, or system, provided the employer 

ensures that the machinery, equipment, or system 

is unplugged and the plug is under the exclusive 

control of the employee performing the servicing; 

(ii) Minor servicing activities performed during 

normal production operations, including 

minor tool changes and adjustments, that are 

routine, repetitive, and integral to the use of the 

machinery, equipment, or system, provided the 

employer ensures that the work is performed 

using measures that provide effective protection 

from energization, startup, or the release of 

hazardous energy. 

(b) Lockout/tags-plus program. The employer shall 

establish and implement a written program and 

procedures for lockout and tags-plus systems to 

control hazardous energy during the servicing of 

any machinery, equipment, or system in shipyard 

employment. The program shall cover: 

(1) Procedures for lockout/tags-plus systems 

while servicing machinery, equipment, or 

systems in accordance with paragraph (c) of this 

section; 

(2) Procedures for protecting employees involved 

in servicing any machinery, equipment, or system 

in accordance with paragraphs (d) through (m) of 

this section; 

(3) Specifications for locks and tags-plus hardware 

in accordance with paragraph (n) of this section; 

(4) Employee information and training in 

accordance with paragraph (o) of this section; 

(5) Incident investigations in accordance with 

paragraph (p) of this section; and 

(6) Program audits in accordance with paragraph 

(q) of this section. 

(c) General requirements. 

(1) The employer shall ensure that, before 

any authorized employee performs servicing 

when energization or startup, or the release of 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

103

Subpart F

hazardous energy, may occur, all energy sources 

are identified and isolated, and the machinery, 

equipment, or system is rendered inoperative.

(2) If an energy-isolating device is capable of 

being locked, the employer shall ensure the use 

of a lock to prevent energization or startup, or the 

release of hazardous energy, before any servicing 

is started, unless the employer can demonstrate 

that the utilization of a tags-plus system will 

provide full employee protection as set forth in 

paragraph (c)(6) of this section. 

(3) If an energy-isolating device is not capable of 

being locked, the employer shall ensure the use 

of a tags-plus system to prevent energization 

or startup, or the release of hazardous energy, 

before any servicing is started. 

(4) Each tags-plus system shall consist of:16

(i) At least one energy-isolating device with a tag 

affixed to it; and 

(ii) At least one additional safety measure that, 

along with the energy-isolating device and tag 

required in (c)(4)(i) of this section, will provide the 

equivalent safety available from the use of a lock. 

(5) After October 31, 2011, the employer shall ensure 

that each energy-isolating device for any machinery, 

equipment, or system is designed to accept a lock 

whenever the machinery, equipment, or system 

is extensively repaired, renovated, modified, or 

replaced, or whenever new machinery, equipment, 

or systems are installed. This requirement does not 

apply when a shipyard employer: 

(i) Does not own the machinery, equipment, or 

system; or 

(ii) Builds or services a vessel or vessel section 

according to customer specifications.

16 Note to paragraph (c)(4): When the Navy ship’s force maintains 

control of the machinery, equipment, or systems on a vessel 

and has implemented such additional measures it determines 

are necessary, the provisions of paragraph (c)(4) (ii) of this 

section shall not apply, provided that the employer complies 

with the verification procedures in paragraph (g) of this section.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

104

Subpart F

(6) Full employee protection17

(i) When a tag is used on an energy-isolating 

device that is capable of being locked out, the tag 

shall be attached at the same location that the 

lock would have been attached, and; 

(ii) The employer shall demonstrate that the use 

of a tags-plus system will provide a level of safety 

equivalent to that obtained by using a lock. In 

demonstrating that an equivalent level of safety is 

achieved, the employer shall: 

(A) Demonstrate full compliance with all tagsplus-related provisions of this standard; and 

(B) Implement such additional safety measures 

as are necessary to provide the equivalent safety 

available from the use of a lock. 

(7) Lockout/tags-plus coordination18

(i) The employer shall establish and implement 

lockout/tags-plus coordination when: 

(A) Employees on vessels and in vessel sections 

are servicing multiple machinery, equipment, or 

systems at the same time; or 

(B) Employees on vessels, in vessel sections, 

and at landside facilities are performing multiple 

servicing operations on the same machinery, 

equipment, or system at the same time. 

(ii) The coordination process shall include a 

lockout/tags-plus coordinator and a lockout/tagsplus log. Each log shall be specific to each vessel, 

vessel section, and landside work area. 

(iii) The employer shall designate a lockout/

tags-plus coordinator who is responsible for 

overseeing and approving:

17 Note to paragraph (c)(6): When the Navy ship’s force maintains 

control of the machinery, equipment, or systems on a vessel 

and has implemented such additional measures it determines 

are necessary, the provisions of paragraph (c)(6)(ii)(B) of this 

section do not apply, provided that the employer complies with 

the verification procedures in paragraph (g) of this section. 

18 Note to paragraph (c)(7): When the Navy ship’s force serves 

as the lockout/tags-plus coordinator and maintains control of 

the lockout/tags-plus log, the employer will be in compliance 

with the requirements in paragraph (c)(7) of this section when 

coordination between the ship’s force and the employer occurs 

to ensure that applicable lockout/tags-plus procedures are 

followed and documented. 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

105

Subpart F

(A) The application of each lockout and tags-plus 

system; 

(B) The verification of hazardous-energy 

isolation before the servicing of any machinery, 

equipment, or system begins; and 

(C) The removal of each lockout and tags-plus 

system. 

(iv) The employer shall ensure that the lockout/

tags-plus coordinator maintains and administers 

a continuous log of each lockout and tags-plus 

system. The log shall contain: 

(A) Location of machinery, equipment, or system 

to be serviced; 

(B) Type of machinery, equipment, or system to 

be serviced; 

(C) Name of the authorized employee applying 

the lockout/tags-plus system; 

(D) Date that the lockout/tags-plus system is applied; 

(E) Name of authorized employee removing the 

lock or tags-plus system; and 

(F) Date that lockout/tags-plus system is removed. 

(d) Lockout/tags-plus written procedures

(1) The employer shall establish and implement 

written procedures to prevent energization or 

startup, or the release of hazardous energy, during 

the servicing of any machinery, equipment, or 

system. Each procedure shall include:19

(i) A clear and specific outline of the scope and 

purpose of the lockout/tags-plus procedure; 

(ii) The means the employer will use to enforce 

compliance with the lockout/tags-plus program 

and procedures; and

(iii) The steps that must be followed for: 

(A) Preparing for shutting down and isolating of the 

machinery, equipment, or system to be serviced, in 

accordance with paragraph (e) of this section; 

19 Note to paragraph (d)(1): The employer need only develop a 

single procedure for a group of similar machines, equipment, or 

systems if the machines, equipment, or systems have the same 

type and magnitude of energy and the same or similar types of 

controls, and if a single procedure can satisfactorily address the 

hazards and the steps to be taken to control these hazards. 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

106

Subpart F

(B) Applying the lockout/tags-plus system, in 

accordance with paragraph (f) of this section; 

(C) Verifying isolation, in accordance with 

paragraph (g) of this section; 

(D) Testing the machinery, equipment, or system, 

in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section; 

(E) Removing lockout/tags-plus systems, in 

accordance with paragraph (i) of this section; 

(F) Starting up the machinery, equipment, or 

system that is being serviced, in accordance with 

paragraph (j) of this section; 

(G) Applying lockout/tags-plus systems in 

group servicing operations, in accordance with 

paragraph (k) of this section; 

(H) Addressing multi-employer worksites involved 

in servicing any machinery, equipment, or system, 

in accordance with paragraph (l) of this section; and 

(I) Addressing shift or personnel changes 

during servicing operations, in accordance with 

paragraph (m) of this section. 

(2) The employer’s lockout procedures do not 

have to be in writing for servicing machinery, 

equipment, or systems, provided that all of the 

following conditions are met:

(i) There is no potential for hazardous energy to 

be released (or to reaccumulate) after shutting 

down, or restoring energy to, the machinery, 

equipment, or system; 

(ii) The machinery, equipment, or system has a 

single energy source that can be readily identified 

and isolated; 

(iii) The isolation and lock out of that energy 

source will result in complete de-energization 

and deactivation of the machinery, equipment, 

or system, and there is no potential for 

reaccumulation of energy; 

(iv) The energy source is isolated and secured 

from the machinery, equipment, or system during 

servicing; 

(v) Only one lock is necessary for isolating the 

energy source; 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

107

Subpart F

(vi) The lock is under the exclusive control of the 

authorized employee performing the servicing; 

(vii) The servicing does not create a hazard for 

any other employee; and 

(viii) The employer, in utilizing this exception, 

has not had any accidents or incidents involving 

the activation or reenergization of this type of 

machinery, equipment, or system during servicing. 

(e) Procedures for shutdown and isolation20

(1) Before an authorized employee shuts down 

any machinery, equipment, or system, the 

employer shall: 

(i) Ensure that the authorized employee has 

knowledge of; 

(A) The source, type, and magnitude of the 

hazards associated with energization or startup of 

the machine, equipment, or system; 

(B) The hazards associated with the release of 

hazardous energy; and 

(C) The means to control these hazards; and

(ii) Notify each affected employee that the 

machinery, equipment, or system will be shut 

down and deenergized prior to servicing, and that 

a lockout/tags-plus system will be implemented. 

(2) The employer shall ensure that the machinery, 

equipment, or system is shut down according to 

the written procedures the employer established. 

(3) The employer shall use an orderly shutdown 

to prevent exposing any employee to risks 

associated with hazardous energy. 

(4) The employer shall ensure that the authorized 

employee relieves, disconnects, restrains, or 

20 Note to paragraph (e): When the Navy ship’s force shuts 

down any machinery, equipment, or system, and relieves, 

disconnects, restrains, or otherwise renders safe all potentially 

hazardous energy that is connected to the machinery, 

equipment, or system, the employer will be in compliance with 

the requirements in paragraph (e) of this section when the 

employer’s authorized employee verifies that the machinery, 

equipment, or system being serviced has been properly shut 

down, isolated, and deenergized. 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

108

Subpart F

otherwise renders safe all potentially hazardous 

energy that is connected to the machinery, 

equipment, or system. 

(f) Procedures for applying lockout/tags-plus systems21

(1) The employer shall ensure that only an authorized 

employee applies a lockout/tags-plus system. 

(2) When using lockout systems, the employer 

shall ensure that the authorized employee affixes 

each lock in a manner that will hold the energyisolating device in a safe or off position. 

(3) When using tags-plus systems, the employer 

shall ensure that the authorized employee affixes 

a tag directly to the energy-isolating device that 

clearly indicates that the removal of the device 

from a safe or off position is prohibited. 

(4) When the tag cannot be affixed directly to the 

energy-isolating device the employer shall ensure 

that the authorized employee locates it as close 

as safely possible to the device, in a safe and 

immediately obvious position.

(5) The employer shall ensure that each energyisolating device that controls energy to the 

machinery, equipment, or system is effective in 

isolating the machinery, equipment, or system 

from all potentially hazardous energy source(s). 

(g) Procedures for verification of deenergization 

and isolation 

(1) Before servicing machinery, equipment, or 

a system that has a lockout/tags-plus system, 

the employer shall ensure that the authorized 

employee, or the primary authorized employee 

in a group lockout/tags-plus application, verifies 

that the machinery, equipment, or system is 

deenergized and all energy sources isolated. 

21 Note to paragraph (f): When the Navy ship’s force applies 

the lockout/tags-plus systems or devices, the employer will be 

in compliance with the requirements in paragraph (f) of this 

section when the employer’s authorized employee verifies the 

application of the lockout/tags-plus systems or devices. 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

109

Subpart F

(2) The employer shall ensure that the authorized 

employee, or the primary authorized employee in 

a group lockout/tags-plus application, continues 

verifying deenergization and isolation while 

servicing the machinery, equipment, or system. 

(3) Each authorized employee in a group lockout/

tags-plus application who will be servicing 

the machinery, equipment, or system must be 

given the option to verify that the machinery, 

equipment, or system is deenergized and all 

energy sources isolated, even when verification is 

performed by the primary authorized employee. 

(h) Procedures for testing. In each situation in 

which a lockout/tags-plus system must be removed 

temporarily and the machinery, equipment, or system 

restarted to test it or to position a component, the 

employer shall ensure that the authorized employee 

does the following in sequence:22

(1) Clears tools and materials from the work area; 

(2) Removes nonessential employees from the 

work area;

(3) Removes each lockout/tags-plus system in 

accordance with paragraph (i) of this section; 

(4) Restarts the machinery, equipment, or system 

and then proceeds with testing or positioning; and 

(5) After completing testing or positioning, 

deenergizes and shuts down the machinery, 

equipment, or system and reapplies all lockout/

tags-plus systems in accordance with paragraphs 

(e)-(g) of this section to continue servicing. 

22 Note to paragraph (h): When the Navy ship’s force serves 

as the lockout/tags-plus coordinator, performs the testing, and 

maintains control of the lockout/tags-plus systems or devices 

during testing, the employer is in compliance with paragraph (h) 

when the employer’s authorized employee acknowledges to the 

lockout/tags-plus coordinator that the employer’s personnel and 

tools are clear and the machinery, equipment, or system being 

serviced is ready for testing, and upon completion of the testing, 

verifies the reapplication of the lockout/tags-plus systems. 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

110

Subpart F

(i) Procedures for removal of lockout and tags-plus 

systems23

(1) Before removing any lockout/tags-plus system 

and restoring the machinery, equipment, or 

system to use, the employer shall ensure that the 

authorized employee does the following: 

(i) Notifies all other authorized and affected 

employees that the lockout/tags-plus system will 

be removed; 

(ii) Ensures that all employees in the work area 

have been safely positioned or removed; and 

(iii) Inspects the work area to ensure that 

nonessential items have been removed and 

machinery, equipment, or system components 

are operationally intact. 

(2) The employer shall ensure that each lock or 

tags-plus system is removed by the authorized 

employee who applied it.

(3) When the authorized employee who applied 

the lockout/tags-plus system is not available 

to remove it, the employer may direct removal 

by another authorized employee, provided the 

employer developed and incorporated into the 

lockout/tags-plus program the specific procedures 

and training that address such removal, and 

demonstrates that the specific procedures used 

provide a level of employee safety that is at least 

as effective in protecting employees as removal 

of the system by the authorized employee who 

applied it. After meeting these requirements, the 

employer shall do the following in sequence: 

(i) Verify that the authorized employee who applied 

the lockout/tags-plus system is not in the facility; 

(ii) Make all reasonable efforts to contact the 

authorized employee to inform him/her that the 

lockout/tags-plus system has been removed; and 

23 Note to paragraph (i): When the Navy ship’s force serves 

as lockout/tags-plus coordinator and removes the lockout/

tags-plus systems or devices, the employer is in compliance 

with the requirements in paragraph (i) of this section when 

the employer’s authorized employee informs the lockout/tagsplus coordinator that the procedures in paragraph (i)(1) of this 

section have been performed. 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

111

Subpart F

(iii) Ensure that the authorized employee 

who applied the lock or tags-plus system has 

knowledge of the removal before resuming work 

on the affected machinery, equipment, or system. 

(j) Procedures for startup24

(1) Before an authorized employee turns on any 

machinery, equipment, or system after servicing 

is completed, the employer shall ensure that 

the authorized employee has knowledge of the 

source, type, and magnitude of the hazards 

associated with energization or startup, and the 

means to control these hazards.

(2) The employer shall execute an orderly 

startup to prevent or minimize any additional or 

increased hazard(s) to employees. The employer 

shall perform the following tasks before starting 

up the machinery, equipment, or system: 

(i) Clear tools and materials from the work area; 

(ii) Remove any non-essential employees from 

the work area; and 

(iii) Start up the machinery, equipment, or 

system according to the detailed procedures 

the employer established for that machinery, 

equipment, or system. 

(k) Procedures for group lockout/tags-plus. When 

more than one authorized employee services the 

same machinery, equipment, or system at the same 

time, the following procedures shall be implemented: 

(1) Primary authorized employee. The employer shall: 

(i) Assign responsibility to one primary 

authorized employee for each group of authorized 

employees performing servicing on the same 

machinery, equipment, or system; 

24 Note to paragraph (j): When the Navy ship’s force serves 

as lockout/tags-plus coordinator and maintains control of 

the lockout/tags-plus systems or devices during startup, and 

the employer is prohibited from starting up the machinery, 

equipment, or system, the employer is in compliance with 

the requirements in paragraph (j) of this section when the 

employer’s authorized employee informs the lockout/tags-plus 

coordinator the procedures in paragraphs (j)(2)(i) and (j)(2)(ii) of 

this section have been performed. 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

112

Subpart F

(ii) Ensure that the primary authorized employee 

determines the safe exposure status of each 

authorized employee in the group with regard to 

the lockout/tags-plus system; 

(iii) Ensure that the primary authorized employee 

obtains approval from the lockout/tags-plus 

coordinator to apply and remove the lockout/tagsplus system; and 

(iv) Ensure that the primary authorized employee 

coordinates the servicing operation with the 

coordinator when required by paragraph (c)(7)(i) 

of this section. 

(2) Authorized employees. The employer shall 

either:25

(i) Have each authorized employee apply a 

personal lockout/tags-plus system; or 

(ii) Use a procedure that the employer can 

demonstrate affords each authorized employee 

a level of protection equivalent to the protection 

provided by having each authorized employee 

apply a personal lockout/tags-plus system. Such 

procedures shall incorporate a means for each 

authorized employee to have personal control of, 

and accountability for, his or her protection such as, 

but not limited to, having each authorized employee: 

(A) Sign a group tag (or a group tag equivalent), 

attach a personal identification device to a group 

lockout device, or performs a comparable action 

before servicing is started; and 

25 Note to paragraph (k)(2): When the Navy ship’s force 

maintains control of the machinery, equipment, or systems 

on a vessel and prohibits the employer from applying 

or removing the lockout/tags-plus system or starting up 

the machinery, equipment, or systems being serviced, 

the employer is in compliance with the requirements in 

paragraphs (k)(1)(iii) and (k)(2), provided that the employer 

ensures that the primary authorized employee takes the 

following steps in the following order: (1) before servicing 

begins and after deenergization, (a) verifies the safe exposure 

status of each authorized employee, and (b) signs a group tag 

(or a group tag equivalent) or performs a comparable action; 

and (2) after servicing is complete and before reenergization, 

(a) verifies the safe exposure status of each authorized 

employee, and (b) signs off the group tag (or the group tag 

equivalent) or performs a comparable action. 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

113

Subpart F

(B) Sign off the group tag (or the group tag 

equivalent), remove the personal identification 

device, or perform a comparable action when 

servicing is finished. 

(l) Procedures for multi-employer worksites26

(1) The host employer shall establish and 

implement procedures to protect employees from 

hazardous energy in multi-employer worksites. The 

procedures shall specify the responsibilities for host 

and contract employers. 

(2) Host employer responsibilities. The 

host employer shall carry out the following 

responsibilities in multi-employer worksites: 

(i) Inform each contract employer about the 

content of the host employer’s lockout/tags-plus 

program and procedures; 

(ii) Instruct each contract employer to follow the 

host employer’s lockout/tags-plus program and 

procedures; and 

(iii) Ensure that the lockout/tags-plus coordinator 

knows about all servicing operations and 

communicates with each contract employer who 

performs servicing or works in an area where 

servicing is being conducted. 

(3) Contract employer responsibilities. Each 

contract employer shall perform the following 

duties when working in a multi-employer worksite: 

(i) Follow the host employer’s lockout/tags-plus 

program and procedures; 

(ii) Ensure that the host employer knows about 

the lockout/tags-plus hazards associated with the 

contract employer’s work and what the contract 

employer is doing to address these hazards; and 

26 Note 1 to paragraph (l): The host employer may include 

provisions in its contract with the contract employer for the 

contract employer to have more control over the lockout/tagsplus program if such provisions will provide an equivalent level 

of protection for the host employer’s and contract employer’s 

employees as that provided by paragraph (l) of this section.

Note 2 to paragraph (l): When the U.S Navy contracts 

directly with a contract employer and the Navy ship’s force 

maintains control of the lockout/tags-plus systems or devices, 

that contract employer shall consider the Navy to be the host 

employer for the purposes of §1915.89(l)(3). 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

114

Subpart F

(iii) Inform the host employer of any previously 

unidentified lockout/tags-plus hazards that the 

contract employer identifies at the multi-employer 

worksite. 

(m) Procedures for shift or personnel changes

(1) The employer shall establish and implement 

specific procedures for shift or personnel changes to 

ensure the continuity of lockout/tags-plus protection. 

(2) The employer shall establish and implement 

provisions for the orderly transfer of lockout/

tags-plus systems between authorized employees 

when they are starting and ending their workshifts, 

or when personnel changes occur during a 

workshift, to prevent energization or startup of the 

machinery, equipment, or system being serviced 

or the release of hazardous energy. 

(n) Lockout/tags-plus materials and hardware

(1) The employer shall provide locks and 

tags-plus system hardware used for isolating, 

securing, or blocking machinery, equipment, or 

systems from all hazardous-energy sources. 

(2) The employer shall ensure that each lock 

and tag is uniquely identified for the purpose of 

controlling hazardous energy and is not used for 

any other purpose. 

(3) The employer shall ensure that each lock and 

tag meets the following requirements: 

(i) Durable

(A) Each lock and tag is capable of withstanding the 

existing environmental conditions for the maximum 

period of time that servicing is expected to last; 

(B) Each tag is made so that weather conditions, 

wet or damp conditions, corrosive substances, or 

other conditions in the work area where the tag is 

used or stored will not cause it to deteriorate or 

become illegible; 

(ii) Standardized

(A) Each lock and tag is standardized in at least one 

of the following areas: color, shape, or size; and 

(B) Each tag is standardized in print and format; 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

115

Subpart F

(iii) Substantial

(A) Each lock is sturdy enough to prevent removal 

without the use of extra force or unusual techniques, 

such as bolt cutters or other metal-cutting tools; 

(B) Each tag and tag attachment is sturdy enough 

to prevent inadvertent or accidental removal; 

(C) Each tag attachment has the general design 

and basic safety characteristics of a one-piece, allenvironment-tolerant nylon tie; 

(D) Each tag attachment is non-reusable, attachable 

by hand, self-locking, and non-releasable, and has a 

minimum unlocking strength of 50 pounds; 

(iv) Identifiable. Each lock and tag indicates the 

identity of the authorized employee applying it; and 

(v) Each tag warns of hazardous conditions that 

could arise if the machinery, equipment, or system is 

energized and includes a legend such as one of the 

following: “Do Not Start,” “Do Not Open,” “Do Not 

Close,” “Do Not Energize,” or “Do Not Operate.” 

(o) Information and training

(1) Initial training. The employer shall train each 

employee in the applicable requirements of this 

section no later than October 31, 2011. 

(2) General training content. The employer shall 

train each employee who is, or may be, in an area 

where lockout/tags-plus systems are being used 

so they know: 

(i) The purpose and function of the employer’s 

lockout/tags-plus program and procedures; 

(ii) The unique identity of the locks and tags to be 

used in the lockout/tags-plus system, as well as the 

standardized color, shape or size of these devices; 

(iii) The basic components of the tags-plus 

system: an energy-isolating device with a tag 

affixed to it and an additional safety measure; 

(iv) The prohibition against tampering with or 

removing any lockout/tags-plus system; and 

(v) The prohibition against restarting or 

reenergizing any machinery, equipment, or system 

being serviced under a lockout/tags-plus system.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

116

Subpart F

(3) Additional training requirements for affected 

employees. In addition to training affected 

employees in the requirements in paragraph (o)

(2) of this section, the employer also shall train 

each affected employee so he/she knows: 

(i) The use of the employer’s lockout/tags-plus 

program and procedures; 

(ii) That affected employees are not to apply or 

remove any lockout/tags-plus system; and 

(iii) That affected employees are not to bypass, 

ignore, or otherwise defeat any lockout/tags-plus 

system. 

(4) Additional training requirements for 

authorized employees. In addition to training 

authorized employees in the requirements in 

paragraphs (o)(2) and (o)(3) of this section, 

the employer also shall train each authorized 

employee so he/she knows: 

(i) The steps necessary for the safe application, 

use, and removal of lockout/tags-plus systems to 

prevent energization or startup or the release of 

hazardous energy during servicing of machinery, 

equipment, or systems; 

(ii) The type of energy sources and the magnitude 

of the energy available at the worksite; 

(iii) The means and methods necessary for 

effective isolation and control of hazardous energy; 

(iv) The means for determining the safe exposure 

status of other employees in a group when the 

authorized employee is working as a group’s 

primary authorized employee; 

(v) The requirement for tags to be written so they 

are legible and understandable to all employees; 

(vi) The requirement that tags and their means 

of attachment be made of materials that 

will withstand the environmental conditions 

encountered in the workplace;

(vii) The requirement that tags be securely 

attached to energy-isolating devices so they 

cannot be accidentally removed while servicing 

machinery, equipment, or systems; 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

117

Subpart F

(viii) That tags are warning devices, and alone do 

not provide physical barriers against energization or 

startup, or the release of hazardous energy, provided 

by locks, and energy-isolating devices; and 

(ix) That tags must be used in conjunction with an 

energy-isolating device to prevent energization or 

startup or the release of hazardous energy. 

(5) Additional training for lockout/tags-plus 

coordinator. In addition to training lockout/

tags-plus coordinators in the requirements in 

paragraphs (o)(2), (o)(3), and (o)(4) of this section, 

the employer shall train each lockout/tags-plus 

coordinator so he/she knows: 

(i) How to identify and isolate any machinery, 

equipment, or system that is being serviced; and 

(ii) How to accurately document lockout/tags-plus 

systems and maintain the lockout/tags-plus log. 

(6) Employee retraining. 

(i) The employer shall retrain each employee, as 

applicable, whenever: 

(A) There is a change in his/her job assignment 

that presents new hazards or requires a greater 

degree of knowledge about the employer’s 

lockout/tags-plus program or procedures; 

(B) There is a change in machinery, equipment, 

or systems to be serviced that presents a new 

energy-control hazard; 

(C) There is a change in the employer’s lockout/

tags-plus program or procedures; or 

(D) It is necessary to maintain the employee’s 

proficiency.

(ii) The employer also shall retrain each 

employee, as applicable, whenever an incident 

investigation or program audit indicates that 

there are: 

(A) Deviations from, or deficiencies in, the 

employer’s lockout/tags-plus program or 

procedures; or 

(B) Inadequacies in an employee’s knowledge 

or use of the lockout/tags-plus program or 

procedures. 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

118

Subpart F

(iii) The employer shall ensure that retraining 

establishes the required employee knowledge 

and proficiency in the employer’s lockout/tagsplus program and procedures and in any new or 

revised energy-control procedures. 

(7) Upon completion of employee training, the 

employer shall keep a record that the employee 

accomplished the training, and that this training is 

current. The training record shall contain at least 

the employee’s name, date of training, and the 

subject of the training. 

(p) Incident investigation.

(1) The employer shall investigate each incident 

that resulted in, or could reasonably have resulted 

in, energization or startup, or the release of 

hazardous energy, while servicing machinery, 

equipment, or systems. 

(2) Promptly but not later than 24 hours following 

the incident, the employer shall initiate an 

incident investigation and notify each employee 

who was, or could reasonably have been, affected 

by the incident. 

(3) The employer shall ensure that the incident 

investigation is conducted by at least one employee 

who has the knowledge of, and experience in, 

the employer’s lockout/tags-plus program and 

procedures, and in investigating and analyzing 

incidents involving the release of hazardous energy. 

The employer may also use additional individuals to 

participate in investigating the incident.

(4) The employer shall ensure that the 

individual(s) conducting the investigation 

prepare(s) a written report of the investigation 

that includes: 

(i) The date and time of the incident; 

(ii) The date and time the incident investigation 

began; 

(iii) Location of the incident; 

(iv) A description of the incident; 

(v) The factors that contributed to the incident; 

(vi) A copy of any lockout/tags-plus log that was 

current at the time of the incident; and 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

119

Subpart F

(vii) Any corrective actions that need to be taken 

as a result of the incident. 

(5) The employer shall review the written incident 

report with each employee whose job tasks are 

relevant to the incident investigation findings, 

including contract employees when applicable. 

(6) The employer shall ensure that the incident 

investigation and written report are completed, 

and all corrective actions implemented, within 30 

days following the incident. 

(7) If the employer demonstrates that it is 

infeasible to implement all of the corrective 

actions within 30 days, the employer shall 

prepare a written abatement plan that contains 

an explanation of the circumstances causing the 

delay, a proposed timetable for the abatement, 

and a summary of the steps the employer is 

taking in the interim to protect employees from 

hazardous energy while servicing machinery, 

equipment, or systems. 

(q) Program audits

(1) The employer shall conduct an audit of the 

lockout/tags-plus program and procedures 

currently in use at least annually to ensure that the 

procedures and the requirements of this section 

are being followed and to correct any deficiencies. 

(2) The employer shall ensure that the audit is 

performed by:

(i) An authorized employee other than the one(s) 

currently using the energy-control procedure 

being reviewed; or 

(ii) Individuals other than an authorized employee 

who are knowledgeable about the employer’s 

lockout/tags-plus program and procedures and the 

machinery, equipment, or systems being audited. 

(3) The employer shall ensure that the audit includes: 

(i) A review of the written lockout/tags-plus 

program and procedures; 

(ii) A review of the current lockout/tags-plus log; 

(iii) Verification of the accuracy of the lockout/

tags-plus log; 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

120

Subpart F

(iv) A review of incident reports since the last audit; 

(v) A review conducted between the auditor and 

authorized employees regarding the authorized 

employees’ responsibilities under the lockout 

systems being audited; and 

(vi) A review conducted between the auditor and 

affected and authorized employees regarding 

their responsibilities under the tags-plus systems 

being audited. 

(4) The employer shall ensure that, within 15 days 

after completion of the audit, the individual(s) who 

conducted the audit prepare and deliver to the 

employer a written audit report that includes at least: 

(i) The date of the audit; 

(ii) The identity of the individual(s) who 

performed the audit; 

(iii) The identity of the procedure and machinery, 

equipment, or system that were audited; 

(iv) The findings of the program audit and 

recommendations for correcting deviations or 

deficiencies identified during the audit;

(v) Any incident investigation reports since the 

previous audit; and 

(vi) Descriptions of corrective actions the employer 

has taken in response to the findings and 

recommendations of any incident investigation 

reports prepared since the previous audit. 

(5) The employer shall promptly communicate 

the findings and recommendations in the written 

audit report to each employee having a job 

task that may be affected by such findings and 

recommendations. 

(6) The employer shall correct the deviations or 

inadequacies in the lockout/tags-plus program within 

15 days after receiving the written audit report. 

(r) Recordkeeping

(1) Table to paragraph (r)(1) of this section 

specifies what records the employer must retain 

and how long the employer must retain them: 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

121

Subpart F

Table to paragraph (r)(1) of this section – 

Retention of Records Required by §1915.89

The employer must keep 

the following records . . . For at least . . . 

(i) Current lockout/

tags-plus program and 

procedures 

Until replaced by updated 

program and procedures 

(ii) Training records Until replaced by updated 

records for each type of 

training 

(iii) Incident investigation 

reports 

Until the next program 

audit is completed 

(iv) Program audit report 12 months after being 

replaced by the next 

audit report 

(2) The employer shall make all records required 

by this section available to employees, their 

representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in 

accordance with the procedures and time periods 

specified in 29 CFR 1910.1020(e)(1) and (e)(3). 

(s) Appendices. Non-mandatory Appendix A to 

this section is a guideline to assist employers and 

employees in complying with the requirements of 

this section, and to provide them with other useful 

information. The information in Appendix A does 

not add to, or in any way revise, the requirements 

of this section. 

Appendix A to §1915.89 – (Non-Mandatory) 

Typical Minimal Lockout/Tags-plus Procedures 

General 

Lockout/Tags-plus Procedure 

Lockout/Tags-plus Procedure for: 

_________________________________________________ 

[Name of company for single procedure or 

identification of machinery, equipment, or system if 

multiple procedures used.] 

Purpose

This procedure establishes the minimum 

requirements for the lockout/tags-plus application 

of energy-isolating devices on vessels and vessel 

sections, and for landside facilities whenever 

servicing is done on machinery, equipment, or 

systems in shipyards. This procedure shall be used 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

122

Subpart F

to ensure that all potentially hazardous-energy 

sources have been isolated and the machinery, 

equipment, or system to be serviced has been 

rendered inoperative through the use of lockout or 

tags-plus procedures before employees perform 

any servicing when the energization or start-up 

of the machinery, equipment, or system, or the 

release hazardous energy could cause injury. 

Compliance with This Program 

All employees are required to comply with the 

restrictions and limitations imposed on them 

during the use of lockout or tags-plus applications. 

Authorized employees are required to perform each 

lockout or tags-plus application in accordance with 

this procedure. No employee, upon observing that 

machinery, equipment, or systems are secured 

using lockout or tags-plus applications, shall 

attempt to start, open, close, energize, or operate 

that machinery, equipment, or system. 

_________________________________________________

[Type of compliance enforcement to be taken for 

violation of the above.]

Procedures for Lockout/ Tags-plus Systems 

(1) Notify each affected employee that servicing 

is required on the machinery, equipment, or 

system, and that it must be isolated and rendered 

inoperative using a lockout or tags-plus system. 

_________________________________________________

[Method of notifying all affected employees.] 

(2) The authorized employee shall refer to 

shipyard employer’s procedures to identify the 

type and magnitude of the energy source(s) that 

the machinery, equipment, or system uses, shall 

understand the hazards of the energy, and shall 

know the methods to control the energy source(s). 

_________________________________________________ 

[Type(s) and magnitude(s) of energy, its hazards 

and the methods to control the energy.]

(3) If the machinery, equipment, or system is 

operating, shut it down in accordance with the written 

procedures (depress the stop button, open switch, 

close valve, etc.) established by the employer. 

_________________________________________________ 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

123

Subpart F

[Type(s) and location(s) of machinery, equipment, 

or system operating controls.]

(4) Secure each energy-isolating device(s) through 

the use of a lockout or tags-plus system (for instance, 

disconnecting, blanking, and affixing tags) so that 

the energy source is isolated and the machinery, 

equipment, or system rendered inoperative. 

_________________________________________________

[Type(s) and location(s) of energy-isolating devices.]

(5) Lockout System. Affix a lock to each energyisolating device(s) with assigned individual lock(s) 

that will hold the energy-isolating device(s) in a 

safe or off position. Potentially hazardous energy 

(such as that found in capacitors, springs, elevated 

machine members, rotating flywheels, hydraulic 

systems, and air, gas, steam, or water pressure, etc.) 

must be controlled by methods such as grounding, 

repositioning, blocking, bleeding down, etc. 

(6) Tags-Plus System. Affix a tag to each energyisolating device and provide at least one additional 

safety measure that clearly indicates that removal 

of the device from the safe or off position is 

prohibited. Potentially hazardous energy (such as 

that found in capacitors, springs, elevated machine 

members, rotating flywheels, hydraulic systems 

and air, gas, steam, or water pressure, etc.) must 

be controlled by methods such as grounding, 

repositioning, blocking, bleeding down, etc. 

_________________________________________________ 

[Type(s) of hazardous energy – methods used to 

control them.]

(7) Ensure that the machinery, equipment, or system 

is relieved, disconnected, restrained, or rendered 

safe from the release of all potentially hazardous 

energy by checking that no personnel are exposed, 

and then verifying the isolation of energy to the 

machine, equipment, or system by operating the 

push button or other normal operating control(s), or 

by testing to make certain it will not operate. 

CAUTION: Return operating control(s) to the safe 

or off position after verifying the isolation of the 

machinery, equipment, or system. 

_________________________________________________ 

[Method of verifying the isolation of the machinery, 

equipment, or system.]
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

124

Subpart F

(8) The machinery, equipment, or system is now 

secured by a lockout or tags-plus system, and 

servicing by the authorized person may be performed.

Procedures for Removal of Lockout/Tags-plus Systems 

When servicing is complete and the machinery, 

equipment, or system is ready to return to normal 

operating condition, the following steps shall be taken: 

(1) Notify each authorized and affected employee(s) 

that the lockout/tags-plus system will be removed and 

the machinery, equipment, or system reenergized. 

(2) Inspect the work area to ensure that all 

employees have been safely positioned or removed. 

(3) Inspect the machinery, equipment, or system and 

the immediate area around the machinery, equipment, 

or system to ensure that nonessential items have 

been removed and that the machinery, equipment or 

system components are operationally intact. 

(4) Reconnect the necessary components, remove 

the lockout/tags-plus material and hardware, and 

reenergize the machinery, equipment, or system 

through the established detailed procedures 

determined by the employer. 

(5) Notify all affected employees that servicing is 

complete and the machinery, equipment, or system 

is ready for testing or use. 

§1915.90 – Safety color code for marking 

physical hazards 

The requirements applicable to shipyard employment 

under this section are identical to the requirements 

set forth at 29 CFR 1910.144 of this chapter. 

§1915.91 – Accident prevention signs and tags 

The requirements applicable to shipyard employment 

under this section are identical to the requirements 

set forth at 29 CFR 1910.145 of this chapter. 

§1915.92 – Retention of DOT markings, 

placards, and labels

(a) Any employer who receives a package of hazardous 

material that is required to be marked, labeled, or 

placarded in accordance with the U.S. Department of 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

125

Subpart F

Transportation Hazardous Materials Regulations (49 

CFR Parts 171 through 180) shall retain those markings, 

labels, and placards on the package until the packaging 

is sufficiently cleaned of residue and purged of vapors 

to remove any potential hazards. 

(b) Any employer who receives a freight container, 

rail freight car, motor vehicle, or transport vehicle that 

is required to be marked or placarded in accordance 

with the U.S. Department of Transportation 

Hazardous Materials Regulations shall retain those 

markings and placards on the freight container, rail 

freight car, motor vehicle, or transport vehicle until 

the hazardous materials are sufficiently removed to 

prevent any potential hazards. 

(c) The employer shall maintain markings, placards, 

and labels in a manner that ensures that they are 

readily visible. 

(d) For non-bulk packages that will not be reshipped, 

the requirements of this section are met if a label or 

other acceptable marking is affixed in accordance 

with 29 CFR 1910.1200, Hazard Communication. 

(e) For the purposes of this section, the term 

“hazardous material” and any other terms not 

defined in this section have the same definition as 

specified in the U.S. Department of Transportation 

Hazardous Materials Regulations. 

§1915.93 – Motor vehicle safety equipment, 

operation and maintenance

(a) Application

(1) This section applies to any motor vehicle used 

to transport employees, materials, or property at 

worksites engaged in shipyard employment. This 

section does not apply to motor vehicle operation 

on public streets and highways.

(2) The requirements of this section apply 

to employer-provided motor vehicles. The 

requirements of paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(4), and 

(c)(2) of this section also apply to employeeprovided motor vehicles. 

(3) Only the requirements of paragraphs (b)

(1) through (b)(3) apply to powered industrial 

trucks, as defined in §1910.178. The maintenance, 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

126

Subpart F

inspection, operation, and training requirements 

in 29 CFR 1910.178 continue to apply to powered 

industrial trucks used for shipyard employment. 

(b) Motor vehicle safety equipment

(1) The employer shall ensure that each motor 

vehicle acquired or initially used after August 1, 

2011 is equipped with a safety belt for each 

employee operating or riding in the motor vehicle. 

This requirement does not apply to any motor 

vehicle that was not equipped with safety belts at 

the time of manufacture. 

(2) The employer shall ensure that each employee 

uses a safety belt, securely and tightly fastened, at all 

times while operating or riding in a motor vehicle. 

(3) The employer shall ensure that vehicle safety 

equipment is not removed from any employerprovided vehicle. The employer shall replace 

safety equipment that is removed. 

(4) The employer shall ensure that each motor 

vehicle used to transport an employee has 

firmly secured seats for each employee being 

transported and that all employees being 

transported are using such seats. 

(c) Motor vehicle maintenance and operation

(1) The employer shall ensure that each motor 

vehicle is maintained in a serviceable and safe 

operating condition, and removed from service if 

it is not in such condition.

(2) The employer shall ensure that, before a 

motor vehicle is operated, any tools and materials 

being transported are secured if their movements 

may create a hazard for employees. 

(3) The employer shall implement measures to 

ensure that motor vehicle operators are able to 

see, and avoid harming, pedestrians and bicyclists 

at shipyards. Measures that employers may 

implement to comply with this requirement include: 

(i) Establishing dedicated travel lanes for motor 

vehicles, bicyclists, and pedestrians; 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

127

Subpart F

(ii) Installing crosswalks and traffic control 

devices such as stop signs, mirrors at blind spots, 

or physical barriers to separate travel lanes; 

(iii) Establishing appropriate speed limits for all 

motor vehicles; 

(iv) Establishing “no drive” times to allow for safe 

movement of pedestrians; 

(v) Providing reflective vests or other gear so 

pedestrians and bicyclists are clearly visible to 

motor vehicle operators; 

(vi) Ensuring that bicycles have reflectors, lights, 

or other equipment to maximize visibility of the 

bicyclist; or 

(vii) Other measures that the employer can 

demonstrate are as effective in protecting 

pedestrians and bicyclists as those measures 

specified in paragraphs (c)(3)(i) through (c)(3)(vi) 

of this section.

§1915.94 – Servicing multi-piece and singlepiece rim wheels 

The requirements applicable to shipyard employment 

under this section are identical to the requirements 

set forth at 29 CFR 1910.177 of this chapter. 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

128

Subpart G

Subpart G – Gear and Equipment for 

Rigging and Materials Handling

§1915.111 – Inspection

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship 

repairing, shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) All gear and equipment provided by the employer 

for rigging and materials handling shall be inspected 

before each shift and when necessary, at intervals 

during its use to ensure that it is safe. Defective gear 

shall be removed and repaired or replaced before 

further use.

(b) The safe working load of gear as specified in 

§§1915.112 and 1915.113 shall not be exceeded.

§1915.112 – Ropes, chains and slings

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship 

repairing, shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) Manila rope and manila-rope slings. Employers 

must ensure that manila rope and manila-rope slings:

(1) Have permanently affixed and legible identification 

markings as prescribed by the manufacturer that 

indicate the recommended safe working load for 

the type(s) of hitch(es) used, the angle upon which it 

is based, and the number of legs if more than one;

(2) Not be loaded in excess of its recommended 

safe working load as prescribed on the 

identification markings by the manufacturer; and

(3) Not be used without affixed and legible 

identification markings as required by paragraph 

(a)(1) of this section.

(b) Wire rope and wire-rope slings. 

(1) Employers must ensure that wire rope and wirerope slings:

(i) Have permanently affixed and legible 

identification markings as prescribed by the 

manufacturer that indicate the recommended 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

129

Subpart G

safe working load for the type(s) of hitch(es) 

used, the angle upon which it is based, and the 

number of legs if more than one;

(ii) Not be loaded in excess of its recommended 

safe working load as prescribed on the 

identification markings by the manufacturer; and

(iii) Not be used without affixed and legible 

identification markings as required by paragraph 

(b)(1)(i) of this section.

(2) Protruding ends of strands in splices on slings 

and bridles shall be covered or blunted.

(3) Where U-bolt wire rope clips are used to form 

eyes, Table G-1 in §1915.118 shall be used to 

determine the number and spacing of clips. The 

U-bolt shall be applied so that the “U” section is in 

contact with the dead end of the rope.

(4) Wire rope shall not be secured by knots.

(c) Chains and chain slings. 

(1) Employers must ensure that chain and chain slings:

(i) Have permanently affixed and legible identification 

markings as prescribed by the manufacturer that 

indicate the recommended safe working load for the 

type(s) of hitch(es) used, the angle upon which it is 

based, and the number of legs if more than one;

(ii) Not be loaded in excess of its recommended 

safe working load as prescribed on the 

identification markings by the manufacturer; and

(iii) Not be used without affixed and legible 

identification markings as required by paragraph 

(c)(1)(i) of this section.

(2) All sling chains, including end fastenings, shall 

be given a visual inspection before being used on 

the job. A thorough inspection of all chains in use 

shall be made every 3 months. Each chain shall 

bear an indication of the month in which it was 

thoroughly inspected. The thorough inspection 

shall include inspection for wear, defective welds, 

deformation and increase in length or stretch.

(3) Employers must note interlink wear, not 

accompanied by stretch in excess of 5 percent, and 

remove the chain from service when maximum 

allowable wear at any point of link, as indicated in 

Table G-2 in § 1915.118, has been reached.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

130

Subpart G

(4) Chain slings shall be removed from service 

when, due to stretch, the increase in length of a 

measured section exceeds five (5) percent; when 

a link is bent, twisted or otherwise damaged; or 

when raised scarfs or defective welds appear.

(5) All repairs to chains shall be made under 

qualified supervision. Links or portions of the chain 

found to be defective as described in paragraph (c)

(4) of this section shall be replaced by links having 

proper dimensions and made of material similar 

to that of the chain. Before repaired chains are 

returned to service, they shall be proof tested to the 

proof test load recommended by the manufacturer.

(6) Wrought iron chains in constant use shall be 

annealed or normalized at intervals not exceeding six 

months when recommended by the manufacturer. 

The chain manufacturer shall be consulted for 

recommended procedures for annealing or 

normalizing. Alloy chains shall never be annealed.

(7) A load shall not be lifted with a chain having a 

kink or knot in it. A chain shall not be shortened by 

bolting, wiring or knotting. 

§1915.113 – Shackles and hooks

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship 

repairing, shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) Shackles. Employers must ensure that shackles:

(1) Have permanently affixed and legible 

identification markings as prescribed by the 

manufacturer that indicate the recommended safe 

working load;

(2) Not be loaded in excess of its recommended 

safe working load as prescribed on the 

identification markings by the manufacturer; and

(3) Not be used without affixed and legible 

identification markings as required by paragraph 

(a)(1)(i) of this section.

(b) Hooks. 

(1) The manufacturer’s recommendations shall 

be followed in determining the safe working 

loads of the various sizes and types of specific 

and identifiable hooks. All hooks for which no 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

131

Subpart G

applicable manufacturer’s recommendations are 

available shall be tested to twice the intended safe 

working load before they are initially put into use. 

The employer shall maintain and keep readily 

available a certification record which includes the 

date of such tests, the signature of the person who 

performed the test and an identifier for the hook 

which was tested.

(2) Loads shall be applied to the throat of the hook 

since loading the point overstresses and bends or 

springs the hook.

(3) Hooks shall be inspected periodically to see that 

they have not been bent by overloading. Bent or 

sprung hooks shall not be used.

§1915.114 – Chain falls and pull-lifts

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship 

repairing, shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) Chain falls and pull-lifts shall be clearly marked to 

show the capacity and the capacity shall not be exceeded.

(b) Chain falls shall be regularly inspected to ensure 

that they are safe, particular attention being given to the 

lift chain, pinion, sheaves and hooks for distortion and 

wear. Pull-lifts shall be regularly inspected to ensure 

that they are safe, particular attention being given to the 

ratchet, pawl, chain and hooks for distortion and wear.

(c) Straps, shackles, and the beam or overhead 

structure to which a chain fall or pull-lift is secured 

shall be of adequate strength to support the weight 

of load plus gear. The upper hook shall be moused or 

otherwise secured against coming free of its support.

(d) Scaffolding shall not be used as a point of 

attachment for lifting devices such as tackles, chain 

falls, and pull-lifts unless the scaffolding is specifically 

designed for that purpose.

§1915.115 – Hoisting and hauling equipment

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship 

repairing, shipbuilding and shipbreaking.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

132

Subpart G

(a) Derrick and crane certification. 

(1) Derricks and cranes which are part of, or 

regularly placed aboard barges, other vessels, or 

on wingwalls of floating drydocks, and are used 

to transfer materials or equipment from or to a 

vessel or drydock, shall be tested and certificated in 

accordance with the standards provided in Part 1919 

of this title by persons accredited for the purpose.

(b) The moving parts of hoisting and hauling 

equipment shall be guarded.

(c) Mobile crawler or truck cranes used on a vessel. 

(1) The maximum manufacturer’s rated safe 

working loads for the various working radii of 

the boom and the maximum and minimum radii 

at which the boom may be safely used with and 

without outriggers shall be conspicuously posted 

near the controls and shall be visible to the 

operator. A radius indicator shall be provided.

(2) The posted safe working loads of mobile crawler 

or truck cranes under the conditions of use shall 

not be exceeded.

(d) Accessible areas within the swing radius of the 

outermost part of the body of a revolving derrick or 

crane, whether permanently or temporarily mounted, 

shall be guarded in such a manner as to prevent 

an employee from being in such a position as to be 

struck by the crane or caught between the crane and 

fixed parts of the vessel or of the crane itself.

(e) Marine railways. 

(1) The cradle or carriage on the marine railway 

shall be positively blocked or secured when 

in the hauled position to prevent it from being 

accidentally released. 

§1915.116 – Use of gear

(a) The provisions of this section shall apply to ship 

repairing, shipbuilding and shipbreaking except that 

paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section shall apply to 

ship repairing and shipbuilding only.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

133

Subpart G

(b) Loads shall be safely rigged before being hoisted.

(c) Plates shall be handled on and off hulls by means 

of shackles whenever possible. Clips or pads of ample 

size shall be welded to the plate to receive the shackle 

pins when there are no holes in the plate. When it is 

not possible to make holes in or to weld pads to the 

plate, alligator tongs, grab clamps or screw clamps 

may be used. In such cases special precautions shall 

be taken to keep employees from under such lifts.

(d) Tag lines shall be provided on loads likely to 

swing or to need guidance.

(e) When slings are secured to eye-bolts, the slings 

shall be so arranged, using spreaders if necessary, that 

the pull is within 20 degrees of the axis of the bolt.

(f) Slings shall be padded by means of wood blocks or 

other suitable material where they pass over sharp edges 

or corners of loads so as to prevent cutting or kinking.

(g) Skips shall be rigged to be handled by not less 

than 3 legged bridles, and all legs shall always be 

used. When open end skips are used, means shall be 

taken to prevent the contents from falling.

(h) Loose ends of idle legs of slings in use shall be 

hung on the hook.

(i) Employees shall not be permitted to ride the hook 

or the load.

(j) Loads (tools, equipment or other materials) shall not 

be swung or suspended over the heads of employees.

(k) Pieces of equipment or structure susceptible to 

falling or dislodgement shall be secured or removed 

as early as possible.

(l) An individual who is familiar with the signal code 

in use shall be assigned to act as a signalman when 

the hoist operator cannot see the load being handled. 

Communications shall be made by means of clear 

and distinct visual or auditory signals except that 

verbal signals shall not be permitted.

(m) Pallets, when used, shall be of such material and 

construction and so maintained as to safely support 

and carry the loads being handled on them.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

134

Subpart G

(n) A section of hatch through which materials or 

equipment are being raised, lowered, moved, or 

otherwise shifted manually or by a crane, winch, 

hoist, or derrick, shall be completely opened. The 

beam or pontoon left in place adjacent to an opening 

shall be sufficiently lashed, locked or otherwise 

secured to prevent it from moving so that it cannot 

be displaced by accident.

(o) Hatches shall not be open or closed while 

employees are in the square of the hatch below.

(p) Before loads or empty lifting gear are raised, lowered, 

or swung, clear and sufficient advance warning shall be 

given to employees in the vicinity of such operations.

(q) At no time shall an employee be permitted to 

place himself in a hazardous position between a 

swinging load and a fixed object. 

§1915.117 – Qualifications of operators

Paragraphs (a) and (d) of this section shall apply to 

ship repairing and shipbuilding only. Paragraphs (b) 

and (c) of this section shall apply to ship repairing, 

shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) When ship’s gear is used to hoist materials 

aboard, a competent person shall determine that the 

gear is properly rigged, that it is in safe condition, 

and that it will not be overloaded by the size and 

weight of the lift.

(b) Only those employees who understand the signs, 

notices, and operating instructions, and are familiar 

with the signal code in use, shall be permitted to 

operate a crane, winch, or other power operated 

hoisting apparatus.

(c) No employee known to have defective 

uncorrected eyesight or hearing, or to be suffering 

from heart disease, epilepsy, or similar ailments 

which may suddenly incapacitate him, shall be 

permitted to operate a crane, winch or other power 

operated hoisting apparatus.

(d) No minor under eighteen (18) years of age shall 

be employed in occupations involving the operation 

of any power-driven hoisting apparatus or assisting 

in such operations by work such as hooking on, 

loading slings, rigging gear, etc.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

135

Subpart G

§1915.118 – Tables

The provisions of this section apply to ship repairing, 

shipbuilding and shipbreaking. Table E-1 – Dimensions and Spacing of Wood Independent-Pole Scaffold Members Structural members Light duty (Up to 25 pounds per square foot)-Height in feet Heavy duty (25 to 75 pounds per square foot)-Height in feet

≤24 >24≤40 >40≤60 ≤24 >24≤40 >40≤60

Poles or uprights (in inches) 2x4 3x4 or 2x6 4x4 3x4 4x4 4x6Bearers (in inches) 2x6 2x6 2x6 2x8 2x8 2x10

Ledgers (in inches) 2x6 2x6 2x6 2x8 2x8 2x8Stringers (not supporting bearers) (in inches) 1x6 1x6 1x6 1x6 1x6 1x6

Braces (in inches) 1x4 1x6 1x6 1x6 1x6 1x6Pole spacinglongitudinally (in feet) 71⁄2 71⁄2 71⁄2 7 7 7

Pole spacingtransversely (in feet) 61⁄2 min 71⁄2 min 81⁄2 min 61⁄2 10 10Ledger spacing-vertically (in feet) 7 7 7 41⁄2 41⁄2 41⁄2
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

136

Subpart G

Table E-2 – Specifications 

for Side Rails of Ladders

Length (in feet)

Cross section (in inches)

At ends At center

15 17⁄8 x 23⁄4 17⁄8 x 33⁄4

16 17⁄8 x 23⁄4 17⁄8 x 33⁄4

18 17⁄8 x 3 17⁄8 x 4

20 17⁄8 x 3 17⁄8 x 4

24 17⁄8 x 3 17⁄8 x 41⁄2

Table E-3 – Specifications for 

the Construction of Horses

Structural 

members

Height (in feet)

≤10 >10≤16 16≤20

inches inches inches

Legs 2 x 4 3 x 4 4 x 6

Bearers or 

headers 2 x 6 2 x 8 4 x 6

Crossbraces

2 x 4 

or 

1 x 8

2 x 4 2 x 6

Longitudinal 

braces 2 x 4 2 x 6 2 x 6
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

137

Subpart G

Table E-4 – Safe Center Loads for Scaffold Plank of 1,100 Pounds Fibre Stress

Span in feet

Lumber dimensions in inches

A

B

A

B

A

B

A

B

A

B

2x10 15⁄8 x

91⁄2 2x12 15⁄8 x 11

1⁄2 3x8 25⁄8 x

71⁄2 3x10 25⁄8 x

91⁄2 3 x 12 25⁄8 x 11

1⁄2

6 256 309 526 667 8078 192 232 395 500 605

10 153 186 316 400 48412 128 155 263 333 40414 110 133 225 286 34616 116 197 250 303

Footnote(A) Rough lumber. Footnote(B) Dressed lumber.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

138

Subpart G

Table G-1 – Number and Spacing of 

U-Bolt Wire Rope Clips

Improved 

plow 

steel, rope 

diameter, 

inches

Number of clips

Minimum 

spacing, 

inches

Drop 

forged

Other 

material

(1)

1/

2 3 4 3

5/8 3 4 3 3/4

3/4 4 5 4 1/

2

7/8 4 5 5 1/4

1 4 6 6

1 1/8 5 6 6 3/4

1 1/4 5 7 7 1/

2

1 3/8 6 7 8 1/4

1 1/2 6 8 9

Table G-2 – Maximum Allowable Wear 

at Any Point of Link

Chain size in inches

Maximum allowable wear 

in fractions of inches

1/4 (9/32) 3/64

3/8 5/64

1/

2 7/64

5/8 9/64

3/4 5/32

7/8 11/64

1 3/16

1 1/8 7/32

1 1/4 1/4

1 3/8 9/32

1 1/2 5/16

1 3/4 11/32

§1915.120 – Powered Industrial Truck 

Operator Training

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard 

employment under this section are identical to those 

set forth at §1910.178(l) of this chapter.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

139

Subpart H

Subpart H – Tools and Related 

Equipment 

§1915.131 – General precautions

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship 

repairing, shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) Hand lines, slings, tackles of adequate strength, 

or carriers such as tool bags with shoulder straps 

shall be provided and used to handle tools, 

materials, and equipment so that employees will 

have their hands free when using ship’s ladders and 

access ladders. The use of hose or electric cords for 

this purpose is prohibited.

(b) When air tools of the reciprocating type are not in 

use, the dies and tools shall be removed.

(c) All portable, power-driven circular saws shall be 

equipped with guards above and below the base 

plate or shoe. The upper guard shall cover the saw 

to the depth of the teeth, except for the minimum arc 

required to permit the base to be tilted for bevel cuts. 

The lower guard shall cover the saw to the depth of 

the teeth, except for the minimum arc required to 

allow proper retraction and contact with the work. 

When the tool is withdrawn from the work, the lower 

guard shall automatically and instantly return to the 

covering position.

(d) The moving parts of machinery on a dry dock 

shall be guarded.

(e) Before use, pneumatic tools shall be secured to 

the extension hose or whip by some positive means 

to prevent the tool from becoming accidentally 

disconnected from the whip.

(f) The moving parts of drive mechanisms, such as 

gearing and belting on large portable tools, shall be 

adequately guarded.

(g) Headers, manifolds and widely spaced hose 

connections on compressed air lines shall bear the 

word “air” in letters at least 1-inch high, which shall 

be painted either on the manifolds or separate hose 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

140

Subpart H

connections, or on signs permanently attached to the 

manifolds or connections. Grouped air connections 

may be marked in one location.

(h) Before use, compressed air hose shall be examined. 

Visibly damaged and unsafe hose shall not be used. 

§1915.132 – Portable electric tools

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship 

repairing, shipbuilding and shipbreaking except 

that paragraph (e) of this section applies to ship 

repairing only.

(a) The frames of portable electric tools and 

appliances, except double insulated tools approved 

by Underwriters’ Laboratories, shall be grounded 

either through a third wire in the cable containing the 

circuit conductors or through a separate wire which 

is grounded at the source of the current.

(b) Grounding circuits, other than by means of the 

structure of the vessel on which the tool is being 

used, shall be checked to ensure that the circuit 

between the ground and the grounded power 

conductor has resistance which is low enough to 

permit sufficient current to flow to cause the fuse or 

circuit breaker to interrupt the current.

(c) Portable electric tools which are held in the hand 

shall be equipped with switches of a type which must 

be manually held in the closed position.

(d) Worn or frayed electric cables shall not be used.

(e) The employer shall notify the officer in charge of 

the vessel before using electric power tools operated 

with the vessel’s current.

§1915.133 – Hand tools

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship 

repairing, shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) Employers shall not issue or permit the use of 

unsafe hand tools.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

141

Subpart H

(b) Wrenches, including crescent, pipe, end and 

socket wrenches, shall not be used when jaws are 

sprung to the point that slippage occurs.

(c) Impact tools, such as drift pins, wedges, and 

chisels, shall be kept free of mushroomed heads.

(d) The wooden handles of tools shall be kept free of 

splinters or cracks and shall be kept tight in the tool.

§1915.134 – Abrasive wheels

This section shall apply to ship repairing, 

shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) Floor stand and bench mounted abrasive wheels 

used for external grinding shall be provided with 

safety guards (protection hoods). The maximum 

angular exposure of the grinding wheel periphery 

and sides shall be not more than 90 degrees, except 

that when work requires contact with the wheel 

below the horizontal plane of the spindle, the angular 

exposure shall not exceed 125 degrees. In either case 

the exposure shall begin not more than 65 degrees 

above the horizontal plane of the spindle. Safety 

guards shall be strong enough to withstand the effect 

of a bursting wheel.

(b) Floor and bench mounted grinders shall be 

provided with work rests which are rigidly supported 

and readily adjustable. Such work rests shall be kept 

a distance not to exceed 1/8 inch from the surface of 

the wheel.

(c) Cup type wheels used for external grinding shall 

be protected by either a revolving cup guard or a 

band type guard in accordance with the provisions of 

the United States of America Standard Safety Code 

for the Use, Care, and Protection of Abrasive Wheels, 

B7.1-1964. All other portable abrasive wheels used 

for external grinding shall be provided with safety 

guards (protection hoods) meeting the requirements 

of paragraph (e) of this section, except as follows:

(1) When the work location makes it impossible, in 

which case a wheel equipped with safety flanges as 

described in paragraph (f) of this section shall be used.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

142

Subpart H

(2) When wheels 2 inches or less in diameter which 

are securely mounted on the end of a steel mandrel 

are used.

(d) Portable abrasive wheels used for internal 

grinding shall be provided with safety flanges 

(protection flanges) meeting the requirements of 

paragraph (f) of this section, except as follows:

(1) When wheels 2 inches or less in diameter which 

are securely mounted on the end of a steel mandrel 

are used.

(2) If the wheel is entirely within the work being 

ground while in use.

(e) When safety guards are required, they shall be so 

mounted as to maintain proper alignment with the 

wheel, and the guard and its fastenings shall be of 

sufficient strength to retain fragments of the wheel in 

case of accidental breakage. The maximum angular 

exposure of the grinding wheel periphery and sides 

shall not exceed 180 degrees.

(f) When safety flanges are required, they shall be 

used only with wheels designed to fit the flanges. 

Only safety flanges of a type and design and properly 

assembled so as to insure that the pieces of the 

wheel will be retained in case of accidental breakage 

shall be used.

(g) All abrasive wheels shall be closely inspected and 

ring tested before mounting to ensure that they are 

free from cracks or defects.

(h) Grinding wheels shall fit freely on the spindle 

and shall not be forced on. The spindle nut shall be 

tightened only enough to hold the wheel in place.

(i) The power supply shall be sufficient to maintain 

the rated spindle speed under all conditions of 

normal grinding. The rated maximum speed of the 

wheel shall not be exceeded.

(j) All employees using abrasive wheels shall be 

protected by eye protection equipment in accordance 

with the requirements of Subpart I of this Part except 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

143

Subpart H

when adequate eye protection is afforded by eye 

shields which are permanently attached to the bench 

or floor stand. 

§1915.135 – Power actuated fastening tools

(a) The section shall apply to ship repairing and 

shipbuilding only.

(b) General precautions. 

(1) Powder actuated fastening tools shall be tested 

each day before loading to ensure that the safety 

devices are in proper working condition. Any tool 

found not to be in proper working order shall be 

immediately removed from service until repairs 

are made.

(2) Powder actuated fastening tools shall not be 

used in an explosive or flammable atmosphere.

(3) All tools shall be used with the type of shield or 

muzzle guard appropriate for a particular use.

(4) Fasteners shall not be driven into very hard 

or brittle materials such as cast iron, glazed tile, 

surface hardened steel, glass block, live rock, face 

brick or hollow title.

(5) Fasteners shall not be driven into soft materials 

unless such materials are backed by a substance 

that will prevent the pin or fastener from passing 

completely through and creating a flying missile 

hazard on the opposite side.

(6) Unless a special guard, fixture or jig is used, 

fasteners shall not be driven directly into materials 

such as brick or concrete within 3 inches of the 

unsupported edge or corner, or into steel surfaces 

within 1/2 inch of the unsupported edge or corner. 

When fastening other material, such as 2 x 4 inch 

lumber to a concrete surface, fasteners of greater 

than 7/32 inch shank diameter shall not be used and 

fasteners shall not be driven within 2 inches of the 

unsupported edge or corner of the work surface.

(7) Fasteners shall not be driven through existing 

holes unless a positive guide is used to secure 

accurate alignment.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

144

Subpart H

(8) No attempt shall be made to drive a fastener into 

a spalled area caused by an unsatisfactory fastening.

(9) Employees using powder actuated fastening 

tools shall be protected by personal protective 

equipment in accordance with the requirements of 

Subpart I of this Part.

(c) Instruction of operators. Before employees are 

permitted to use powder actuated tools, they shall have 

been thoroughly instructed by a competent person 

with respect to the requirements of paragraph (b) of 

this section and the safe use of such tools as follows:

(1) Before using a tool, the operator shall inspect 

it to determine that it is clean, that all moving 

parts operate freely and that the barrel is free from 

obstructions.

(2) When a tool develops a defect during use, the 

operator shall immediately cease to use it and shall 

notify his supervisor.

(3) Tools shall not be loaded until just prior to the 

intended firing time and the tool shall not be left 

unattended while loaded.

(4) The tool, whether loaded or empty, shall not 

be pointed at any person, and hands shall be kept 

clear of the open barrel end.

(5) In case of a misfire, the operator shall hold the 

tool in the operating position for at least 15 seconds 

and shall continue to hold the muzzle against the 

work surface during disassembly or opening of the 

tool and removal of the powder load.

(6) Neither tools nor powder charges shall be 

left unattended in places where they would be 

available to unauthorized persons.

§1915.136 – Internal combustion engines other 

than ship’s equipment

The provisions of this section shall apply to ship 

repairing, shipbuilding and shipbreaking.

(a) When internal combustion engines furnished 

by the employer are used in a fixed position 

below decks, for such purposes as driving pumps, 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

145

Subpart H

generators, and blowers, the exhaust shall be led 

to the open air, clear of any ventilation intakes and 

openings through which it might enter the vessel.

(b) All exhaust line joints and connections shall be 

checked for tightness immediately upon starting the 

engine, and any leaks shall be corrected at once.

(c) When internal combustion engines on vehicles, 

such as forklifts and mobile cranes, or on portable 

equipment such as fans, generators, and pumps 

exhaust into the atmosphere below decks, the 

competent person shall make tests of the carbon 

monoxide content of the atmosphere as frequently 

as conditions require to ensure that dangerous 

concentrations do not develop. Employees shall be 

removed from the compartment involved when the 

carbon monoxide concentration exceeds 50 parts per 

million (0.005%). The employer shall use blowers 

sufficient in size and number and so arranged as to 

maintain the concentration below this allowable limit 

before work is resumed.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

146

Subpart I

Subpart I – Personal Protective 

Equipment (PPE) 

§1915.151 – Scope, application and definitions

(a) Scope and application. This Subpart applies 

to all work in shipyard employment regardless of 

geographic location.

(b) Definitions applicable to this Subpart.

“Anchorage” means a secure point of attachment for 

lifelines, lanyards, or deceleration devices.

“Body belt” means a strap with means for both 

securing it about the waist and attaching it to a 

lanyard, lifeline, or deceleration device.

“Body harness” means straps which may be secured 

about the employee in a manner that will distribute 

the fall arrest forces over at least the thighs, shoulders, 

chest and pelvis with means for attaching it to other 

components of a personal fall arrest system.

“Connector” means a device which is used to couple 

(connect) parts of a personal fall arrest system or parts 

of a positioning device system together. It may be 

an independent component of the system, such as a 

carabiner, or it may be an integral component of part 

of the system (such as a buckle or D-ring sewn into a 

body belt or body harness or a snaphook spliced or 

sewn to a lanyard or self-retracting lanyard).

“Deceleration device” means any mechanism, such 

as a rope grab, ripstitch lanyard, specially woven 

lanyard, tearing or deforming lanyard, or automatic 

self-retracting lifeline/lanyard, which serves to 

dissipate a substantial amount of energy during a fall 

arrest, or otherwise limit the energy imposed on an 

employee during fall arrest.

“Deceleration distance” means the additional vertical 

distance a falling employee travels, excluding lifeline 

elongation and free fall distance, before stopping, 

from the point at which the deceleration device 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

147

Subpart I

begins to operate. It is measured as the distance 

between the location of an employee’s body belt or 

body harness attachment point at the moment of 

activation (at the onset of fall arrest forces) of the 

deceleration device during a fall, and the location of 

that attachment point after the employee comes to a 

full stop.

“Equivalent” means alternative designs, materials, 

or methods to protect against a hazard which the 

employer can demonstrate will provide an equal 

or greater degree of safety for employees than the 

method or item specified in the standard.

“Free fall” means the act of falling before a personal 

fall arrest system begins to apply force to arrest the fall.

“Free fall distance” means the vertical displacement 

of the fall arrest attachment point on the employee’s 

body belt or body harness between onset of the fall 

and just before the system begins to apply force to 

arrest the fall. This distance excludes deceleration 

distance, and lifeline/lanyard elongation, but includes 

any deceleration device slide distance or selfretracting lifeline/lanyard extension before the device 

operates and fall arrest forces occur.

“Lanyard” means a flexible line of rope, wire rope, 

or strap which generally has a connector at each end 

for connecting the body belt or body harness to a 

deceleration device, lifeline, or anchorage.

“Lifeline” means a component consisting of a flexible 

line for connection to an anchorage at one end to 

hang vertically (vertical lifeline), or for connection 

to anchorages at both ends to stretch horizontally 

(horizontal lifeline), and which serves as a means for 

connecting other components of a personal fall arrest 

system to the anchorage.

“Lower levels” means those areas or surfaces to 

which an employee can fall. Such areas or surfaces 

include but are not limited to ground levels, floors, 

ramps, tanks, materials, water, excavations, pits, 

vessels, structures, or portions thereof.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

148

Subpart I

“Personal fall arrest system” means a system 

used to arrest an employee in a fall from a working 

level. It consists of an anchorage, connectors, body 

belt or body harness and may include a lanyard, 

a deceleration device, a lifeline, or a suitable 

combination of these. As of January 1, 1998, the use 

of a body belt for fall arrest is prohibited.

“Positioning device system” means a body belt or 

body harness system rigged to allow an employee to 

be supported at an elevated vertical surface, such as 

a wall or window, and to be able to work with both 

hands free while leaning.

“Qualified person” means a person who by 

possession of a recognized degree or certificate 

of professional standing, or who, by extensive 

knowledge, training, and experience, has successfully 

demonstrated the ability to solve or resolve problems 

related to the subject matter and work.

“Restraint (tether) line” means a line from an 

anchorage, or between anchorages, to which the 

employee is secured in such a way as to prevent the 

employee from walking or falling off an elevated 

work surface. Note: A restraint line is not necessarily 

designed to withstand forces resulting from a fall.

“Rope grab” means a deceleration device which 

travels on a lifeline and automatically, by friction, 

engages the lifeline and locks so as to arrest the fall 

of an employee. A rope grab usually employs the 

principle of inertial locking, cam/level locking or both.

§1915.152 – General requirements

(a) Provision and use of equipment. The employer 

shall provide and shall ensure that each affected 

employee uses the appropriate personal protective 

equipment (PPE) for the eyes, face, head, extremities, 

torso, and respiratory system, including protective 

clothing, protective shields, protective barriers, 

personal fall protection equipment, and life saving 

equipment, meeting the applicable provisions of this 

Subpart, wherever employees are exposed to work 

activity hazards that require the use of PPE.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

149

Subpart I

(b) Hazard assessment and equipment. The 

employer shall assess its work activity to determine 

whether there are hazards present, or likely to be 

present, which necessitate the employee’s use of 

PPE. If such hazards are present, or likely to be 

present, the employer shall:27

(1) Select the type of PPE that will protect the 

affected employee from the hazards identified in 

the occupational hazard assessment;

(2) Communicate selection decisions to affected 

employees;

(3) Select PPE that properly fits each affected 

employee; and

(4) Verify that the required occupational hazard 

assessment has been performed through a document 

that contains the following information: occupation, 

the date(s) of the hazard assessment, and the name of 

the person performing the hazard assessment. 

(c) Defective and damaged equipment. Defective or 

damaged PPE shall not be used.

(d) Reissued equipment. The employer shall ensure 

that all unsanitary PPE, including that which has 

been used by employees, be cleaned and disinfected 

before it is reissued.

(e) Training. 

(1) The employer shall provide training to each 

employee who is required, by this section, to use 

PPE (exception: training in the use of personal fall 

arrest systems and positioning device systems 

training is covered in §§1915.159 and 1915.160). 

Each employee shall be trained to understand at 

least the following:

(i) When PPE is necessary;

(ii) What PPE is necessary;

27 Note 1 to paragraph (b): A hazard assessment conducted 

according to the trade or occupation of affected employees will 

be considered to comply with paragraph (b) of this section, if 

the assessment addresses any PPE-related hazards to which 

employees are exposed in the course of their work activities. 

 Note 2 to paragraph (b): Non-mandatory Appendix A to this 

Subpart contains examples of procedures that will comply with 

the requirement for an occupational hazard assessment.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

150

Subpart I

(iii) How to properly don, doff, adjust, and wear PPE;

(iv) The limitations of the PPE; and,

(v) The proper care, maintenance, useful life and 

disposal of the PPE.

(2) The employer shall ensure that each affected 

employee demonstrates the ability to use PPE 

properly before being allowed to perform work 

requiring the use of PPE.

(3) The employer shall retrain any employee who 

does not understand or display the skills required 

by paragraph (e)(2) of this section. Circumstances 

where retraining is required include, but are not 

limited to, situations where:

(i) Changes in occupation or work render previous 

training obsolete; or

(ii) Changes in the types of PPE to be used render 

previous training obsolete; or

(iii) Inadequacies in an affected employee’s 

knowledge or use of assigned PPE indicate that 

the employee has not retained the requisite 

understanding or skill.

(f) Payment for protective equipment.

28

(1) Except as provided by paragraphs (f)(2) through 

(f)(6) of this section, the protective equipment, 

including personal protective equipment (PPE), 

used to comply with this Part, shall be provided by 

the employer at no cost to employees. 

(2) The employer is not required to pay for nonspecialty safety-toe protective footwear (including 

steel-toe shoes or steel-toe boots) and nonspecialty prescription safety eyewear, provided 

that the employer permits such items to be worn 

off the job-site.

(3) When the employer provides metatarsal guards 

and allows the employee, at his or her request, 

to use shoes or boots with built-in metatarsal 

protection, the employer is not required to 

reimburse the employee for the shoes or boots.

28 Note to §1915.152(f): When the provisions of another OSHA 

standard specify whether or not the employer must pay for 

specific equipment, the payment provisions of that standard 

shall prevail.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

151

Subpart I

4) The employer is not required to pay for:

(i) Everyday clothing, such as long-sleeve shirts, 

long pants, street shoes, and normal work boots; or

(ii) Ordinary clothing, skin creams, or other items, 

used solely for protection from weather, such as 

winter coats, jackets, gloves, parkas, rubber boots, 

hats, raincoats, ordinary sunglasses, and sunscreen.

(5) The employer must pay for replacement PPE, 

except when the employee has lost or intentionally 

damaged the PPE.

(6) Where an employee provides appropriate 

protective equipment he or she owns, the employer 

may allow the employee to use it and is not required 

to reimburse the employee for that equipment. The 

employer shall not require an employee to provide or 

pay for his or her own PPE, unless the PPE is excepted 

by paragraphs (f)(2) through (f)(5) of this section.

(7) This paragraph (f) shall become effective on 

February 13, 2008. Employers must implement 

the PPE payment requirements no later than 

May 15, 2008.

§1915.153 – Eye and face protection

(a) General requirements. 

(1) The employer shall ensure that each affected 

employee uses appropriate eye or face protection 

where there are exposures to eye or face hazards 

caused by flying particles, molten metal, liquid 

chemicals, acid or caustic liquids, chemical gases 

or vapors, or potentially injurious light radiation.

(2) The employer shall ensure that each affected 

employee uses eye or face protection that provides 

side protection when there is a hazard from flying 

objects. Detachable side protectors (e.g., a clip-on 

or slide-on side shield) meeting the pertinent 

requirements of this section are acceptable.

(3) The employer shall ensure that each affected 

employee who wears prescription lenses while 

engaged in operations that involve eye hazards 

wears eye protection that incorporates the 

prescription in its design, unless the employee is 

protected by eye protection that can be worn over 

prescription lenses without disturbing the proper 

position of either the PPE or the prescription lenses.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

152

Subpart I

(4) The employer shall ensure that each affected 

employee uses equipment with filter lenses that 

have a shade number that provides appropriate 

protection from injurious light radiation. Table I-1 is 

a listing of appropriate shade numbers for various 

operations. If filter lenses are used in goggles worn 

under a helmet which has a lens, the shade number 

of the lens in the helmet may be reduced so that 

the shade numbers of the two lenses will equal the 

value as shown in Table I-1, §1915.153.

Table I-1 – Filter Lenses for Protection Against 

Radiant Energy

Operations

Electrode 

size 1/32 in. Arc current

Minimum 

protective 

shade*

Shielded 

metal arc 

welding

Less than 3

3-5

5-8

More than 8

Less than 60

60-160

160-250

250-550

7

8

10

11

Gas metal 

arc welding 

and flux 

cored arc 

welding

.................

.................

.................

.................

Less than 60

60-160

160-250

250-500

7

10

10

10

Gas 

Tungsten 

arc welding

.................

.................

.................

Less than 50

50-150

150-500

8

8

10

Air carbon (Light) Less than 500 10

Arc cutting (Heavy) 500-1000 11

Plasma arc 

welding

.................

.................

.................

.................

Less than 20

20−100

100−400

400−800

6

8

10

11

Plasma arc 

cutting

(light)** 

(medium)**

(heavy)**

Less than 300

300-400

400-800

8

9

10

Torch 

brazing

................. ................. 3

Torch 

soldering

................. ................. 2

Carbon Arc 

welding

................. ................. 14

** These values apply where the actual arc is clearly seen. Lighter 

filters may be used when the arc is hidden by the workpiece.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

153

Subpart I

Filter Lenses for Protection Against Radiant Energy

Operations

Plate 

thickness − 

inches

Plate 

thickness − 

mm

Minimum 

protective 

shade*

Gas welding:

Light........... Under 1⁄8.... Under 3.2 4

Medium...... 1⁄8 to 1⁄2...... 3.2 to 12.7 5

Heavy......... Over 1⁄2....... Over 12.7 6

Oxygen cutting:

Light........... Under 1...... Under 25 3

Medium....... 1 to 6.......... 25 to 150 4

Heavy......... Over 6........ Over 150 5

* As a rule of thumb, start with a shade that is too dark to see the 

weld zone. Then go to a lighter shade which gives sufficient view 

of the weld zone without going below the minimum. In oxyfuel 

gas welding or cutting where the torch produces a high yellow 

light, it is desirable to use a filter lens that absorbs the yellow or 

sodium line in the visible light of the (spectrum) operation.

(b) Criteria for protective eye and face devices. 

(1) Protective eye and face protection devices must 

comply with any of the following consensus standards:

(i) ANSI Z87.1-2010, Occupational and Educational 

Personal Eye and Face Protection Devices, 

incorporated by reference in §1915.5;

(ii) ANSI Z87.1-2003, Occupational and 

Educational Personal Eye and Face Protection 

Devices, incorporated by reference in §1915.5; or

(iii) ANSI Z87.1-1989(R-1998), Practice for 

Occupational and Educational Eye and Face 

Protection, incorporated by reference in §1915.5;

(2) Eye and face protection devices that the 

employer demonstrates are at least as effective 

as protective as eye and face protection devices 

that are constructed in accordance with one of the 

above consensus standards will be deemed to be in 

compliance with the requirements of this section.

§1915.154 – Respiratory protection

Respiratory protection for shipyard employment is 

covered by 29 CFR 1910.134.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

154

Subpart I

§1915.155 – Head protection

(a) Use. 

(1) The employer shall ensure that each affected 

employee wears a protective helmet when working 

in areas where there is a potential for injury to the 

head from falling objects.

(2) The employer shall ensure that each affected 

employee wears a protective helmet designed 

to reduce electrical shock hazards where there is 

potential for electric shock or burns due to contact 

with exposed electrical conductors which could 

contact the head.

(b) Criteria for protective helmets. 

(1) Head protection must comply with any of the 

following consensus standards:

(i) American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 

Z89.1-2009, “American National Standard for 

Industrial Head Protection,” incorporated by 

reference in §1915.5;

(ii) American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 

Z89.1-2003, “American National Standard for 

Industrial Head Protection,” incorporated by 

reference in §1915.5; or

(iii) American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 

Z89.1-1997, “American National Standard for 

Personnel Protection — Protective Headwear 

for Industrial Workers — Requirements,” 

incorporated by reference in §1915.5.

(2) Eye and face protection devices that the 

employer demonstrates are at least as effective 

as protective as eye and face protection devices 

that are constructed in accordance with one of the 

above consensus standards will be deemed to be in 

compliance with the requirements of this section.

§1915.156 – Foot protection

(a) Use. The employer shall ensure that each affected 

employee wears protective footwear when working in 

areas where there is a danger of foot injuries due to 

falling or rolling objects or objects piercing the sole.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

155

Subpart I

(b) Criteria for protective footwear. 

(1) Protective footwear must comply with any of 

the following consensus standards:

(i) ASTM F-2412-2005, “Standard Test Methods 

for Foot Protection,” and ASTM F-2413-2005, 

“Standard Specification for Performance 

requirements for Protective Footwear,” which 

are incorporated by reference in §1915.5;

(ii) ANSI Z41-1999, “American National Standard 

for Personal Protection Protective Footwear,” 

which is incorporated by reference in §1915.5; or

(iii) ANSI Z41-1991, “American National Standard 

for Personal Protection — Protective Footwear,” 

which is incorporated by reference in §1915.5.

(2) Protective footwear that the employer 

demonstrates is at least as effective as protective 

footwear that is constructed in accordance with 

one of the above consensus standards will be 

deemed to be in compliance with the requirements 

of this section.

§1915.157 – Hand and body protection

(a) Use. The employer shall ensure that each affected 

employee uses appropriate hand protection and 

other protective clothing where there is exposure 

to hazards such as skin absorption of harmful 

substances, severe cuts or lacerations, severe 

abrasions, punctures, chemical burns, thermal burns, 

harmful temperature extremes, and sharp objects.

(b) Hot work operations. The employer shall ensure 

that no employee wears clothing impregnated 

or covered in full or in part with flammable or 

combustible materials (such as grease or oil) while 

engaged in hot work operations or working near an 

ignition source.

(c) Electrical protective devices. The employer shall 

ensure that each affected employee wears protective 

electrical insulating gloves and sleeves or other 

electrical protective equipment, if that employee is 

exposed to electrical shock hazards while working on 

electrical equipment.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

156

Subpart I

§1915.158 – Lifesaving equipment

(a) Personal flotation devices. 

(1) PFDs (life preservers, life jackets, or work vests) 

worn by each affected employee must be United 

States Coast Guard (USCG) approved pursuant to 46 

CFR Part 160 (Type I, II, III, or V PFD) and marked for 

use as a work vest, for commercial use, or for use on 

vessels. USCG approval is pursuant to 46 CFR Part 

160, Coast Guard Lifesaving Equipment Specifications.

(2) Prior to each use, personal flotation devices shall 

be inspected for dry rot, chemical damage, or other 

defects which may affect their strength and buoyancy. 

Defective personal flotation devices shall not be used.

(b) Ring life buoys and ladders. 

(1) When work is being performed on a floating 

vessel 200 feet (61 m) or more in length, at least 

three 30-inch (0.76 m) U.S. Coast Guard approved 

ring life buoys with lines attached shall be located 

in readily visible and accessible places. Ring life 

buoys shall be located one forward, one aft, and 

one at the access to the gangway.

(2) On floating vessels under 200 feet (61 m) in 

length, at least one 30-inch (0.76 m) U.S. Coast 

Guard approved ring life buoy with line attached 

shall be located at the gangway.

(3) At least one 30-inch (0.76 m) U. S. Coast Guard 

approved ring life buoy with a line attached shall 

be located on each staging alongside of a floating 

vessel on which work is being performed.

(4) At least 90 feet (27.43m) of line shall be attached 

to each ring life buoy.

(5) There shall be at least one portable or permanent 

ladder in the vicinity of each floating vessel on which 

work is being performed. The ladder shall be of 

sufficient length to assist employees to reach safety 

in the event they fall into the water.

§1915.159 – Personal fall arrest systems (PFAS)

The criteria of this section apply to PFAS and their 

use. Effective January 1, 1998, body belts and nonlocking snaphooks are not acceptable as part of a 

personal fall arrest system.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

157

Subpart I

(a) Criteria for connectors and anchorages. 

(1) Connectors shall be made of drop forged, 

pressed, or formed steel or shall be made of 

materials with equivalent strength.

(2) Connectors shall have a corrosion-resistant finish, 

and all surfaces and edges shall be smooth to prevent 

damage to the interfacing parts of the system.

(3) D-rings and snaphooks shall be capable of sustaining 

a minimum tensile load of 5,000 pounds (22.24 Kn).

(4) D-rings and snaphooks shall be proof-tested to a 

minimum tensile load of 3,600 pounds (16 Kn) without 

cracking, breaking, or being permanently deformed.

(5) Snaphooks shall be sized to be compatible 

with the member to which they are connected 

to prevent unintentional disengagement of the 

snaphook caused by depression of the snaphook 

keeper by the connected member, or shall be of a 

locking type that is designed and used to prevent 

disengagement of the snap-hook by contact of the 

snaphook keeper by the connected member.

(6) Snaphooks, unless of a locking type designed 

and used to prevent disengagement from the 

following connections, shall not be engaged:

(i) directly to webbing, rope or wire rope;

(ii) to each other;

(iii) to a D-ring to which another snaphook or 

other connector is attached;

(iv) to a horizontal lifeline; or

(v) to any object that is incompatibly shaped or 

dimensioned in relation to the snaphook such 

that unintentional disengagement could occur by 

the connected object being able to depress the 

snaphook keeper and release itself.

(7) On suspended scaffolds or similar work 

platforms with horizontal lifelines that may become 

vertical lifelines, the devices used for connection to 

the horizontal lifeline shall be capable of locking in 

any direction on the lifeline.

(8) Anchorages used for attachment of personal 

fall arrest equipment shall be independent of any 

anchorage being used to support or suspend platforms.

(9) Anchorages shall be capable of supporting at 

least 5,000 pounds (22.24 Kn) per employee attached, 

or shall be designed, installed, and used as follows:
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

158

Subpart I

(i) as part of a complete personal fall arrest system 

which maintains a safety factor of at least two; and

(ii) under the direction and supervision of a 

qualified person.

(b) Criteria for lifelines, lanyards, and personal fall 

arrest systems. 

(1) When vertical lifelines are used, each employee 

shall be provided with a separate lifeline.

(2) Vertical lifelines and lanyards shall have a 

minimum tensile strength of 5,000 pounds (22.24 Kn).

(3) Self-retracting lifelines and lanyards that 

automatically limit free fall distances to 2 feet 

(0.61 m) or less shall be capable of sustaining a 

minimum tensile load of 3,000 pounds (13.34 Kn) 

applied to a self-retracting lifeline or lanyard with 

the lifeline or lanyard in the fully extended position.

(4) Self-retracting lifelines and lanyards which do not 

limit free fall distance to 2 feet (0.61 m) or less, ripstitch 

lanyards and tearing and deforming lanyards shall 

be capable of sustaining a minimum static tensile 

load of 5,000 pounds (22.24 Kn) applied to the 

device when they are in the fully extended position.

(5) Horizontal lifelines shall be designed, installed, 

and used under the supervision of a qualified 

person, and shall only be used as part of a complete 

personal fall arrest system that maintains a safety 

factor of at least two.

(6) Effective November 20, 1996, personal fall arrest 

systems shall:29

(i) limit the maximum arresting force on a falling 

employee to 900 pounds (4 Kn) when used with a 

body belt;

(ii) limit the maximum arresting force on a falling 

employee to 1,800 pounds (8 Kn) when used with 

a body harness;

29 Note to Paragraph (b)(6): A personal fall arrest system which 

meets the criteria and protocols contained in Appendix B, is 

considered to comply with paragraph (b)(6). If the combined tool 

and body weight is 310 pounds (140.62 kg) or more, systems 

that meet the criteria and protocols contained in Appendix B will 

be deemed to comply with the provisions of paragraph (b)(6) 

only if they are modified appropriately to provide protection for 

the extra weight of the employee and tools
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

159

Subpart I

(iii) bring a falling employee to a complete stop 

and limit the maximum deceleration distance an 

employee travels to 3.5 feet (1.07 m), and 

(iv) Have sufficient strength to withstand twice the 

potential impact energy of an employee free falling 

a distance of 6 feet (1.83 m), or the free fall distance 

permitted by the system, whichever is less;

(7) Personal fall arrest systems shall be rigged such 

that an employee can neither free fall more than 6 

feet (1.8 m) nor contact any lower level.

(c) Criteria for selection, use and care of systems and 

system components. 

(1) Lanyards shall be attached to employees using 

personal fall arrest systems, as follows:

(i) The attachment point of a body harness shall 

be located in the center of the wearer’s back near 

the shoulder level, or above the wearer’s head. 

If the free fall distance is limited to less than 20 

inches (50.8 cm), the attachment point may be 

located in the chest position; and

(ii) The attachment point of a body belt shall be 

located in the center of the wearer’s back.

(2) Ropes and straps (webbing) used in lanyards, 

lifelines and strength components of body belts 

and body harnesses shall be made from synthetic 

fibers or wire rope.

(3) Ropes, belts, harnesses, and lanyards shall be 

compatible with their hardware.

(4) Lifelines and lanyards shall be protected against 

cuts, abrasions, burns from hot work operations and 

deterioration by acids, solvents, and other chemicals.

(5) Personal fall arrest systems shall be inspected 

prior to each use for mildew, wear, damage, and 

other deterioration. Defective components shall be 

removed from service.

(6) Personal fall arrest systems and components 

subjected to impact loading shall be immediately 

removed from service and shall not be used 

again for employee protection until inspected and 

determined by a qualified person to be undamaged 

and suitable for reuse.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

160

Subpart I

(7) The employer shall provide for prompt rescue of 

employees in the event of a fall or shall ensure that 

employees are able to rescue themselves.

(8) Body belts shall be at least one and five-eighths 

inches (4.13 cm) wide.

(9) Personal fall arrest systems and components 

shall be used only for employee fall protection and 

not to hoist materials.

(d) Training. Before using personal fall arrest 

equipment, each affected employee shall be 

trained to understand the application limits of the 

equipment and proper hook-up, anchoring, and tieoff techniques. Affected employees shall also be 

trained so that they can demonstrate the proper use, 

inspection, and storage of their equipment. 

§1915.160 – Positioning device systems

Positioning device systems and their use shall 

conform to the following provisions:

(a) Criteria for connectors and anchorages. 

(1) Connectors shall have a corrosion-resistant 

finish, and all surfaces and edges shall be smooth to 

prevent damage to interfacing parts of this system.

(2) Connecting assemblies shall have a minimum 

tensile strength of 5,000 pounds (22.24 Kn).

(3) Positioning device systems shall be secured to 

an anchorage capable of supporting at least twice 

the potential impact load of an employee’s fall.

(4) Snaphooks, unless each is of a locking type 

designed and used to prevent disengagement, shall 

not be connected to each other. As of January 1, 

1998, only locking type snaphooks shall be used in 

positioning device systems.

(b) Criteria for positioning device systems.

(1) Restraint (tether) lines shall have a minimum 

breaking strength of 3,000 pounds (13.34 Kn).
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

161

Subpart I

(2) The following system performance criteria 

for positioning device systems are effective 

November 20, 1996:30

(i) A window cleaner’s positioning system shall 

be capable of withstanding without failure a 

drop test consisting of a 6 foot (1.83 m) drop 

of a 250-pound (113.4 kg) weight. The system 

shall limit the initial arresting force to not more 

than 2,000 pounds (8.9 Kn), with a duration not 

to exceed 2 milliseconds. The system shall limit 

any subsequent arresting forces imposed on the 

falling employee to not more than 1,000 pounds 

(4.45 Kn);

(ii) All other positioning device systems shall be 

capable of withstanding without failure a drop 

test consisting of a 4 foot (1.22 m) drop of a 250-

pound (113.4 kg) weight.

(c) Criteria for the use and care of positioning device 

systems. 

(1) Positioning device systems shall be inspected 

before each use for mildew, wear, damage, and 

other deterioration. Defective components shall be 

removed from service.

(2) A positioning device system or component 

subjected to impact loading shall be immediately 

removed from service and shall not be used again 

for employee protection, unless inspected and 

determined by a qualified person to be undamaged 

and suitable for reuse.

(d) Training. Before using a positioning device 

system, employees shall be trained in the application 

limits, proper hook-up, anchoring and tie-off 

techniques, methods of use, inspection, and storage 

of positioning device systems. 

30 Note to Paragraph (b)(2): Positioning device systems which 

comply with the provisions of Section 2 of Non-mandatory 

Appendix B to this Subpart shall be deemed to meet the 

requirements of this paragraph (b)(2).
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

162

Subpart I

APPENDIX A TO SUBPART I OF PART 1915—

NON-MANDATORY GUIDELINES FOR HAZARD 

ASSESSMENT, PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT 

(PPE) SELECTION, AND PPE TRAINING PROGRAM 

This appendix is intended to provide compliance 

assistance for hazard assessment, selection of personal 

protective equipment (PPE) and PPE training. It neither 

adds to or detracts from the employer's responsibility 

to comply with the provisions of this Subpart.

1. Controlling hazards. Employers and employees 

should not rely exclusively on PPE for protection 

from hazards. PPE should be used, where 

appropriate, in conjunction with engineering controls, 

guards, and safe work practices and procedures.

2. Assessment and selection. Employers need to 

consider certain general guidelines for assessing 

the hazardous situations that are likely to arise 

under foreseeable work activity conditions and to 

match employee PPE to the identified hazards. The 

employer should designate a safety officer or some 

other qualified person to exercise common sense 

and appropriate expertise to assess work activity 

hazards and select PPE.

3. Assessment guidelines. In order to assess the need 

for PPE the following steps should be taken:

a. Survey. Conduct a walk-through survey of the 

area in question to identify sources of hazards.

Categories for Consideration:

(1) Impact

(2) Penetration

(3) Compression (roll-over)

(4) Chemical

(5) Heat

(6) Harmful dust

(7) Light (optical) radiation

(8) Drowning

(9) Falling
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

163

Subpart I

b. Sources. During the walk-through survey the 

safety officer should observe:

(1) Sources of motion; for example, machinery or 

processes where any movement of tools, machine 

elements or particles could exist, or movement 

of personnel that could result in collision with 

stationary objects.

(2) Sources of high temperatures that could result in 

burns, eye injury or ignition of protective equipment.

(3) Types of chemical exposures.

(4) Sources of harmful dust.

(5) Sources of light radiation, for instance, welding, 

brazing, cutting, heat treating, furnaces, and high 

intensity lights.

(6) Sources of falling objects or potential for 

dropping objects.

(7) Sources of sharp objects which might pierce or 

cut the hands.

(8) Sources of rolling or pinching objects which 

could crush the feet.

(9) Layout of work place and location of co-workers.

(10) Any electrical hazards.

(11) Review injury/accident data to help identify 

problem areas.

Organize data. Following the walk-through survey, 

it is necessary to organize the data and other 

information obtained. That material provides 

the basis for hazard assessment that enables the 

employer to select the appropriate PPE.

d. Analyze data. Having gathered and organized 

data regarding a particular occupation, employers 

need to estimate the potential for injuries. Each of 

the identified hazards (see paragraph 3.a.) should be 

reviewed and classified as to its type, the level of risk, 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

164

Subpart I

and the seriousness of any potential injury. Where it 

is foreseeable that an employee could be exposed to 

several hazards simultaneously, the consequences of 

such exposure should be considered.

4. Selection guidelines. After completion of the 

procedures in paragraph 3, the general procedure for 

selection of protective equipment is to:

(a) become familiar with the potential hazards 

and the types of protective equipment that are 

available, and what they can do; for example, 

splash protection, and impact protection;

(b) compare the hazards associated with the 

environment; for instance, impact velocities, masses, 

projectile shapes, radiation intensities, with the 

capabilities of the available protective equipment;

(c) select the protective equipment which ensures 

a level of protection greater than the minimum 

required to protect employees from the hazards; and

(d) fit the user with the protective device and give 

instructions on care and use of the PPE. It is very 

important that users be made aware of all warning 

labels and limitations of their PPE.

5. Fitting the device. Careful consideration must 

be given to comfort and fit. The employee will be 

most likely to wear the protective device if it fits 

comfortably. PPE that does not fit properly may not 

provide the necessary protection, and may create 

other problems for wearers. Generally, protective 

devices are available in a variety of sizes and choices. 

Therefore employers should be careful to select the 

appropriate sized PPE.

6. Devices with adjustable features.

(a) Adjustments should be made on an individual 

basis so the wearer will have a comfortable 

fit that maintains the protective device in the 

proper position. Particular care should be taken 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

165

Subpart I

in fitting devices for eye protection against dust 

and chemical splash to ensure that the seal is 

appropriate for the face.

(b) In addition, proper fitting of hard hats is 

important to ensure that the hard hat will not fall 

off during work operations. In some cases a chin 

strap may be necessary to keep the hard hat on 

an employee's head. (Chin straps should break at 

a reasonably low force to prevent a strangulation 

hazard). Where manufacturer's instructions are 

available, they should be followed carefully.

7. Reassessment of hazards. Compliance with the 

hazard assessment requirements of §1915.152(b) 

will involve the reassessment of work activities 

where changing circumstances make it necessary. 

a. The employer should have a safety officer or 

other qualified person reassess the hazards of the 

work activity area as necessary. This reassessment 

should take into account changes in the workplace 

or work practices, such as those associated with 

the installation of new equipment, and the lessons 

learned from reviewing accident records, and a 

reevaluation performed to determine the suitability of 

PPE selected for use.

8. Selection chart guidelines for eye and face 

protection. Examples of occupations for which 

eye protection should be routinely considered are 

carpenters, engineers, coppersmiths, instrument 

technicians, insulators, electricians, machinists, 

mobile equipment mechanics and repairers, 

plumbers and ship fitters, sheet metal workers and 

tinsmiths, grinding equipment operators, machine 

operators, welders, boiler workers, painters, laborers, 

grit blasters, ship fitters and burners. This is not a 

complete list of occupations that require the use of 

eye protection. The following chart provides general 

guidance for the proper selection of eye and face 

protection to protect against hazards associated with 

the listed hazard “source” operations.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

166

Subpart I

Eye and Face Protection Selection Chart

Source

Assessment 

of hazard Protection

Impact:

Chipping, 

grinding 

machining, 

masonry work, 

woodworking, 

sawing, drilling, 

chiseling, 

powered 

fastening, 

riveting, and 

sanding

Flying fragments, 

objects, large 

chips, particles, 

sand, dirt, etc

Spectacles with 

side protection, 

goggles, face 

shields. See 

notes (1), (3), 

(5), (6), (10). For 

severe exposure, 

use face shield.

Heat:

Furnace 

operations, 

pouring, casting, 

hot dipping, and 

welding

Hot sparks Face shields, 

goggles, 

spectacles with 

side protection. 

For severe 

exposure use 

face shield. See 

notes (1), (2), (3).

 Splash from 

molten metals

Face shields 

worn over 

goggles. See 

notes (1), (2), (3).

 High 

temperature 

exposure

Screen face 

shields, reflective 

face shields. See 

notes (1), (2), (3).

Chemicals:

Acid and 

chemicals 

handling, 

degreasing, 

plating

Splash Goggles, eyecup 

and cover types. 

For severe 

exposure, use 

face shield. See 

notes (3), (11).

 Irritating mists Special-purpose 

goggles.

Dust:

Woodworking, 

buffing, general 

dusty conditions

Nuisance dust Goggles, eyecup 

and cover types. 

See note (8).
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

167

Subpart I

Source

Assessment 

of hazard Protection

Light and/or Radiation:

Welding: 

Electric arc

Optical radiation Welding 

helmets or 

welding shields. 

Typical shades: 

10-14. See notes 

(9), (12).

Welding: Gas Optical radiation Welding goggles 

or welding face 

shield. Typical 

shades: gas 

welding 4-8, 

cutting 3-6, 

brazing 3-4. See 

note (9).

Cutting, Torch 

brazing, Torch 

soldering

Optical radiation Spectacles or 

welding faceshield. Typical 

shades, 1.5-3. 

See notes (3), (9).

Glare Poor vision Spectacles 

with shaded or 

special-purpose 

lenses, as 

suitable. See 

notes (9), (10).

Notes to Eye and Face Protection Selection Chart

(a) Care should be taken to recognize the possibility 

of multiple and simultaneous exposure to a variety of 

hazards. Adequate protection against the highest level 

of each of the hazards should be provided. Protective 

devices do not provide unlimited protection.

(b) Operations involving heat may also involve light 

radiation. As required by the standard, protection 

from both hazards must be provided.

(c) Face shields should only be worn over primary 

eye protection (spectacles or goggles).

(d) As required by the standard, filter lenses must 

meet the requirements for shade designations in 

§1915.153(a)(4). Tinted and shaded lenses are not filter 

lenses unless they are marked or identified as such.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

168

Subpart I

(e) As required by the standard, persons whose vision 

requires the use of prescription (Rx) lenses must wear 

either protective devices fitted with prescription (Rx) 

lenses or protective devices designed to be worn over 

regular prescription (Rx) eye wear.

(f) Wearers of contact lenses must also wear 

appropriate eye and face protection devices in a 

hazardous environment. It should be recognized that 

dusty and/or chemical environments may represent 

an additional hazard to contact lens wearers.

(g) Caution should be exercised in the use of metal 

frame protective devices in electrical hazard areas.

(h) Atmospheric conditions and the restricted 

ventilation of the protector can cause lenses to fog. 

Frequent cleansing may be necessary.

(i) Welding helmets or face shields should be used 

only over primary eye protection (spectacles or 

goggles).

(j) Non-side shield spectacles are available for frontal 

protection only, but are not acceptable eye protection 

for the sources and operations listed for “impact.”

(k) Ventilation should be adequate, but well protected 

from splash entry. Eye and face protection should be 

designed and used so that it provides both adequate 

ventilation and protects the wearer from splash entry.

(l) Protection from light radiation is directly related 

to filter lens density. See note (d). Select the darkest 

shade that allows task performance.

9. Selection guidelines for head protection.

(a) Hard hats are designed to provide protection 

from impact and penetration hazards caused by 

falling objects. Head protection is also available 

which provides protection from electric shock and 

burn. When selecting head protection, knowledge 

of potential electrical hazards is important. Class 

A helmets, in addition to impact and penetration 

resistance, provide electrical protection from lowvoltage conductors. (They are proof tested to 2,200 

volts.) Class B helmets, in addition to impact and 

penetration resistance, provide electrical protection 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

169

Subpart I

from high-voltage conductors. (They are proof 

tested to 20,000 volts.) Class C helmets provide 

impact and penetration resistance. (They are usually 

made of aluminum, which conducts electricity and 

should not be used around electrical hazards.)

(b) Where falling object hazards are present, head 

protection must be worn. Some examples of 

exposure include: working below other workers 

who are using tools and materials which could 

fall; working around or under conveyor belts 

which are carrying parts or materials; working 

below machinery or processes which might cause 

material or objects to fall; and working on exposed 

energized conductors.

(c) Examples of occupations for which head 

protection should be considered are: carpenters, 

electricians, machinists, boilermakers, erectors, 

plumbers, coppersmiths, ship fitters, welders, 

laborers and material handlers.

10. Selection guidelines for foot protection.

(a) Safety shoes and boots must meet ANSI 

Z41-1991 and provide impact and compression 

protection to the foot. Where necessary, safety 

shoes can be obtained which provide puncture 

protection. In some work situations, metatarsal (top 

of foot) protection should be provided, and in some 

other special situations, electrical conductive or 

insulating safety shoes would be appropriate.

(b) Safety shoes or boots with impact protection 

would be required for carrying or handling 

materials such as packages, objects, parts or 

heavy tools, which could be dropped, and for 

other activities where objects might fall onto the 

feet. Safety shoes or boots with compression 

protection would be required for work activities 

involving skid trucks (manual material handling 

carts) around bulk rolls (such as paper rolls) and 

around heavy pipes, all of which could potentially 

roll over an employees’ feet. Safety shoes or boots 

with puncture protection would be required where 

sharp objects such as nails, wire, tacks, screws, 

large staples, scrap metal etc., could be stepped on 

by employees, causing an injury.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

170

Subpart I

(c) Some occupations (not a complete list) for which 

foot protection should be routinely considered 

are: shipping and receiving clerks, stock clerks, 

carpenters, electricians, machinists, boiler makers, 

plumbers, copper smiths, pipe fitters, ship fitters, 

burners, chippers and grinders, erectors, press 

operators, welders, laborers, and material handlers.

11. Selection guidelines for hand protection.

(a) Gloves are often relied upon to prevent cuts, 

abrasions, burns, and skin contact with chemicals 

that are capable of causing local or systemic effects 

following dermal exposure. OSHA is unaware 

of any gloves that provide protection against all 

potential hand hazards, and commonly available 

glove materials provide only limited protection 

against many chemicals. Therefore, it is important 

to select the most appropriate glove for a particular 

application and to determine how long it can be 

worn, and whether it can be reused.

(b) It is also important to know the performance 

characteristics of gloves relative to the specific 

hazard anticipated, e.g., chemical hazards, cut 

hazards, and flame hazards. These performance 

characteristics should be assessed by using 

standard test procedures. Before purchasing 

gloves, the employer should request 

documentation from the manufacturer that the 

gloves meet the appropriate test standard(s) for the 

hazard(s) anticipated.

(c) Other general factors to be considered for glove 

selection are:

(A) As long as the performance characteristics are 

acceptable, in certain circumstances, it may be 

more cost effective to regularly change cheaper 

gloves than to reuse more expensive types; and,

(B) The work activities of the employee should 

be studied to determine the degree of dexterity 

required, the duration, frequency, and degree of 

exposure to the hazard, and the physical stresses 

that will be applied.

(d) With respect to selection of gloves for 

protection against chemical hazards:
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

171

Subpart I

(A) The toxic properties of the chemical(s) must be 

determined; in particular, the ability of the chemical 

to cause local effects on the skin or to pass through 

the skin and cause systemic effects or both;

(B) Generally, any “chemical resistant” glove can 

be used for dry powders;

(C) For mixtures and formulated products (unless 

specific test data are available), a glove should be 

selected on the basis of the chemical component 

with the shortest breakthrough time, since it is 

possible for solvents to carry active ingredients 

through polymeric materials; and,

(D) Employees must be able to remove the gloves 

in such a manner as to prevent skin contamination.

12. Cleaning and maintenance.

(a) It is important that all PPE be kept clean and 

be properly maintained. Cleaning is particularly 

important for eye and face protection where dirty 

or fogged lenses could impair vision.

(b) For the purposes of compliance, PPE should 

be inspected, cleaned, and maintained at regular 

intervals so that the PPE provides the requisite 

protection.

(c) It is important to ensure that contaminated PPE 

which cannot be decontaminated is disposed of in 

a manner that protects employees from exposure 

to hazards.

13. Examples of work activities, trades and selection 

of basic PPE.

Example 1: Welder. Based on an assessment of the 

work activity area hazards to which welders are 

exposed, the equipment listed below is the basic PPE 

required for this occupation. This does not take into 

account a job location in which additional PPE may 

be required, such as where the welder works from an 

elevated platform without guard rails. In this situation 

the welder must also wear the proper fall protection 

equipment, such as a body harness.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

172

Subpart I

—Hard hat

—Welding Shield (Face)

—Welding Gloves

—Safety Glasses

—Safety Shoes

—Welding Sleeves (welding in the overhead position)

Example 2: Yard Maintenance Worker. Based on 

an assessment of the workplace hazards to which 

shipyard maintenance workers are exposed, the 

equipment listed below is the basic PPE required 

for this occupation. Where maintenance workers 

are exposed to other hazards, such as asbestos, the 

insulation on a pipe is being repaired, maintenance 

workers must be provided with the appropriate 

supplemental PPE (requirements for asbestos PPE 

are set out in 1915.1001).

—Hard Hat

—Safety Glasses

—Work Gloves

—Safety Shoes

(Signed and Dated)

Example 3: Chipper and Grinder Worker. Based on 

an assessment of the workplace hazards to which 

shipyard chipper and grinder workers are exposed, the 

equipment listed below is the basic PPE required for 

this occupation. Where workers are exposed to other 

hazards, such as hazardous dust from chipping or 

grinding operations, chipper and grinder workers must 

be provided with the appropriate supplemental PPE.

—Safety Glasses

—Transparent Face Shields

—Hearing Protection

—Foot Protection

—Gloves

(Signed and Dated)
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

173

Subpart I

Example 4: Painter. Based on an assessment of the 

workplace hazards to which shipyard painters are 

exposed, the equipment listed below is the basic 

PPE required for this occupation. Where painters 

are exposed to other hazards, such as a fall from 

an elevation where no guardrails are present, 

painters must be provided with the appropriate 

supplemental PPE.

—Hard Hats

—Safety Glasses

—Disposable Clothing

—Gloves

—Respiratory Protection, including Airline 

Respirators when working in Confined Spaces

—Barrier Creams

(Signed and Dated)

Example 5: Tank Cleaner. Tank cleaning operations 

and the basic PPE required for them depend largely 

upon the type of cargo shipped in the tank. Therefore, 

the following example is given for a tank in which 

gasoline has been shipped. Based on an assessment 

of the workplace hazards to which shipyard tank 

cleaners are exposed, specifically benzene and 

flammability hazards, the equipment listed below is 

the basic PPE required for this situation. Other tank 

cleaning operations will require variations in the PPE 

listed below.

—Respiratory Protection, Airline Respirators for 

working in confined spaces or where personal 

exposure limits could be exceeded

—Chemically resistant clothing

—Face Shields

—Chemically resistant boots

—Chemically resistant gloves

—Fall Protection

—Non sparking tools and equipment

—Explosion-proof Lighting
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

174

Subpart I

APPENDIX B TO SUBPART I OF 1915—GENERAL 

TESTING CONDITIONS AND ADDITIONAL 

GUIDELINES FOR PERSONAL FALL PROTECTION 

SYSTEMS (NON-MANDATORY)

1. Personal fall arrest systems—

(a) General test conditions.

(1) Lifelines, lanyards, and deceleration devices 

should be attached to an anchorage and 

connected to the body-belt or body harness in 

the same manner as they would be when used to 

protect employees, except that lanyards should 

be tested only when connected directly to the 

anchorage, and not when connected to a lifeline.

(2) The anchorage should be rigid, and should not 

have a deflection greater than .04 inches (1 cm) 

when a force of 2,250 pounds (10.01 Kn) is applied.

(3) The frequency response of the load 

measuring instrumentation should be 100 Hz.

(4) The test weight used in the strength and force 

tests should be a rigid, metal cylindrical or torsoshaped object with a girth of 38 inches plus or 

minus 4 inches (96.5 cm plus or minus 10.16 cm).

(5) The lanyard or lifeline used to create the free 

fall distance should be the one supplied with the 

system, or in its absence, the least elastic lanyard 

or lifeline available to be used by the employee 

with the system.

(6) The test weight for each test should be 

hoisted to the required level and should be 

quickly released without having any appreciable 

motion imparted to it.

(7) The system's performance should be 

evaluated, taking into account the range of 

environmental conditions for which it is designed 

to be used.

(8) Following the test, the system need not be 

capable of further operation.

(b) Strength test.

(1) During the testing of all systems, a test 

weight of 300 pounds plus or minus 5 pounds 

(136.08 kg plus or minus 2.27 kg) should be 

used. (See paragraph (a)(4) above.)
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

175

Subpart I

(2) The test consists of dropping the test weight 

once. A new unused system should be used for 

each test.

(3) For lanyard systems, the lanyard length 

should be 6 feet plus or minus 2 inches (1.83 m 

plus or minus 5.08 cm) as measured from the 

fixed anchorage to the attachment on the body 

belt or harness.

(4) For rope-grab-type deceleration systems, the 

length of the lifeline above the center line of the 

grabbing mechanism to the lifeline's anchorage 

point should not exceed 2 feet (0.61 m).

(5) For lanyard systems, for systems with 

deceleration devices which do not automatically 

limit free fall distance to 2 feet (0.61 m) or less, 

and for systems with deceleration devices which 

have a connection distance in excess of 1 foot 

(0.31 m) (measured between the centerline 

of the lifeline and the attachment point to the 

body belt or harness), the test weight should be 

rigged to free fall a distance of 7.5 feet (2.29 m) 

from a point that is 1.5 feet (45.72 cm) above the 

anchorage point, to its hanging location (6 feet 

(1.83 m) below the anchorage). The test weight 

should fall without interference, obstruction, or 

hitting the floor or the ground during the test. 

In some cases, a non-elastic wire lanyard of 

sufficient length may need to be added to the 

system (for test purposes) to create the necessary 

free fall distance.

(6) For deceleration device systems with integral 

lifelines or lanyards which automatically limit 

free fall distance to 2 feet (0.61 m) or less, the test 

weight should be rigged to free fall a distance of 

four feet (1.22 m).

(7) Any weight which detaches from the belt 

or harness should constitute failure for the 

strength test.

(c) Force test general. The test consists of dropping 

the respective test weight once. A new, unused 

system should be used for each test.

(1) For lanyard systems.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

176

Subpart I

(i) A test weight of 220 pounds plus or minus 

three pounds (99.79 kg plus or minus 1.36 kg) 

should be used (see paragraph (a)(4) above).

(ii) Lanyard length should be 6 feet plus or 

minus 2 inches (1.83 m plus or minus 5.08 cm) 

as measured from the fixed anchorage to the 

attachment on the body belt or body harness.

(iii) The test weight should fall free from the 

anchorage level to its handling location (a total 

of 6 feet (1.83 m) free fall distance) without 

interference, obstruction, or hitting the floor or 

ground during the test.

(2) For all other systems.

(i) A test weight of 220 pounds plus or minus 3 

pounds (99.79 kg plus or minus 1.36 kg) should 

be used (see paragraph (a)(4) above).

(ii) The free fall distance to be used in the test 

should be the maximum fall distance physically 

permitted by the system during normal use 

conditions, up to a maximum free fall distance for 

the test weight of 6 feet (1.83 m), except as follows:

(A) For deceleration systems which have a 

connection link or lanyard, the test weight 

should free fall a distance equal to the 

connection distance (measured between the 

center line of the lifeline and the attachment 

point to the body belt or harness).

(B) For deceleration device systems with integral 

life lines or lanyards which automatically limit 

free fall distance to 2 feet (0.61 m) or less, the 

test weight should free fall a distance equal to 

that permitted by the system in normal use. (For 

example, to test a system with a self-retracting 

lifeline or lanyard, the test weight should be 

supported and the system allowed to retract the 

lifeline or lanyard as it would in normal use. The 

test weight would then be released and the force 

and deceleration distance measured.)

(3) Failure. A system fails the force test if the 

recorded maximum arresting force exceeds 

1,260 pounds (5.6 Kn) when using a body belt, or 

exceeds 2,520 pounds (11.21 Kn) when using a 

body harness.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

177

Subpart I

(4) Distances. The maximum elongation and 

deceleration distance should be recorded during 

the force test.

(d) Deceleration device tests—general. The 

device should be evaluated or tested under the 

environmental conditions (such as rain, ice, 

grease, dirt, type of lifeline, etc.) for which the 

device is designed.

(1) Rope-grab-type deceleration devices. (i) 

Devices should be moved on a lifeline 1,000 

times over the same length of line a distance 

of not less than 1 foot (30.48 cm), and the 

mechanism should lock each time.

(ii) Unless the device is permanently marked 

to indicate the type of lifelines which must be 

used, several types (different diameters and 

different materials) of lifelines should be used 

to test the device.

(2) Other-self-activating-type deceleration 

devices. The locking mechanisms of other selfactivating-type deceleration devices designed for 

more than one arrest should lock each of 1,000 

times as they would in normal service.

2. Positioning device systems—

(a) Test Conditions.

(1) The fixed anchorage should be rigid and 

should not have a deflection greater than .04 

inches (1.02 mm) when a force of 2,250 pounds 

(10.01 Kn) is applied.

(2) For lineman's body belts and pole straps, the 

body belt should be secured to a 250 pound (113.4 

kg) bag of sand at a point which simulates the 

waist of an employee. One end of the pole strap 

should be attached to the rigid anchorage and the 

other end to the body belt. The sand bag should 

be allowed to free fall a distance of 4 feet (1.22 m). 

Failure of the pole strap and body belt should be 

indicated by any breakage or slippage sufficient to 

permit the bag to fall free to the ground.

(3) For window cleaner's belts, the complete belt 

should withstand a drop test consisting of a 250 

pound (113.4 kg) weight falling free for a distance 

of 6 feet (1.83 m). The weight should be a rigid 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

178

Subpart I

object with a girth of 38 inches plus or minus four 

inches (96.52 cm plus or minus 10.16 cm.) The 

weight should be placed in the waistband with the 

belt buckle drawn firmly against the weight, as 

when the belt is worn by a window cleaner. One 

belt terminal should be attached to a rigid anchor 

and the other terminal should hang free. The 

terminals should be adjusted to their maximum 

span. The weight fastened in the freely suspended 

belt should then be lifted exactly 6 feet (1.83 m) 

above its “at rest” position and released so as to 

permit a free fall of 6 feet (1.83 m) vertically below 

the point of attachment of the terminal anchor. The 

belt system should be equipped with devices and 

instrumentation capable of measuring the duration 

and magnitude of the arrest forces. Any breakage 

or slippage which permits the weight to fall free 

of the system constitutes failure of the test. In 

addition, the initial and subsequent arresting force 

peaks should be measured and should not exceed 

2,000 pounds (8.9 Kn) for more than 2 milliseconds 

for the initial impact, nor exceed 1,000 pounds 

(4.45 Kn) for the remainder of the arrest time.

(4) All other positioning device systems (except 

for restraint line systems) should withstand a drop 

test consisting of a 250-pound (113.4 kg) weight 

falling free for a distance of 4 feet (1.22 m). The 

weight should be a rigid object with a girth of 38 

inches plus or minus 4 inches (96.52 cm plus or 

minus 10.16 cm). The body belt or harness should 

be affixed to the test weight as it would be to an 

employee. The system should be connected to the 

rigid anchor in the manner that the system would 

be connected in normal use. The weight should 

be lifted exactly 4 feet (1.22 m) above its “at rest” 

position and released so as to permit a vertical free 

fall of 4 feet (1.22 m). Any breakage or slippage 

which permits the weight to fall free to the ground 

should constitute failure of the system.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

179

Subpart J

Subpart J – Ship’s Machinery and 

Piping Systems 

§1915.161 – Scope and application of Subpart

The standards contained in this Subpart shall apply 

to ship repairing and shipbuilding and shall not apply 

to shipbreaking.

§1915.162 – Ship’s boilers

(a) Before work is performed in the fire, steam, or 

water spaces of a boiler where employees may be 

subject to injury from the direct escape of a high 

temperature medium such as steam, or water, oil, or 

other medium at a high temperature entering from 

an interconnecting system, the employer shall insure 

that the following steps are taken:

(1) The isolation and shutoff valves connecting the 

dead boiler with the live system or systems shall 

be secured, blanked, and then locked or tagged, 

in accordance with §1915.89, indicating that 

employees are working on the boiler. This lock or 

tag shall not be removed nor the valves unblanked 

until it is determined that this may be done without 

creating a hazard to the employees working on the 

boiler, or until the work on the boiler is completed, 

in accordance with §1915.89. When valves are 

welded instead of bolted, at least two isolation and 

shutoff valves connecting the dead boiler with the 

live system or systems shall be secured, and then 

locked or tagged, in accordance with §1915.89.

(2) Drain connections to atmosphere on all of the 

dead interconnecting systems shall be opened for 

visual observation of drainage.

(3) A warning sign calling attention to the fact that 

employees are working in the boilers shall be hung 

in a conspicuous location in the engine room. This 

sign shall not be removed until it is determined 

that the work is completed and all employees are 

out of the boilers.

§1915.163 – Ship’s piping systems

(a) Before work is performed on a valve, fitting, 

or section of piping in a piping system where 

employees may be subject to injury from the direct 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

180

Subpart J

escape of steam, or water, oil, or other medium at a 

high temperature, the employer shall insure that the 

following steps are taken:

(1) The isolation and shutoff valves connecting the 

dead system with the live system or systems shall 

be secured, blanked, and then locked or tagged, 

in accordance with §1915.89, indicating that 

employees are working on the systems. The lock or 

tag shall not be removed or the valves unblanked 

until it is determined that this may be done without 

creating a hazard to the employees working on the 

system, or until the work on the system, or until the 

work on the system is completed, in accordance 

with §1915.89. When valves are welded instead 

of bolted, at least two isolation and shutoff valves 

connecting the dead system with the live system 

or systems shall be secured, and then locked or 

tagged, in accordance with §1915.89.

(2) Drain connections to the atmosphere on all of 

the dead interconnecting systems shall be opened 

for visual observation of drainage.

§1915.164 – Ship’s propulsion machinery

(a) Before work is performed on the main engine, 

reduction gear, or connecting accessories, the employer 

shall ensure that the following steps are taken:

(1) The jacking gear shall be engaged to prevent 

the main engine from turning over. A sign shall 

be posted at the throttle indicating that the jacking 

gear is engaged. This sign shall not be removed 

until the jacking gear can be safely disengaged.

(2) If the jacking gear is steam driven, the employer 

shall ensure that the stop valves to the jacking 

gear are secured, and then locked or tagged, in 

accordance with §1915.89.

(3) If the jacking gear is electrically driven, the circuit 

controlling the jacking gear shall be deenergized by 

tripping the circuit breaker, opening the switch, or 

removing the fuse, whichever is appropriate, and 

then locked or tagged in accordance with §1915.89.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

181

Subpart J

(b) Before the jacking engine is operated, the 

following precautions shall be taken:

(1) A check shall be made to ensure that all 

employees, equipment, and tools are clear of 

the engine, reduction gear, and its connecting 

accessories.

(2) A check shall be made to ensure that all 

employees, equipment and tools are free of the 

propeller.

(c) Before work is started on or in the immediate 

vicinity of the propeller, a warning sign calling 

attention to the fact that employees are working in 

that area shall be hung in a conspicuous location in 

the engine room. This sign shall not be removed until 

it is determined that the work is completed and all 

employees are free of the propeller.

(d) Before the main engine is turned over (e.g., 

when warming up before departure or testing 

after an overhaul) a check shall be made to ensure 

that all employees, equipment, and tools are free 

of the propeller.

§1915.165 – Ship’s deck machinery

(a) Before work is performed on the anchor windlass 

or any of its attached accessories, the employer shall 

ensure that the following steps are taken:

(1) The devil claws (also known as chain stoppers) 

shall be made fast to the anchor chains.

(2) The riding pawls shall be in the engaged position.

(3) In the absence of devil claws and riding pawls, 

the anchor chains shall be secured to a suitable 

fixed structure of the vessel.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

182

Subpart K

Subpart K – Portable, Unfired Pressure 

Vessels, Drums and Containers, Other 

Than Ship’s Equipment 

§1915.171 – Scope and application of Subpart

The standards contained in this Subpart shall apply 

to ship repairing and shipbuilding and shall not apply 

to shipbreaking.

§1915.172 – Portable air receivers and other 

unfired pressure vessels

(a) Portable, unfired pressure vessels, built after the 

effective date of this regulation, shall be marked and 

reported indicating that they have been designed and 

constructed to meet the standards of the American 

Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure 

Vessel Code, Section VIII, Rules for Construction 

of Unfired Pressure Vessels, 1963. They shall be 

subjected to a hydrostatic pressure test of one and 

one-half times the working pressure of the vessels.

(b) Portable, unfired pressure vessels, not built to the 

code requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, 

and built prior to the effective date of this regulation, 

shall be examined quarterly by a competent person. 

They shall be subjected yearly to a hydrostatic 

pressure test of one and one-half times the working 

pressure of the vessels.

(c) The relief valves on the portable, unfired pressure 

vessels in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall 

be set to the safe working pressure of the vessels, 

or set to the lowest safe working pressure of the 

systems, whichever is lower.

(d) A certification record of such examinations and 

tests made in compliance with the requirements 

of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall be 

maintained. The certification record shall include 

the date of examinations and tests, the signature 

of the person who performed the examinations or 

tests and the serial number, or other identifier, of the 

equipment examined and tested. 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

183

Subpart K

§1915.173 – Drums and containers

(a) Shipping drums and containers shall not be 

pressurized to remove their contents.

(b) A temporarily assembled pressurized piping 

system conveying hazardous liquids or gases shall 

be provided with a relief valve and by-pass to 

prevent rupture of the system and the escape of such 

hazardous liquids or gases.

(c) Pressure vessels, drums and containers containing 

toxic or flammable liquids or gases shall not be 

stored or used where they are subject to open flame, 

hot metal, or other sources of artificial heat.

(d) Unless pressure vessels, drums and containers of 

30 gallon capacity or over containing flammable or 

toxic liquids or gases are placed in an out-of-the-way 

area where they will not be subject to physical injury 

from an outside source, barriers or guards shall be 

erected to protect them from such physical injury.

(e) Containers of 55 gallons or more capacity 

containing flammable or toxic liquid shall be 

surrounded by dikes or pans which enclose a 

volume equal to at least 35 percent of the total 

volume of the containers.

(f) Fire extinguishers adequate in number and suitable 

for the hazard shall be provided. These extinguishers 

shall be located in the immediate area where 

pressure vessels, drums and containers containing 

flammable liquids or gases are stored or in use. Such 

extinguishers shall be ready for use at all times.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

184

Subpart L

Subpart L – Electrical Machinery 

§1915.181 – Electrical circuits and 

distribution boards

(a) The provisions of this section shall apply to ship 

repairing and shipbuilding and shall not apply to 

shipbreaking.

(b) Before an employee is permitted to work on an 

electrical circuit, except when the circuit must remain 

energized for testing and adjusting, the circuit shall 

be deenergized and checked at the point at which 

the work is to be done to insure that it is actually 

deenergized. When testing or adjusting an energized 

circuit a rubber mat, duck board, or other suitable 

insulation shall be used underfoot where an insulated 

deck does not exist.

(c) Deenergizing the circuit shall be accomplished by 

opening the circuit breaker, opening the switch, or 

removing the fuse, whichever method is appropriate. 

The circuit breaker, switch, or fuse location shall then 

be locked out or tagged in accordance with §1915.89.

(d) When work is performed immediately adjacent 

to an open-front energized board or in back of an 

energized board, the board shall be covered or some 

other equally safe means shall be used to prevent 

contact with any of the energized parts. 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

185

Subpart P

Subpart M – O [Reserved]

Subpart P – Fire Protection in Shipyard 

Employment 

§1915.501 – General provisions

(a) Purpose. The purpose of the standard in 

this Subpart is to require employers to protect 

all employees from fire hazards in shipyard 

employment, including employees engaged in fire 

response activities.

(b) Scope. This Subpart covers employers with 

employees engaged in shipyard employment 

aboard vessels and vessel sections, and on land-side 

operations regardless of geographic location.

(c) Employee participation. The employer must 

provide ways for employees or employee 

representatives, or both to participate in developing 

and periodically reviewing programs and policies 

adopted to comply with this Subpart.

(d) Multi-employer worksites. 

(1) Host employer responsibilities. The host 

employer’s responsibilities are to:

(i) Inform all employers at the worksite about 

the content of the fire safety plan including 

hazards, controls, fire safety and health rules, and 

emergency procedures;

(ii) Make sure the safety and health responsibilities 

for fire protection are assigned as appropriate to 

other employers at the worksite; and

(iii) If there is more than one host employer, 

each host employer must communicate relevant 

information about fire-related hazards to other 

host employers. When a vessel owner or 

operator (temporarily) becomes a host shipyard 

employer by directing the work of ships’ crews 

on repair or modification of the vessel or by 

hiring other contractors directly, the vessel 

owner or operator must also comply with these 

provisions for host employers.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

186

Subpart P

(2) Contract employer responsibilities. The contract 

employer’s responsibilities are to:

(i) Make sure that the host employer knows 

about the fire-related hazards associated with the 

contract employer’s work and what the contract 

employer is doing to address them; and

(ii) Advise the host employer of any previously 

unidentified fire-related hazards that the contract 

employer identifies at the worksite. 

§1915.502 – Fire safety plan

(a) Employer responsibilities. The employer must 

develop and implement a written fire safety plan that 

covers all the actions that employers and employees 

must take to ensure employee safety in the event of a 

fire. (See Appendix A to this Subpart for a Model Fire 

Safety Plan.)

(b) Plan elements. The employer must include the 

following information in the fire safety plan:

(1) Identification of the significant fire hazards;

(2) Procedures for recognizing and reporting unsafe 

conditions;

(3) Alarm procedures;

(4) Procedures for notifying employees of a fire 

emergency;

(5) Procedures for notifying fire response 

organizations of a fire emergency;

(6) Procedures for evacuation;

(7) Procedures to account for all employees after an 

evacuation; and

(8) Names, job titles, or departments for individuals 

who can be contacted for further information about 

the plan.

(c) Reviewing the plan with employees. The 

employer must review the plan with each employee 

at the following times:

(1) Within 90 days of December 14, 2004, for 

employees who are currently working;
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

187

Subpart P

(2) Upon initial assignment for new employees; and

(3) When the actions the employee must take under 

the plan change because of a change in duties or a 

change in the plan.

(d) Additional employer requirements. The employer 

also must:

(1) Keep the plan accessible to employees, 

employee representatives, and OSHA;

(2) Review and update the plan whenever 

necessary, but at least annually;

(3) Document that affected employees have been 

informed about the plan as required by paragraph 

(c) of this section; and

(4) Ensure any outside fire response organization 

that the employer expects to respond to fires at the 

employer’s worksite has been given a copy of the 

current plan.

(e) Contract employers. Contract employers in 

shipyard employment must have a fire safety plan for 

their employees, and this plan must comply with the 

host employer’s fire safety plan. 

§1915.503 – Precautions for hot work

(a) General requirements. 

(1) Designated areas. The employer may designate 

areas for hot work in sites such as vessels, vessel 

sections, fabricating shops, and subassembly areas 

that are free of fire hazards.

(2) Non-designated areas.

31

(i) Before authorizing hot work in a nondesignated area, the employer must visually 

inspect the area where hot work is to be 

performed, including adjacent spaces, to ensure 

the area is free of fire hazards, unless a Marine 

Chemist’s certificate or Shipyard Competent 

Person’s log is used for authorization.

31 Note to Paragraph (a)(2): The requirements of paragraph (a)

(2) apply to all hot work operations in shipyard employment 

except those covered by §1915.14.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

188

Subpart P

(ii) The employer shall authorize employees to 

perform hot work only in areas that are free of fire 

hazards, or that have been controlled by physical 

isolation, fire watches, or other positive means. 

(b) Specific requirements. 

(1) Maintaining fire hazard-free conditions. The 

employer must keep all hot work areas free of 

new hazards that may cause or contribute to the 

spread of fire. Unexpected energizing and energy 

release are covered by 29 CFR 1915.181, Subpart 

L. Exposure to toxic and hazardous substances is 

covered in 29 CFR 1915.1000 through 1915.1450, 

Subpart Z.

(2) Fuel gas and oxygen supply lines and torches. 

The employer must make sure that:

(i) No unattended fuel gas and oxygen hose lines 

or torches are in confined spaces;

(ii) No unattended charged fuel gas and oxygen 

hose lines or torches are in enclosed spaces for 

more than 15 minutes; and

(iii) All fuel gas and oxygen hose lines are 

disconnected at the supply manifold at the end 

of each shift;

(iv) All disconnected fuel gas and oxygen hose 

lines are rolled back to the supply manifold or to 

open air to disconnect the torch; or extended fuel 

gas and oxygen hose lines are not reconnected at 

the supply manifold unless the lines are given a 

positive means of identification when they were 

first connected and the lines are tested using a 

drop test or other positive means to ensure the 

integrity of fuel gas and oxygen burning system. 

§1915.504 – Fire watches

(a) Written fire watch policy. The employer must 

create and keep current a written policy that 

specifies the following requirements for employees 

performing fire watch in the workplace:

(1) The training employees must be given 

(§1915.508(c) contains detailed fire watch training 

requirements);
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

189

Subpart P

(2) The duties employees are to perform;

(3) The equipment employees must be given; and

(4) The personal protective equipment (PPE) that 

must be made available and worn as required by 

29 CFR Part 1915, Subpart I.

(b) Posting fire watches. The employer must post 

a fire watch if during hot work any of the following 

conditions are present:

(1) Slag, weld splatter, or sparks might pass 

through an opening and cause a fire;

(2) Fire-resistant guards or curtains are not used 

to prevent ignition of combustible materials on or 

near decks, bulkheads, partitions, or overheads;

(3) Combustible material closer than 35 ft. (10.7m) 

to the hot work in either the horizontal or vertical 

direction cannot be removed, protected with flameproof covers, or otherwise shielded with metal or 

fire-resistant guards or curtains;

(4) The hot work is carried out on or near 

insulation, combustible coatings, or sandwich-type 

construction that cannot be shielded, cut back, or 

removed, or in a space within a sandwich type 

construction that cannot be inerted;

(5) Combustible materials adjacent to the opposite 

sides of bulkheads, decks, overheads, metal 

partitions, or sandwich-type construction may be 

ignited by conduction or radiation;

(6) The hot work is close enough to cause ignition 

through heat radiation or conduction on the following:

(i) Insulated pipes, bulkheads, decks, partitions, or 

overheads; or

(ii) Combustible materials and/or coatings;

(7) The work is close enough to unprotected 

combustible pipe or cable runs to cause ignition; or

(8) A Marine Chemist, a Coast Guard-authorized 

person, or a shipyard Competent Person, as 

defined in 29 CFR Part 1915, Subpart B, requires 

that a fire watch be posted.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

190

Subpart P

(c) Assigning employees to fire watch duty. 

(1) The employer must not assign other duties to a 

fire watch while the hot work is in progress.

(2) Employers must ensure that employees 

assigned to fire watch duty:

(i) Have a clear view of and immediate access to 

all areas included in the fire watch;

(ii) Are able to communicate with workers 

exposed to hot work;

(iii) Are authorized to stop work if necessary and 

restore safe conditions within the hot work area;

(iv) Remain in the hot work area for at least 30 

minutes after completion of the hot work, unless 

the employer or its representative surveys the 

exposed area and makes a determination that 

there is no further fire hazard;

(v) Are trained to detect fires that occur in areas 

exposed to the hot work;

(vi) Attempt to extinguish any incipient stage fires 

in the hot work area that are within the capability 

of available equipment and within the fire watch’s 

training qualifications, as defined in §1915.508;

(vii) Alert employees of any fire beyond the 

incipient stage; and

(viii) If unable to extinguish fire in the areas 

exposed to the hot work, activate the alarm.

(3) The employer must ensure that employees 

assigned to fire watch are physically capable of 

performing these duties. 

§1915.505 – Fire response

(a) Employer responsibilities. The employer must:

(1) Decide what type of response will be provided 

and who will provide it; and

(2) Create, maintain, and update a written policy that:

(i) Describes the internal and outside fire response 

organizations that the employer will use; and

(ii) Defines what evacuation procedures 

employees must follow, if the employer chooses 

to require a total or partial evacuation of the 

worksite at the time of a fire.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

191

Subpart P

(b) Required written policy information. 

(1) Internal fire response. If an internal fire response is 

to be used, the employer must include the following 

information in the employer’s written policy:

(i) The basic structure of the fire response 

organization;

(ii) The number of trained fire response 

employees;

(iii) The fire response functions that may need to 

be carried out;

(iv) The minimum number of fire response 

employees necessary, the number and types 

of apparatuses, and a description of the fire 

suppression operations established by written 

standard operating procedures for each type of 

fire response at the employer’s facility;

(v) The type, amount, and frequency of training that 

must be given to fire response employees; and

(vi) The procedures for using protective clothing 

and equipment.

(2) Outside fire response. If an outside fire response 

organization is used, the employer must include 

the following information in the written policy:

(i) The types of fire suppression incidents to 

which the fire response organization is expected 

to respond at the employer’s facility or worksite;

(ii) The liaisons between the employer and the 

outside fire response organizations; and

(iii) A plan for fire response functions that:

(A) Addresses procedures for obtaining 

assistance from the outside fire response 

organization;

(B) Familiarizes the outside fire response 

organization with the layout of the employer’s 

facility or worksite, including access routes to 

controlled areas, and site-specific operations, 

occupancies, vessels or vessel sections, and 

hazards; and,

(C) Sets forth how hose and coupling connection 

threads are to be made compatible and includes 

where the adapter couplings are kept; or
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

192

Subpart P

(D) States that the employer will not allow the 

use of incompatible hose connections.

(3) A combination of internal and outside fire 

response. If a combination of internal and outside 

fire response is to be used, the employer must 

include the following information, in addition to the 

requirements in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this 

section, in the written policy:

(i) The basic organizational structure of the 

combined fire response;

(ii) The number of combined trained fire 

responders;

(iii) The fire response functions that may need to 

be carried out;

(iv) The minimum number of fire response 

employees necessary, the number and types 

of apparatuses, and a description of the fire 

suppression operations established by written 

standard operating procedures for each particular 

type of fire response at the worksite; and

(v) The type, amount, and frequency of joint 

training with outside fire response organizations 

if given to fire response employees.

(4) Employee evacuation. The employer must 

include the following information in the employer’s 

written policy:

(i) Emergency escape procedures;

(ii) Procedures to be followed by employees who 

may remain longer at the worksite to perform 

critical shipyard employment operations during 

the evacuation;

(iii) Procedures to account for all employees after 

emergency evacuation is completed;

(iv) The preferred means of reporting fires and 

other emergencies; and

(v) Names or job titles of the employees 

or departments to be contacted for further 

information or explanation of duties.

(5) Rescue and emergency response. The employer 

must include the following information in the 

employer’s written policy:
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

193

Subpart P

(i) A description of the emergency rescue 

procedures; and

(ii) Names or job titles of the employees who are 

assigned to perform them.

(c) Medical requirements for shipyard fire response 

employees. The employer must ensure that:

(1) All fire response employees receive medical 

examinations to assure that they are physically 

and medically fit for the duties they are expected to 

perform;

(2) Fire response employees, who are required to 

wear respirators in performing their duties, meet 

the medical requirements of §1915.154;

(3) Each fire response employee has an annual 

medical examination; and

(4) The medical records of fire response employees 

are kept in accordance with §1915.1020.

(d) Organization of internal fire response functions. 

The employer must:

(1) Organize fire response functions to ensure 

enough resources to conduct emergency 

operations safely;

(2) Establish lines of authority and assign 

responsibilities to ensure that the components of 

the internal fire response are accomplished;

(3) Set up an incident management system to 

coordinate and direct fire response functions, 

including:

(i) Specific fire emergency responsibilities;

(ii) Accountability for all fire response employees 

participating in an emergency operation; and

(iii) Resources offered by outside organizations; and

(4) Provide the information required in this 

paragraph (d) to the outside fire response 

organization to be used.

(e) Personal protective clothing and equipment for 

fire response employees.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

194

Subpart P

(1) General requirements. The employer must:

(i) Supply to all fire response employees, at no 

cost, the appropriate personal protective clothing 

and equipment they may need to perform 

expected duties; and

(ii) Ensure that fire response employees wear the 

appropriate personal protective clothing and use 

the equipment, when necessary, to protect them 

from hazardous exposures.

(2) Thermal stability and flame resistance. The 

employer must:

(i) Ensure that each fire response employee 

exposed to the hazards of flame does not wear 

clothing that could increase the extent of injury 

that could be sustained; and

(ii) Prohibit wearing clothing made from acetate, 

nylon, or polyester, either alone or in blends, 

unless it can be shown that:

(A) The fabric will withstand the flammability 

hazard that may be encountered; or

(B) The clothing will be worn in such a way to 

eliminate the flammability hazard that may be 

encountered.

(3) Respiratory protection. The employer must:

(i) Provide self-contained breathing apparatus 

(SCBA) to all fire response employees involved in 

an emergency operation in an atmosphere that 

is immediately dangerous to life or health (IDLH), 

potentially IDLH, or unknown;

(ii) Provide SCBA to fire response employees 

performing emergency operations during 

hazardous chemical emergencies that will expose 

them to known hazardous chemicals in vapor 

form or to unknown chemicals;

(iii) Provide fire response employees who perform 

or support emergency operations that will expose 

them to hazardous chemicals in liquid form either:

(A) SCBA, or

(B) Respiratory protective devices certified by 

the National Institute for Occupational Safety 

and Health (NIOSH) under 42 CFR Part 84 as 

suitable for the specific chemical environment;
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

195

Subpart P

(iv) Ensure that additional outside air supplies 

used in conjunction with SCBA result in positive 

pressure systems that are certified by NIOSH 

under 42 CFR Part 84;

(v) Provide only SCBA that meet the requirements 

of NFPA 1981-2002 Standard on Open-Circuit 

Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus for Fire and 

Emergency Services (incorporated by reference, 

see §1915.5); and

(vi) Ensure that the respiratory protection 

program and all respiratory protection equipment 

comply with §1915.154.

(4) Interior structural firefighting operations. The 

employer must:

(i) Supply at no cost to all fire response 

employees exposed to the hazards of shipyard 

fire response, a helmet, gloves, footwear, and 

protective hoods, and either a protective coat and 

trousers or a protective coverall; and

(ii) Ensure that this equipment meets the applicable 

recommendations in NFPA 1971-2000 Standard 

on Protective Ensemble for Structural Fire Fighting 

(incorporated by reference, see §1915.5).

(5) Proximity firefighting operations. The 

employer must provide, at no cost, to all fire 

response employees who are exposed to the 

hazards of proximity firefighting, appropriate 

protective proximity clothing meets the applicable 

recommendations in NFPA 1976-2000 Standard 

on Protective Ensemble for Proximity Fire Fighting 

(incorporated by reference, see §1915.5).

(6) Personal Alert Safety System (PASS) devices. 

The employer must:

(i) Provide each fire response employee involved 

in firefighting operations with a PASS device; and

(ii) Ensure that each PASS device meets the 

recommendations in NFPA 1982-1998 Standard 

on Personal Alert Safety Systems (PASS), 

(incorporated by reference, see §1915.5).

(7) Life safety ropes, body harnesses, and 

hardware. The employer must ensure that:
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

196

Subpart P

(i) All life safety ropes, body harnesses, and 

hardware used by fire response employees 

for emergency operations meet the applicable 

recommendations in NFPA 1983-2001, Standard 

on Fire Service Life Safety Rope and System 

Components (incorporated by reference, 

see §1915.5);

(ii) Fire response employees use only Class I 

body harnesses to attach to ladders and aerial 

devices; and

(iii) Fire response employees use only Class II 

and Class III body harnesses for fall arrest and 

rappelling operations.

(f) Equipment maintenance. 

(1) Personal protective equipment. The employer 

must inspect and maintain personal protective 

equipment used to protect fire response employees 

to ensure that it provides the intended protection.

(2) Fire response equipment. The employer must:

(i) Keep fire response equipment in a state 

of readiness;

(ii) Standardize all fire hose coupling and 

connection threads throughout the facility and on 

vessels and vessel sections by providing the same 

type of hose coupling and connection threads for 

hoses of the same or similar diameter; and

(iii) Ensure that either all fire hoses and coupling 

connection threads are the same within a facility 

or vessel or vessel section as those used by the 

outside fire response organization, or supply 

suitable adapter couplings if such an organization 

is expected to use the fire response equipment 

within a facility or vessel or vessel section.

§1915.506 – Hazards of fixed extinguishing 

systems on board vessels and vessel sections

(a) Employer responsibilities. The employer must 

comply with the provisions of this section whenever 

employees are exposed to fixed extinguishing 

systems that could create a dangerous atmosphere 

when activated in vessels and vessel sections, 

regardless of geographic location.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

197

Subpart P

(b) Requirements for automatic and manual systems. 

Before any work is done in a space equipped with fixed 

extinguishing systems, the employer must either:

(1) Physically isolate the systems or use other 

positive means to prevent the systems’ discharge; or

(2) Ensure employees are trained to recognize:

(i) Systems’ discharge and evacuation alarms and 

the appropriate escape routes; and

(ii) Hazards associated with the extinguishing 

systems and agents including the dangers of 

disturbing system components and equipment 

such as piping, cables, linkages, detection 

devices, activation devices, and alarm devices.

(c) Sea and dock trials. During trials, the employer 

must ensure that all systems shall remain operational.

(d) Doors and hatches. The employer must:

(1) Take protective measures to ensure that all 

doors, hatches, scuttles, and other exit openings 

remain working and accessible for escape in the 

event the systems are activated; and

(2) Ensure that all inward opening doors, hatches, 

scuttles, and other potential barriers to safe exit 

are removed, locked open, braced, or otherwise 

secured so that they remain open and accessible 

for escape if systems’ activation could result in a 

positive pressure in the protected spaces sufficient 

to impede escape.

(e) Testing the system. 

(1) When testing a fixed extinguishing system 

involves a total discharge of extinguishing medium 

into a space, the employer must evacuate all 

employees from the space and assure that no 

employees remain in the space during the discharge. 

The employer must retest the atmosphere in 

accordance with §1915.12 to ensure that the oxygen 

levels are safe for employees to enter.

(2) When testing a fixed extinguishing system 

does not involve a total discharge of the systems 

extinguishing medium, the employer must make 

sure that the system’s extinguishing medium is 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

198

Subpart P

physically isolated and that all employees not 

directly involved in the testing are evacuated from 

the protected space.

(f) Conducting system maintenance. Before 

conducting maintenance on a fixed extinguishing 

system, the employer must ensure that the system is 

physically isolated.

(g) Using fixed manual extinguishing systems 

for fire protection. If fixed manual extinguishing 

systems are used to provide fire protection for 

spaces in which the employees are working, the 

employer must ensure that:

(1) Only authorized employees are allowed to 

activate the system;

(2) Authorized employees are trained to operate 

and activate the systems; and

(3) All employees are evacuated from the protected 

spaces, and accounted for, before the fixed manual 

extinguishing system is activated. 

§1915.507 – Land-side fire protection systems

(a) Employer responsibilities. The employer must 

ensure all fixed and portable fire protection systems 

needed to meet an OSHA standard for employee 

safety or employee protection from fire hazards 

in landside facilities, including, but not limited to, 

buildings, structures, and equipment, meet the 

requirements of this section.

(b) Portable fire extinguishers and hose systems. 

(1) The employer must select, install, inspect, 

maintain, and test all portable fire extinguishers 

according to NFPA 10-2002 Standard for Portable 

Fire Extinguishers (incorporated by reference, 

see §1915.5).

(2) The employer is permitted to use Class II 

or Class III hose systems, in accordance with 

NFPA 10-2002 (incorporated by reference, see 

§1915.5), as portable fire extinguishers if the 

employer selects, installs, inspects, maintains, 

and tests those systems according to the specific 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

199

Subpart P

recommendations in NFPA 14-2003 Standard for 

the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems 

(incorporated by reference, see §1915.5).

(c) General requirements for fixed extinguishing 

systems. The employer must:

(1) Ensure that any fixed extinguishing system 

component or extinguishing agent is approved 

by an OSHA Nationally Recognized Testing 

Laboratory, meeting the requirements of 29 CFR 

1910.7, for use on the specific hazards the employer 

expects it to control or extinguish;

(2) Notify employees and take the necessary 

precautions to ensure employees are safe from fire 

if for any reason a fire extinguishing system stops 

working, until the system is working again;

(3) Ensure all repairs to fire extinguishing systems 

and equipment are done by a qualified technician 

or mechanic;

(4) Provide and ensure employees use proper 

personal protective equipment when entering 

discharge areas in which the atmosphere remains 

hazardous to employee safety or health, or 

provide safeguards to prevent employees from 

entering those areas. See §1915.12 for additional 

requirements applicable to safe entry into spaces 

containing dangerous atmospheres;

(5) Post hazard warning or caution signs at both 

the entrance to and inside of areas protected by 

fixed extinguishing systems that use extinguishing 

agents in concentrations known to be hazardous to 

employee safety or health; and

(6) Select, install, inspect, maintain, and test all 

automatic fire detection systems and emergency 

alarms according to NFPA 72-2002 National Fire 

Alarm Code (incorporated by reference, see §1915.5).

(d) Fixed extinguishing systems. The employer must 

select, install, maintain, inspect, and test all fixed 

systems required by OSHA as follows:

(1) Standpipe and hose systems according to 

NFPA 14-2003 Standard for the Installation of 

Standpipe and Hose Systems (incorporated by 

reference, see §1915.5);
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

200

Subpart P

(2) Automatic sprinkler systems according to NFPA 

25-2002 Standard for the Inspection, Testing, 

and Maintenance of Water-based Fire Protection 

Systems, (incorporated by reference, see §1915.5), 

and either (i) NFPA 13-2002 Standard for the 

Installation of Sprinkler Systems (incorporated 

by reference, see §1915.5), or (ii) NFPA 750-2003 

Standard on Water Mist Fire Protection Systems 

(incorporated by reference, see §1915.5);

(3) Fixed extinguishing systems that use water or 

foam as the extinguishing agent according to NFPA 

15-2001 Standard for Water Spray Fixed Systems 

for Fire Protection (incorporated by reference, see 

§1915.5) and NFPA 11-2005 Standard for Low-, 

Medium-, and High-Expansion Foam (incorporated 

by reference, see §1915.5);

(4) Fixed extinguishing systems using dry chemical as 

the extinguishing agent according to NFPA 17-2002 

Standard for Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems 

(incorporated by reference, see §1915.5); and

(5) Fixed extinguishing systems using gas as 

the extinguishing agent according to NFPA 12-

2005 Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing 

Systems (incorporated by reference, see §1915.5); 

NFPA 12A-2004 Standard on Halon 1301 Fire 

Extinguishing Systems (incorporated by reference, 

see §1915.5); and NFPA 2001-2004 Standard 

on Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems 

(incorporated by reference, see §1915.5). 

§1915.508 – Training

(a) The employer must train employees in the 

applicable requirements of this section:

(1) Within 90 days of December 14, 2004, for 

employees currently working;

(2) Upon initial assignment for new employees; and

(3) When necessary to maintain proficiency for 

employees previously trained.

(b) Employee training. The employer must ensure 

that all employees are trained on:

(1) The emergency alarm signals, including 

system discharge alarms and employee evacuation 

alarms; and
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

201

Subpart P

(2) The primary and secondary evacuation routes 

that employees must use in the event of a fire in 

the workplace. While all vessels and vessel sections 

must have a primary evacuation route, a secondary 

evacuation route is not required when impracticable.

(c) Additional training requirements for employees 

expected to fight incipient stage fires. The employer 

must ensure that employees expected to fight 

incipient stage fires are trained on the following:

(1) The general principles of using fire 

extinguishers or hose lines, the hazards involved 

with incipient firefighting, and the procedures used 

to reduce these hazards;

(2) The hazards associated with fixed and portable 

fire protection systems that employees may use or 

to which they may be exposed during discharge of 

those systems; and

(3) The activation and operation of fixed and 

portable fire protection systems that the employer 

expects employees to use in the workplace.

(d) Additional training requirements for shipyard 

employees designated for fire response. The 

employer must:

(1) Have a written training policy stating that fire 

response employees must be trained and capable 

of carrying out their duties and responsibilities at 

all times;

(2) Keep written standard operating procedures 

that address anticipated emergency operations and 

update these procedures as necessary;

(3) Review fire response employee training 

programs and hands-on sessions before they are 

used in fire response training to make sure that fire 

response employees are protected from hazards 

associated with fire response training;

(4) Provide training for fire response employees 

that ensures they are capable of carrying out their 

duties and responsibilities under the employer’s 

standard operating procedures;

(5) Train new fire response employees before they 

engage in emergency operations;
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

202

Subpart P

(6) At least quarterly, provide training on the 

written operating procedures to fire response 

employees who are expected to fight fires;

(7) Use qualified instructors to conduct the training;

(8) Conduct any training that involves live fire 

response exercises in accordance with NFPA 1403-

2002 Standard on Live Fire Training Evolutions 

(incorporated by reference, see §1915.5);

(9) Conduct semi-annual drills according to the 

employer’s written procedures for fire response 

employees that cover site-specific operations, 

occupancies, buildings, vessels and vessel sections, 

and fire-related hazards; and

(10) Prohibit the use of smoke generating devices 

that create a dangerous atmosphere in training 

exercises.

(e) Additional training requirements for fire watch duty. 

(1) The employer must ensure that each fire 

watch is trained by an instructor with adequate 

fire watch knowledge and experience to cover the 

items as follows:

(i) Before being assigned to fire watch duty;

(ii) Whenever there is a change in operations that 

presents a new or different hazard;

(iii) Whenever the employer has reason to 

believe that the fire watch’s knowledge, skills, 

or understanding of the training previously 

provided is inadequate; and

(iv) Annually.

(2) The employer must ensure that each employee 

who stands fire watch duty is trained in:

(i) The basics of fire behavior, the different classes 

of fire and of extinguishing agents, the stages of 

fire, and methods for extinguishing fires;

(ii) Extinguishing live fire scenarios whenever 

allowed by local and federal law;

(iii) The recognition of the adverse health effects 

that may be caused by exposure to fire;

(iv) The physical characteristics of the hot work area;

(v) The hazards associated with fire watch duties;
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

203

Subpart P

(vi) The personal protective equipment (PPE) 

needed to perform fire watch duties safely;

(vii) The use of PPE;

(viii) The selection and use of any fire extinguishers 

and fire hoses likely to be used by a fire watch in 

the work area;

(ix) The location and use of barriers;

(x) The means of communication designated by 

the employer for fire watches;

(xi) When and how to start fire alarm procedures; 

and

(xii) The employer’s evacuation plan.

(3) The employer must ensure that each fire watch 

is trained to alert others to exit the space whenever:

(i) The fire watch perceives an unsafe condition;

(ii) The fire watch perceives that a worker 

performing hot work is in danger;

(iii) The employer or a representative of the 

employer orders an evacuation; or

(iv) An evacuation signal, such as an alarm, 

is activated.

(f) Records. The employer must keep records that 

demonstrate that employees have been trained as 

required by paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section.

(1) The employer must ensure that the records 

include the employee’s name; the trainer’s name; 

the type of training; and the date(s) on which the 

training took place.

(2) The employer must keep each training record 

for one year from the time it was made or until it 

is replaced with a new training record, whichever 

is shorter, and make it available for inspection and 

copying by OSHA on request.

§1915.509 – Definitions applicable to this Subpart

“Alarm” – a signal or message from a person or 

device that indicates that there is a fire, medical 

emergency or other situation that requires emergency 

response or evacuation. At some shipyards, this may 

be called an “incident” or a “call for service.” 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

204

Subpart P

“Alarm system” – a system that warns employees at 

the worksite of danger. 

“Body harness” – a system of straps that may be 

secured about the employee in a manner that will 

distribute the fall arrest forces over at least the 

thighs, shoulders, chest, and pelvis, with means for 

attaching it to other components of a personal fall 

arrest system. 

“Class II standpipe system” – a 11/2 inch (3.8 cm) hose 

system which provides a means for the control or 

extinguishment of incipient stage fires. 

“Contract employer” – an employer, such as 

a painter, joiner, carpenter, or scaffolding subcontractor, who performs work under contract to the 

host employer or to another employer under contract 

to the host employer at the host employer’s worksite. 

This excludes employers who provide incidental 

services that do not influence shipyard employment 

(such as mail delivery or office supply services). 

“Dangerous atmosphere” – an atmosphere that may 

expose employees to the risk of death, incapacitation, 

injury, acute illness, or impairment of ability to 

self-rescue (i.e., escape unaided from a confined or 

enclosed space). 

“Designated area” – an area established for hot work 

after an inspection that is free of fire hazards. 

“Drop Test” – a method utilizing gauges to ensure 

the integrity of an oxygen fuel gas burning system. 

The method requires that the burning torch is 

installed to one end of the oxygen and fuel gas lines 

and then the gauges are attached to the other end of 

the hoses. The manifold or cylinder supply valve is 

opened and the system is pressurized. The manifold 

or cylinder supply valve is then closed and the 

gauges are watched for at least sixty (60) seconds. 

Any drop in pressure indicates a leak. 

“Emergency operations” – activities performed 

by fire response organizations that are related to: 

rescue, fire suppression, emergency medical care, 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

205

Subpart P

and special operations or activities that include 

responding to the scene of an incident and all 

activities performed at that scene. 

“Fire hazard” – a condition or material that may start 

or contribute to the spread of fire. 

“Fire protection” – methods of providing 

fire prevention, response, detection, control, 

extinguishment, and engineering. 

“Fire response” – the activity taken by the employer 

at the time of an emergency incident involving a fire 

at the worksite, including fire suppression activities 

carried out by internal or external resources or a 

combination of both, or total or partial employee 

evacuation of the area exposed to the fire. 

“Fire response employee” – a shipyard employee 

who carries out the duties and responsibilities of 

shipyard firefighting in accordance with the fire 

safety plan. 

“Fire response organization” – an organized group 

knowledgeable, trained, and skilled in shipyard 

firefighting operations that responds to shipyard fire 

emergencies, including: fire brigades, shipyard fire 

departments, private or contractual fire departments, 

and municipal fire departments. 

“Fire suppression” – the activities involved in 

controlling and extinguishing fires. 

“Fire watch” – the activity of observing and 

responding to the fire hazards associated with hot 

work in shipyard employment and the employees 

designated to do so. 

“Fixed extinguishing system” – a permanently installed 

fire protection system that either extinguishes or 

controls fire occurring in the space it protects. 

“Flammable liquid” – any liquid having a flashpoint 

below 100 ̊F (37.8 ̊C), except any mixture having 

components with flashpoints of 100 ̊F (37.8 ̊C) or 

higher, the total of which make up 99 percent or 

more of the total volume of the mixture. 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

206

Subpart P

“Hazardous substance” – a substance likely to cause 

injury by reason of being explosive, flammable, 

poisonous, corrosive, oxidizing, an irritant, or 

otherwise harmful. 

“Hose systems” – fire protection systems consisting 

of a water supply, approved fire hose, and a means to 

control the flow of water at the output end of the hose. 

“Host employer” – an employer who is in charge of 

coordinating work or who hires other employers to 

perform work at a multi-employer workplace. 

“Incident management system” – a system that 

defines the roles and responsibilities to be assumed 

by personnel and the operating procedures to be 

used in the management and direction of emergency 

operations; the system is also referred to as an 

“incident command system” (ICS). 

“Incipient stage fire” – a fire, in the initial or 

beginning stage, which can be controlled or 

extinguished by portable fire extinguishers, Class II 

standpipe or small hose systems without the need for 

protective clothing or breathing apparatus. 

“Inerting” – the displacement of the atmosphere 

in a permit space by noncombustible gas (such 

as nitrogen) to such an extent that the resulting 

atmosphere is noncombustible. This procedure 

produces an IDLH oxygen-deficient atmosphere. 

“Interior structural firefighting operations” – 

the physical activity of fire response, rescue, or 

both involving a fire beyond the incipient stage 

inside of buildings, enclosed structures, vessels, 

and vessel sections. 

“Multi-employer workplace” – a workplace where there 

is a host employer and at least one contract employer. 

“Personal Alert Safety System (PASS)” – a device 

that sounds a loud signal if the wearer becomes 

immobilized or is motionless for 30 seconds or more. 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

207

Subpart P

“Physical isolation” – the elimination of a fire hazard 

by removing the hazard from the work area (at least 

35 feet for combustibles), by covering or shielding 

the hazard with a fire-resistant material, or physically 

preventing the hazard from entering the work area. 

“Physically isolated” – positive isolation of the supply 

from the distribution piping of a fixed extinguishing 

system. Examples of ways to physically isolate 

include: removing a spool piece and installing a blank 

flange; providing a double block and bleed valve 

system; or completely disconnecting valves and 

piping from all cylinders or other pressure vessels 

containing extinguishing agents. 

“Protected space” – any space into which a fixed 

extinguishing system can discharge. 

“Proximity firefighting” – specialized fire-fighting 

operations that require specialized thermal 

protection and may include the activities of rescue, 

fire suppression, and property conservation at 

incidents involving fires producing very high levels 

of conductive, convective, and radiant heat such 

as aircraft fires, bulk flammable gas fires, and 

bulk flammable liquid fires. Proximity firefighting 

operations usually are exterior operations but may 

be combined with structural firefighting operations. 

Proximity firefighting is not entry firefighting. 

“Qualified instructor” – a person with specific 

knowledge, training, and experience in fire response 

or fire watch activities to cover the material found in 

§1915.508(b) or (c). 

“Rescue” – locating endangered persons at an 

emergency incident, removing those persons from 

danger, treating the injured, and transporting the 

injured to an appropriate healthcare facility. 

“Shipyard firefighting” – the activity of rescue, fire 

suppression, and property conservation involving 

buildings, enclosed structures, vehicles, vessels, 

aircraft, or similar properties involved in a fire or 

emergency situation. 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

208

Subpart P

“Small hose system” – a system of hoses ranging in 

diameter from 5/8” (1.6 cm) up to 11/2” (3.8 cm) which 

is for the use of employees and which provides a 

means for the control and extinguishment of incipient 

stage fires. 

“Standpipe” – a fixed fire protection system 

consisting of piping and hose connections used to 

supply water to approved hose lines or sprinkler 

systems. The hose may or may not be connected to 

the system. 

APPENDIX A TO SUBPART P TO PART 1915—

MODEL FIRE SAFETY PLAN (NON-MANDATORY)

Model Fire Safety Plan

Note: This appendix is non-mandatory and provides 

guidance to assist employers in establishing a Fire 

Safety Plan as required in §1915.502.

Table of Contents

I. Purpose.

II. Work site fire hazards and how to properly 

control them.

III. Alarm systems and how to report fires.

IV. How to evacuate in different emergency situations.

V. Employee awareness.

I. Purpose

The purpose of this fire safety plan is to inform our 

employees of how we will control and reduce the 

possibility of fire in the workplace and to specify what 

equipment employees may use in case of fire.

II. Work Site Fire Hazards and How To Properly Control 

Them

A. Measures to contain fires.

B. Teaching selected employees how to use fire 

protection equipment.

C. What to do if you discover a fire.

D. Potential ignition sources for fires and how to 

control them.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

209

Subpart P

E. Types of fire protection equipment and systems 

that can control a fire.

F. The level of firefighting capability present in the 

facility, vessel, or vessel section.

G. Description of the personnel responsible for 

maintaining equipment, alarms, and systems that 

are installed to prevent or control fire ignition 

sources, and to control fuel source hazards.

III. Alarm Systems and How To Report Fires

A. A demonstration of alarm procedures, if more 

than one type exists.

B. The work site emergency alarm system.

C. Procedures for reporting fires.

IV. How To Evacuate in Different Emergency Situations

A. Emergency escape procedures and route 

assignments.

B. Procedures to account for all employees after 

completing an emergency evacuation.

C. What type of evacuation is needed and what the 

employee's role is in carrying out the plan.

D. Helping physically impaired employees.

V. Employee Awareness

Names, job titles, or departments of individuals who can 

be contacted for further information about this plan.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

210

Subpart Z

Subparts Q – Y [Reserved]

Subpart Z – Toxic and Hazardous 

Substances 

§1915.1000 – Air contaminants

Wherever this section applies, an employee’s exposure 

to any substance listed in Table Z – Shipyards of 

this section shall be limited in accordance with the 

requirements of the following paragraphs of this section.

(a) Substances with limits preceded by “C” – 

Ceiling values.

(1) An employee’s exposure to any substance in 

Table Z – Shipyards, the exposure limit of which 

is preceded by a “C,” shall at no time exceed 

the exposure limit given for that substance. If 

instantaneous monitoring is not feasible, then 

the ceiling shall be assessed as a 15-minute time 

weighted average exposure which shall not be 

exceeded at any time over a working day.

(2) Other substances—8-hour Time Weighted 

Averages. An employee’s exposure to any 

substance in Table Z – Shipyards, the exposure 

limit of which is not preceded by a “C,” shall not 

exceed the 8-hour Time Weighted Average given 

for that substance in any 8-hour work shift of a 

40-hour work week.

(b) [Reserved]

(c) [Reserved]

(d) Computation formula. The computation formula 

which shall apply to employee exposure to more 

than one substance for which 8-hour time weighted 

averages are listed in Subpart Z of 29 CFR Part 

1915 in order to determine whether an employee is 

exposed over the regulatory limit is as follows:

(1)(i) The cumulative exposure for an 8-hour work 

shift shall be computed as follows: 

E = (CaTa + CbTb + ...CnTn) ÷ 8 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

211

Subpart Z

Where: 

E is the equivalent exposure for the working shift.

C is the concentration during any period of time T 

where the concentration remains constant.

T is the duration in hours of the exposure at the 

concentration C. 

The value of E shall not exceed the 8-hour time 

weighted average specified in Subpart Z of 29 

CFR Part 1915 for the material involved.

(ii) To illustrate the formula prescribed in paragraph 

(d)(1)(i) of this section, assume that Substance A 

has an 8-hour time weighted average limit of 100 

ppm noted in Table Z – Shipyards. Assume that an 

employee is subject to the following exposure: 

Two hours exposure at 150 ppm

Two hours exposure at 75 ppm

Four hours exposure at 50 ppm

Substituting this information in the formula, 

we have 

(2 x 150 + 2 x 75 + 4 x 50) ÷ 8 = 81.25 ppm 

Since 81.25 ppm is less than 100 ppm, the 8-hour 

time weighted average limit, the exposure is 

acceptable.

(2)(i) in case of a mixture of air contaminants an 

employer shall compute the equivalent exposure 

as follows: 

Em = (C1 ÷ L1 + C2 ÷ L2) + ...(Cn ÷ Ln) 

Where: 

Em is the equivalent exposure for the mixture.

C is the concentration of a particular contaminant.

L is the exposure limit for that substance specified 

in Subpart Z of 29 CFR Part 1915.

The value of Em shall not exceed unity (1).

(ii) To illustrate the formula prescribed in 

paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section, consider the 

following exposures:
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

212

Subpart Z

Substance

Actual 

concentration of 

8 hour exposure 

(ppm)

8 hr. TWA PEL 

(ppm)

B .......... 500 1000

C .......... 45 200

D .......... 40 200

Substituting in the formula, we have:

Em = 500 ÷ 1,000 + 45 ÷ 200 + 40 ÷ 200

Em = 0.500 + 0.225 + 0.200

Em = 0.925 

Since Em is less than unity (1), the exposure 

combination is within acceptable limits. 

Table Z – Shipyards

Substance CAS No.(d) ppm(a,*) mg/m3

(b,*,h)

Skin 

Designation

Abate; see Temephos

Acetaldehyde 75-07-0 200 360

Acetic acid 64-19-7 10 25

Acetic anhydride 108-24-7 5 20

Acetone 67-64-1 1000 2400

Acetonitrile 75-05-8 40 70

2-Acetylaminofluorene 

see; §1915.1014 53-96-3

Acetylene 74-86-2 E

Acetylene dichloride; 

see1, 2-Dichloroethylene

Acetylene tetrabromide 79-27-6 1 14

Acrolein 107-02-8 0.1 0.25

Acrylamide 79-06-1 0.3 X

Acrylonitrile; see 

§1915.1045 107-13-1

Aldrin 309-00-2 0.25 X

Allyl alcohol 107-18-6 2 5 X

Allyl chloride 107-05-1 1 3

Allyl glycidyl ether 

(AGE) 106-92-3 (C)10 (C)45

Allyl propyl disulfide 2179-59-1 2 12

alpha-Alumina 

Total dust

Respirable fraction 1344-28-1

15

5

Aluminum (as Al) Metal

Total dust

Respirable fraction 7429-90-5

15

5
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

213

Subpart Z

Substance CAS No.(d) ppm(a,*) mg/m3

(b,*,h)

Skin 

Designation

Alundum; see alphaAlumina

4-Aminodiphenyl; see 

§1915.1011 92-67-1

2-Aminoethanol; see 

Ethanolamine

2-Aminopyridine 504-29-0 0.5 2

Ammonia 7664-41-7 50 35

Ammonium sulfamate

Total dust 

Respirable fraction 7773-06-0

15

5

n-Amyl acetate 628-63-7 100 525

sec-Amyl acetate 626-38-0 125 650

Aniline and homologs 62-53-3 5 19 X

Anisidine (o-, p-isomers) 29191-52-4 0.5 X

Antimony and 

compounds (as Sb) 7440-36-0 0.5

ANTU (alpha 

Naphthylthiourea) 86-88-4 0.3

Argon 7440-37-1 E

Arsenic, inorganic 

compounds (as As); 

see §1915.1018 7440-38-2

Arsenic, organic 

compounds (as As) 7440-38-2 0.5

Arsine 7784-42-1 0.05 0.2

Asbestos;

see §1915.1001

Azinphos-methyl 86-50-0 0.2 X

Barium, soluble compounds (as Ba) 7440-39-3 0.5

Barium sulfate 

Total dust

Respirable fraction 7727-43-7

15

5

Benomyl 

Total dust

Respirable fraction 17804-35-2

15

5

Benzeneg; see 

§1915.1028 71-43-2

Benzidine; see 

§1915.1010 92-87-5

p-Benzoquinone; see 

Quinone

Benzo(a)pyrene; see 

Coal tar pitch volatiles

Benzoyl peroxide 94-36-0 5

Benzyl chloride 100-44-7 1 5

Beryllium and beryllium 

compounds (as Be); 

see 1915.1024(q) 7440-41-7 0.002

Biphenyl; see Diphenyl
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

214

Subpart Z

Substance CAS No.(d) ppm(a,*) mg/m3

(b,*,h)

Skin 

Designation

Bismuth telluride, 

Undoped

Total dust

Respirable fraction 1304-82-1

15

5

Bisphenol A; see 

Diglycidyl ether

Boron oxide 

Total dust 1303-86-2 15

Boron tribromide 10294-33-4 1 10

Boron trifluoride 7637-07-2 (C)1 (C)3

Bromine 7726-95-6 0.1 0.7

Bromine pentafluoride 7789-30-2 0.1 0.7

Bromoform 75-25-2 0.5 5 X

Butadiene 

(1,3-Butadiene); 

See 29 CFR 1910.1051;

29 CFR 1910.19(l) 106-99-0

1 ppm/

5 ppm 

STEL

2-Butanone (Methyl 

ethyl ketone) 78-93-3 200 590

2-Butoxyethanol 111-76-2 50 240 X

n-Butyl-acetate 123-86-4 150 710

sec-Butyl acetate 105-46-4 200 950

tert-Butyl-acetate 540-88-5 200 950

n-Butyl alcohol 71-36-3 100 300

sec-Butyl alcohol 78-92-2 150 450

tert-Butyl alcohol 75-65-0 100 300

Butylamine 109-73-9 (C)5 (C)15 X

tert-Butyl chromate (as 

CrO3); see 1915.1026n 1189-85-1

n-Butyl glycidyl 

ether(BGE) 2426-08-6 50 270

Butyl mercaptan 109-79-5 0.5 1.5

p-tert-Butyltoluene 98-51-1 10 60

Cadmium dust fume (as 

Cd); see 1915.1027; 7440-43-9

Calcium Carbonate 

Total dust 

Respirable fraction 1317-65-3

15

5

Calcium hydroxide 

Total dust 

Respirable fraction 1305-62-0

15

5

Calcium oxide 1305-78-8 5

Calcium silicate 

Total dust 

Respirable fraction 1344-95-2

15

5

Calcium sulfate 

Total dust 

Respirable fraction 7778-18-9

15

5

Camphor, synthetic 76-22-2 2

Carbaryl (Sevin) 63-25-2 5

Carbon black 1333-86-4 3.5

Carbon dioxide 124-38-9 5000 9000

Carbon disulfide 75-15-0 20 60 X
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

215

Subpart Z

Substance CAS No.(d) ppm(a,*) mg/m3

(b,*,h)

Skin 

Designation

Carbon monoxide 630-08-0 50 55

Carbon tetrachloride 56-23-5 10 65 X

Cellulose 

Total dust

Respirable fraction 9004-34-6

15

5

Chlordane 57-74-9 0.5 X

Chlorinated camphene 8001-35-2 0.5 X

Chlorinated diphenyl 

oxide 55720-99-5 0.5

Chlorine 7782-50-5 1 3

Chlorine trifluoride 7790-91-2 (C)0.1 (C)0.4

Chloroacetaldehyde 107-20-0 (C)1 (C)3

a-Chloroacetophenone 

(Phenacyl chloride) 532-27-4 0.05 0.3

Chlorobenzene 108-90-7 75 350

o-Chlorobenzylidene 

malononitrile 2698-41-1 0.05 0.4

Chlorobromomethane 74-97-5 200 1050

2-Chloro-1,3-butadiene; 

see beta-Chloroprene

Chlorodiphenyl 

(42% Chlorine)(PCB) 53469-21-9 1 X

Chlorodiphenyl 

(54% Chlorine)(PCB) 11097-69-1 0.5 X

1-Chloro-2,

3-epoxypropane; see 

Epichlorohydrin

2-Chloroethanol; see 

Ethylene chlorohydrin

Chloroethylene; see 

Vinyl chloride

Chloroform 

(Trichloromethane) 67-66-3 50 240

bis(Chloromethyl) ether; 

see §1915.1008 542-88-1

Chloromethyl methyl 

ether; see §1915.1006 107-30-2

1-Chloro-1-nitropropane 600-25-9 20 100

Chloropicrin 76-06-2 0.1 0.7

beta-Chloroprene 126-99-8 25 90 X

2-Chloro-6 (trichloromethyl) pyridine

Total dust

Respirable fraction 1929-82-4

15

5

Chromium (II) 

compounds (as Cr) 7440-47-3 0.5

Chromium (III) 

compounds (as Cr) 7440-47-3 0.5

Chromium (VI) 

compounds; 

see 1915.1026(o)

Chromium metal and 

insol. salts (as Cr) 7440-47-3 1
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

216

Subpart Z

Substance CAS No.(d) ppm(a,*) mg/m3

(b,*,h)

Skin 

Designation

Chrysene; see Coal tar 

pitch volatiles

Clopidol 

Total dust

Respirable fraction 2971-90-6

15

5

Coal tar pitch volatiles 

(benzene soluble fraction), anthracene, BaP, 

phenanthrene, acridine, chrysene, pyrene 65966-93-2 0.2

Cobalt metal, dust, and 

fume (as Co) 7440-48-4 0.1

Copper

Fume (as Cu)

Dusts and mists (as Cu) 7440-50-8

0.1

1

Corundum; see Emery

Cotton dust (raw) 1

Crag herbicide (Sesone) 

Total dust

Respirable fraction 136-78-7

15

5

Cresol, all isomers 1319-77-3 5 22 X

Crotonaldehyde 123-73-9;

4170-30-3 2 6

Cumene 98-82-8 50 245 X

Cyanides (as CN) Varies with 

Compound 5

Cyanogen 460-19-5 10

Cyclohexane 110-82-7 300 1050

Cyclohexanol 108-93-0 50 200

Cyclohexanone 108-94-1 50 200

Cyclohexene 110-83-8 300 1015

Cyclonite 121-82-4 1.5 X

Cyclopentadiene 542-92-7 75 200

2, 4-D (Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid) 94-75-7 10

Decaborane 17702-41-9 0.05 0.3 X

Demeton (Systox) 8065-48-3 0.1 X

Diacetone alcohol 

(4-Hydroxy-4-methyl2-pentanone) 123-42-2 50 240

1,2-Diaminoethane; 

see Ethylenediamine

Diazomethane 334-88-3 0.2 0.4

Diborane 19287-45-7 0.1 0.1

1,2-Dibromo-3- 

chloropropane (CBCP); 

see §1915.1044 96-12-8

1,2-Dibromoethane; see 

Ethylene dibromide

Dibutyl phosphate 107-66-4 1 5

Dibutyl phthalate 84-74-2 5

Dichloroacetylene 7572-29-4 (C)0.1 (C)0.4

o-Dichlorobenzene 95-50-1 (C)50 (C) 300
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

217

Subpart Z

Substance CAS No.(d) ppm(a,*) mg/m3

(b,*,h)

Skin 

Designation

p-Dichlorobenzene 106-46-7 75 450

3,3’-Dichlorobenzidine; 

see §1915.1007 91-94-1

Dichlorodifluoromethane 75-71-8 1000 4950

1,3-Dichloro-5, 

5-dimethyl hydantoin 118-52-5 0.2

Dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane (DDT) 50-29-3 1 X

1,1-Dichloroethane 75-34-3 100 400

1,2-Dichloroethane; see 

Ethylene dichloride

1,2-Dichloroethylene 540-59-0 200 790

Dichloroethyl ether 111-44-4 (C)15 (C)90 X

Dichloromethane; see 

Methylene chloride

Dichloromonofluoromethane 75-43-4 1000 4200

1,1-Dichloro-1- 

nitroethane 594-72-9 (C)10 (C)60

1,2-Dichloropropane; 

see Propylene 

dichloride

Dichlorotetrafluoroethane 76-14-2 1000 7000

Dichlorvos (DDVP) 62-73-7 1 X

Dicyclopentadienyl iron 

Total dust

Respirable fraction 102-54-5

15

5

Dieldrin 60-57-1 0.25 X

Diethylamine 109-89-7 25 75

2-Diethylaminoethanol 100-37-8 10 50

Diethylene triamine 111-40-0 (C)10 (C)42 X

Diethyl ether; 

see Ethyl ether

Difluorodibromomethane 75-61-6 100 860

Diglycidyl ether (DGE) 2238-07-5 (C)0.5 (C)2.8

Dihydroxybenzene; see 

Hydroquinone

Diisobutyl ketone 108-83-8 50 290

Diisopropylamine 108-18-9 5 20 X

4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene; see 

§1915.1015 60-11-7

Dimethoxymethane; see 

Methylal

Dimethyl acetamide 127-19-5 10 35 X

Dimethylamine 124-40-3 10 18

Dimethylaminobenzene; 

see Xylidine

Dimethylaniline (N,NDimethylaniline) 121-69-7 5 25 X

Dimethylbenzene; see 

Xylene
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

218

Subpart Z

Substance CAS No.(d) ppm(a,*) mg/m3

(b,*,h)

Skin 

Designation

Dimethyl-1, 2-dibromo-2, 2-dichloroethyl phosphate 300-76-5 3

Dimethylformamide 68-12-2 10 30 X

2,6-Dimethyl-4-

heptanone; see 

Diisobutyl ketone

1,1-Dimethylhydrazine 57-14-7 0.5 1 X

Dimethylphthalate 131-11-3 5

Dimethyl sulfate 77-78-3 1 5 X

Dinitrobenzene 

(all isomers)

(ortho) 

(meta)

(para)

528-29-0

99-65-0

100-25-4 1 X

Dinitro-o-cresol 534-52-1 0.2 X

Dinitrotoluene 25321-14-6 1.5 X

Dioxane (Diethylene 

dioxide) 123-91-1 100 360 X

Diphenyl (Biphenyl) 92-52-4 0.2 1

Diphenylamine 122-39-4 10

Diphenylmethane 

diisocyanate; see 

Methylene bisphenyl 

isocyanate

Dipropylene glycol 

methyl ether 34590-94-8 100 600 X

Di-sec octyl phthalate 

(Di-(2-ethylhexyl) 

phthalate) 117-81-7 5

Emery 

Total dust

Respirable fraction 12415-34-8

15

5

Endosulfan 115-29-7 0.1 X

Endrin 72-20-8 0.1 X

Epichlorohydrin 106-89-8 5 19 X

EPN 2104-64-5 0.5 X

1,2-Epoxypropane; see 

Propylene oxide

2,3-Epoxy-1-propanol; 

see Glycidol

Ethane Ethanethiol; see 

Ethyl mercaptan 74-84-0 E

Ethanolamine 141-43-5 3 6

2-Ethoxyethanol 

(Cellosolve) 110-80-5 200 740 X

2-Ethoxyethyl acetate 

(Cellosolve acetate) 111-15-9 100 540 X

Ethyl acetate 141-78-6 400 1400

Ethyl acrylate 140-88-5 25 100 X

Ethyl alcohol (Ethanol) 64-17-5 1000 1900

Ethylamine 75-04-7 10 18

Ethyl amyl ketone 

(5-Methyl-3-heptanone) 541-85-5 25 130

Ethyl benzene 100-41-4 100 435
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

219

Subpart Z

Substance CAS No.(d) ppm(a,*) mg/m3

(b,*,h)

Skin 

Designation

Ethyl bromide 74-96-4 200 890

Ethyl butyl ketone 

(3-Heptanone) 106-35-4 50 230

Ethyl chloride 75-00-3 1000 2600

Ethyl ether 60-29-7 400 1200

Ethyl formate 109-94-4 100 300

Ethyl mercaptan 75-08-1 0.5 1

Ethyl silicate 78-10-4 100 850

Ethylene 74-85-1 E

Ethylene chlorohydrin 107-07-3 5 16 X

Ethylenediamine 107-15-3 10 25

Ethylene dibromide 106-93-4 (C)25 (C)190 X

Ethylene dichloride 

(1,2-Dichloroethane) 107-06-2 50 200

Ethylene glycol dinitrate 628-96-6 (C)0.2 (C)1 X

Ethylene glycol methyl 

acetate; see Methyl 

cellosolve acetate

Ethyleneimine; 

see §1915.1012 151-56-4

Ethylene oxide; 

see 1915.1047 75-21-8

Ethylidene chloride; 

see 1,1-Dichlorethane

N-Ethylmorpholine 100-74-3 20 94 X

Ferbam 

Total dust 14484-64-1 15

Ferrovanadium dust 12604-58-9 1

Fibrous Glass 

Total dust

Respirable fraction

15

5

Fluorides (as F) Varies with 

compound 2.5

Fluorine 7782-41-4 0.1 0.2

Fluorotrichloromethane 

(Trichlorofluoromethane) 75-69-4 1000 5600

Formaldehyde; see 

§1915.1048 50-00-0

Formic acid 64-18-6 5 9

Furfural 98-01-1 5 20 X

Furfuryl alcohol 98-00-0 50 200

Gasoline 8006-61-9 A(3)

Glycerin (mist) 

Total dust

Respirable fraction 56-81-5

15

5

Glycidol 556-52-5 50 150

Glycol monoethyl ether; 

see 2-Ethoxyethanol

Graphite, natural 

respirable dust 7782-42-5 (2) (2) (2)

Graphite, synthetic 

Total dust 

Respirable Fraction

15

5
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

220

Subpart Z

Substance CAS No.(d) ppm(a,*) mg/m3

(b,*,h)

Skin 

Designation

Guthion; see Azinphos 

methyl

Gypsum 

Total dust

Respirable fraction 13397-24-5

15

5

Hafnium 7440-58-6 0.5

Helium 7440-59-7 E

Heptachlor 76-44-8 0.5 X

Heptane (n-Heptane) 142-82-5 500 2000

Hexachloroethane 67-72-1 1 10 X

Hexachloronaphthalene 1335-87-1 0.2 X

n-Hexane 110-54-3 500 1800

2-Hexanone (Methyl 

n-butyl ketone) 591-78-6 100 410

Hexone (Methyl 

isobutyl ketone) 108-10-1 100 410

sec-Hexyl acetate 108-84-9 50 300

Hydrazine 302-01-2 1 1.3 X

Hydrogen 1333-74-0 E

Hydrogen bromide 10035-10-6 3 10

Hydrogen chloride 7647-01-0 (C)5 (C)7

Hydrogen cyanide 74-90-8 10 11 X

Hydrogen fluoride (as F) 7664-39-3 3 2

Hydrogen peroxide 7722-84-1 1 1.4

Hydrogen selenide 

(as Se) 7783-07-5 0.05

Hydrogen sulfide 7783-06-4 10 15

Hydroquinone 123-31-9 2

Indene 95-13-6 10 45

Indium and compounds 

(as in) 7440-74-6 0.1

Iodine 7553-56-2 (C)0.1 (C)1

Iron oxide fume 1309-37-1 10

Iron salts (soluble) 

(as Fe)

Varies with 

compound 1

Isomyl acetate 123-92-2 100 525

Isomyl alcohol (primary 

and secondary) 123-51-3 100 360

Isobutyl acetate 110-19-0 150 700

Isobutyl alcohol 78-83-1 100 300

Isophorone 78-59-1 25 140

Isopropyl acetate 108-21-4 250 950

Isopropyl alcohol 67-63-0 400 980

Isopropylamine 75-31-0 5 12

Isopropyl ether 108-20-3 500 2100

Isopropyl glycidyl 

ether (IGE) 4016-14-2 50 240

Kaolin 

Total dust

Respirable fraction 1332-58-7

15

5

Ketene. 463-51-4 0.5 0.9

Lead inorganic (as Pb); 

see §1915.1025 7439-92-1
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

221

Subpart Z

Substance CAS No.(d) ppm(a,*) mg/m3

(b,*,h)

Skin 

Designation

Limestone 

Total dust

Respirable fraction 1317-65-3

15

5

Lindane 58-89-9 0.5 X

Lithium hydride 7580-67-8 0.025

L.P.G. (Liquified 

petroleum gas) 68476-85-7 1000 1800

Magnesite 

Total dust

Respirable fraction 546-93-0

15

5

Magnesium oxide fume 

Total Particulate 1309-48-4 15

Malathion 

Total dust 121-75-5 15 X

Maleic anhydride 108-31-6 0.25

Manganese compounds 

(as Mn) 7439-96-5 (C)5

Manganese fume (as 

Mn) 7439-96-5 (C)5

Marble 

Total dust

Respirable fraction 1317-65-3

15

5

Mercury (aryl and 

inorganic) (as Hg) 7439-97-6 0.1 X

Mercury (organo) alkyl 

compounds (as Hg) 7439-97-6 0.01 X

Mercury (vapor) (as Hg) 7439-97-6 0.1 X

Mesityl oxide 141-79-7 25 100

Methane 74-82-8 E

Methanethiol; see 

Methyl mercaptan

Methoxychlor 

Total dust 72-43-5 15

2-Methoxyethanol; 

(Methyl cellosolve) 109-86-4 25 80 X

2-Methoxyethyl acetate 

(Methyl cellosolve 

acetate) 110-49-6 25 120 X

Methyl acetate 79-20-9 200 610

Methyl acetylene 

(Propyne) 74-99-7 1000 1650

Methyl acetylene propadiene mixture (MAPP) 1000 1800

Methyl acrylate 96-33-3 10 35 X

Methylal (Dimethoxymethane) 109-87-5 1000 3100

Methyl alcohol 67-56-1 200 260

Methylamine 74-89-5 10 12

Methyl amyl alcohol; 

see Methyl Isobutyl 

carbinol

Methyl n-amyl ketone 110-43-0 100 465

Methyl bromide 74-83-9 (C)20 (C)80 X

Methyl butyl ketone; see 

2-Hexanone
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

222

Subpart Z

Substance CAS No.(d) ppm(a,*) mg/m3

(b,*,h)

Skin 

Designation

Methyl cellosolve; see 

2-Methoxyethanol

Methyl cellosolve 

acetate; see 

2-Methoxyethyl acetate

Methyl chloride 74-87-3 100 210

Methyl chloroform 

(1,1,1-Trichloroethane) 71-55-6 350 1900

Methylcyclohexane 108-87-2 500 2000

Methylcyclohexanol 25639-42-3 100 470

o-Methylcyclohexanone 583-60-8 100 460 X

Methylene chloride: see 

§1910.1052

Methyl ethyl ketone 

(MEK); see 2-Butanone

Methyl formate 107-31-3 100 250

Methyl hydrazine 

(Monomethyl 

hydrazine) 60-34-4 (C)0.2 (C)0.35 X

Methyl iodide 74-88-4 5 28 X

Methyl isoamyl ketone 110-12-3 100 475

Methyl isobutyl carbinol 108-11-2 25 100 X

Methyl isobutyl ketone; 

see Hexone Methyl 

isocyanate 624-83-9 0.02 0.05 X

Methyl mercaptan 74-93-1 0.5 1

Methyl methacrylate 80-62-6 100 410 100

Methyl propyl ketone; 

see 2-Pentanone

Methyl silicate 681-84-5 5 30

alpha-Methyl styrene 98-83-9 (C)100 (C)480

Methylene bisphenyl 

isocyanate (MDI) 101-68-8 (C)0.02 (C)0.2

Mica; see Silicates

Mineral wool 

Total dust 

Respirable dust

15

5

Molybdenum (as Mo) 7439-98-7

Soluble compounds 5

Insoluble Compounds 

Total dust 15

Monomethyl aniline 100-61-8 2 9 X

Monomethyl hydrazine; 

see Methyl hydrazine

Morpholine 110-91-8 20 70 X

Naphtha (Coal tar) 8030-30-6 100 400

Naphthalene 91-20-3 10 50

alpha-Naphthylamine; 

see §1915.1004 134-32-7

beta-Naphthylamine; 

see §1915.1009 91-59-8

Neon 7440-01-9

Nickel carbonyl (as Ni) 13463-39-3 0.001 0.007
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

223

Subpart Z

Substance CAS No.(d) ppm(a,*) mg/m3

(b,*,h)

Skin 

Designation

Nickel, metal and 

insoluble compounds 

(as Ni) 7440-02-0 1

Nickel, soluble 

compounds (as Ni) 7440-02-0 1

Nicotine 54-11-5 0.5 X

Nitric acid 7697-37-2 2 5

Nitric oxide 10102-43-9 25 30

p-Nitroaniline 100-01-6 1 6 X

Nitrobenzene 98-95-3 1 5 X

p-Nitrochlorobenzene 100-00-5 1 X

4-Nitrodiphenyl; see

§1915.1003 92-93-3

Nitroethane 79-24-3 100 310

Nitrogen 7727-37-9 E

Nitrogen dioxide 10102-44-0 (C)5 (C)9

Nitrogen trifluoride 7783-54-2 10 29

Nitroglycerin 55-63-0 (C)0.2 (C)2 X

Nitromethane 75-52-5 100 250

1-Nitropropane 108-03-2 25 90

2-Nitropropane 79-46-9 25 90

N-Nitrosodimethylamine see §1915.1016 62-79-9

Nitrotoluene (all isomers) 

o-isomer

m-isomer

p-isomer

88-72-2

99-08-1

99-99-0 5 30 X

Nitrotrichloromethane; 

see Chloropicrin

Nitrous oxide 10024-97-2 E

Octachloronaphthalene 2234-13-1 0.1 X

Octane 111-65-9 400 1900

Oil mist, mineral 8012-95-1 5

Osmium tetroxide (as Os) 20816-12-0 0.002

Oxalic acid 144-62-7 1

Oxygen difluoride 7783-41-7 0.05 0.1

Ozone 10028-15-6 0.1 0.2

Paraquat, respirable dust 4685-14-7;

1910-42-5;

2074-50-2 0.5 X

Parathion 56-38-2 0.1

Particulates not 

otherwise regulated

Total dust organic 

and inorganic 15

PCB; see Chlorodiphenyl 

(42% and 54% chlorine)

Pentaborane 19624-22-7 0.005 0.01

Pentachloronaphthalene 1321-64-8 0.5 X

Pentachlorophenol 87-86-5 0.5 X

Pentaerythritol 

Total dust

Respirable fraction 115-77-5

15

5

Pentane 109-66-0 500 1500
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

224

Subpart Z

Substance CAS No.(d) ppm(a,*) mg/m3

(b,*,h)

Skin 

Designation

2-Pentanone (Methyl 

propyl ketone) 107-87-9 200 700

Perchloroethylene 

(Tetrachloroethylene) 127-18-4 100 670

Perchloromethyl 

mercaptan 594-42-3 0.1 0.8

Perchloryl fluoride 7616-94-6 3 13.5

Perlite 

Total dust

Respirable fraction 93763-70-3

15

5

Petroleum distillates 

(Naphtha)

(Rubber Solvent) A(3)

Phenol 108-95-2 5 19 X

p-Phenylene diamine 106-50-3 0.1 X

Phenyl ether, vapor 101-84-8 1 7

Phenyl ether-biphenyl 

mixture, vapor 1 7

Phenylethylene; see 

Styrene

Phenyl glycidyl 

ether (PGE) 122-60-1 10 60

Phenylhydrazine 100-63-0 5 22 X

Phosdrin (Mevinphos) 7786-34-7 0.1 X

Phosgene (Carbonyl 

chloride) 75-44-5 0.1 0.4

Phosphine 7803-51-2 0.3 0.4

Phosphoric acid 7664-38-2 1

Phosphorus (yellow) 7723-14-0 0.1

Phosphorus 

pentachloride 10026-13-8 1

Phosphorus pentasulfide 1314-80-3 1

Phosphorus trichloride 7719-12-2 0.5 3

Phthalic anhydride 85-44-9 2 12

Picloram 

Total dust

Respirable fraction 1918-02-1

15

5

Picric acid 88-89-1 0.1

Piperazine 

dihydrochloride 142-64-3 X

Pindone (2-Pivalyl-1, 

3-indandione) 83-26-1 0.1

Plaster of paris 

Total dust

Respirable fraction 26499-65-0

15

5

Platinum (as Pt) Metal

Soluble Salts 7440-06-4 0.002

Polytetrafluoro- ethylene 

decomposition products A(2)

Portland cement 

Total dust 

Respirable fraction 65997-15-1

15

5 10

Propargyl alcohol 107-19-7 1 X

beta- Propriolactone; 

see §1915.1013 57-57-8
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

225

Subpart Z

Substance CAS No.(d) ppm(a,*) mg/m3

(b,*,h)

Skin 

Designation

Propionic acid 79-09-4

n-Propyl acetate 109-60-4 200 840

n-Propyl alcohol 71-23-8 200 500

n-Propyl nitrate 627-13-4 25 110

Propylene dichloride 78-87-5 75 350

Propylene imine 75-55-8 2 5 X

Propylene oxide 75-56-9 100 240

Propyne; see Methyl 

acetylene

Pyrethrum 8003-34-7 5

Pyridine 110-86-1 5 15

Quinone 106-51-4 0.1 0.4

RDX: see Cyclonite

Rhodium (as Rh), metal 

fume and insoluble 

compounds 7440-16-6 0.1

Rhodium (as Rh), 

soluble compounds 7440-16-6 0.001

Ronnel 299-84-3 10

Rotenone 83-79-4 5

Rouge 

Total dust

Respirable fraction

15

5

Selenium compounds 

(as Se) 7782-49-2 0.2

Selenium hexafluoride 

(as Se) 7783-79-1 0.05 0.4

Silica, amorphous, 

precipitated and gel

112926-

00-8 (2) (2) (2)

Silica, amorphous, 

diatomaceous earth, 

containing less than 

1% crystalline silica 61790-53-2 (2) (2) (2)

Silica, crystalline, cristobalite, respirable dust; 

see 1915.1053 14464-46-1

Silica, crystalline, quartz, 

respirable dust; see 

1915.10535 14808-60-7

Silica, crystalline, tripoli 

(as quartz), respirable 

dust; see 1915.10535 1317-95-9

Silica, crystalline, tridymite, respirable dust; 

see 1915.1053 15468-32-3

Silica, fused, respirable dust 60676-86-0 (2) (2) (2)

Silicates (less than 1% 

crystalline silica)

Mica (respirable dust) 12001-26-2 (2) (2) (2)

Soapstone, total dust (2) (2) (2)

Soapstone, 

respirable dust (2) (2) (2)
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

226

Subpart Z

Substance CAS No.(d) ppm(a,*) mg/m3

(b,*,h)

Skin 

Designation

Talc (containing 

asbestos) (3) (3) (3)

Talc (containing 

no asbestos), 

respirable dust 14807-96-6 (2) (2) (2)

Tremolite, asbestiform (3) (3) (3)

Silicon 

Total dust

Respirable fraction

7440-21-3

15

5

Silicon carbide 

Total dust

Respirable fraction

409-21-2

15

5

Silver, metal and 

soluble compounds 

(as Ag) 7440-22-4 0.01

Soapstone; see Silicates

Sodium fluoroacetate 62-74-8 0.05 X

Sodium hydroxide 1310-73-2 2

Starch 

Total dust

Respirable fraction 9005-25-8

15

5

Stibine 7803-52-3 0.1 0.5

Stoddard solvent 8052-41-3 200 1150

Strychnine 57-24-9 0.15

Styrene 100-42-5 100 420 50

Sucrose 

Total dust

Respirable fraction 57-50-1

15

5

Sulfur dioxide 7446-09-5 5 13

Sulfur hexafluoride 2551-62-4 1000 6000

Sulfuric acid 7664-93-9 1

Sulfur monochloride 10025-67-9 1 6

Sulfur pentafluoride 5714-22-7 0.025 0.25

Sulfuryl fluoride 2699-79-8 5 20

Systox; see Demeton

2,4,5-T (2,4,5-tri-chlorophenoxyacetic acid) 93-76-5 10

Talc; see Silicates

Tantalum, metal and 

oxide dust 7440-25-7 5

TEDP (Sulfotep) 3689-24-5 0.2 X

Teflon decomposition 

products A2

Tellurium and 

compounds (as Te) 13494-80-9 0.1

Tellurium hexafluoride 

(as Te) 7783-80-4 0.02 0.2

Temephos 

Total dust

Respirable fraction 3383-96-8

15

5

TEPP (Tetraethyl 

pyrophosphaate) 107-49-3 0.05 X

Terphenylis. 26140-60-3 (C)1 (C)9
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

227

Subpart Z

Substance CAS No.(d) ppm(a,*) mg/m3

(b,*,h)

Skin 

Designation

1,1,1,2-Tetrachloro-2, 

2-difluoroethane 76-11-9 500 4170

1,1,2,2-Tetrachloro-1, 

2-difluoroethane 76-12-0 500 4170

1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane 79-34-5 5 35 X

Tetrachoroethylene; see 

Perchloroethylene

Tetrachloromethane; see 

Carbon tetrachloride

Tetrachloronaphthalene 1335-88-2 2 X

Tetraethyl lead (as Pb) 78-00-2 0.1 X

Tetrahydrofuran 109-99-9 200 590

Tetramethyl lead, (as Pb) 75-74-1 0.15 X

Tetramethyl 

succinonitrile 3333-52-6 0.5 3 X

Tetranitromethane 509-14-8 1 8

Tetryl (2,4,6-Trinitrophenylmethylnitramine) 479-45-8 1.5 X

Thallium, soluble 

compounds (as Tl) 7440-28-0 0.1 X

4,4’-Thiobis(6-tert, Butylm-cresol)

Total dust

Respirable fraction 96-69-5

15

5

Thiram 137-26-8 5

Tin, inorganic 

compounds (except 

oxides) (as Sn) 7440-31-5 2

Tin, organic compounds 

(as Sn) 7440-31-5 0.1

Tin oxide (as Sn) 

Total dust 

Respirable fraction 21651-19-4

15

5

Titanium dioxide 

Total dust 13463-67-7 15

Toluene 108-88-3 200 750 100

Toluene-2,4- 

diisocyanate (TDI) 584-84-9 (C)0.02 (C)0.14

o-Toluidine 95-53-4 5 22 X

Toxaphene; see 

Chlorinated camphene

Tremolite; see Silicates

Tributyl phosphate 126-73-8 5

1,1,1-Trichloroethane; 

see Methyl chloroform

1,1,2-Trichloroethane 79-00-5 10 45 X

Trichloroethylene 79-01-6 100 535

Trichloromethane; see 

Chloroform

Trichloronaphthalene 1321-65-9 5 X

1,2,3-Trichloropropane 96-18-4 50 300
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

228

Subpart Z

Substance CAS No.(d) ppm(a,*) mg/m3

(b,*,h)

Skin 

Designation

1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2, 

2-trifluoroethane 76-13-1 1000 7600

Triethylamine 121-44-8 25 100

Trifluorobromomethane 75-63-8 1000 6100

Trimethyl benzene 25551-13-7 25 120

2,4,6-Trinitrophenyl; see 

Picric acid

2,4,6-Trinitrophenylmethylnitramin; see Tetryl

2,4,6-Trinitrotoluene 

(TNT) 118-96-7 1.5 X

Triorthocresyl 

phosphate 78-30-8 0.1

Triphenyl phosphate 115-86-6 3

Tungsten (as W)

Insoluble compounds

Soluble compounds 7440-33-7

5

1

Turpentine 8006-64-2 100 560

Uranium (as U) 

Soluble compounds

Insoluble compounds 7440-61-1

0.2

0.2

Vanadium 1314-62-1

Respirable dust (as 

V2O5) (C)0.5

Fume (as V2O5) (C)0.1

Vegetable oil mist 

Total dust 

Respirable fraction

15

5

Vinyl benzene; see 

Styrene

Vinyl chloride; see 

1915.1017 75-01-4

Vinyl cyanide; see 

Acrylonitrile

Vinyl toluene 25013-15-4 100 480

Warfarin 81-81-2 0.1

Xylenes (o-, m-, pisomers) 1330-20-7 100 435

Xylidine 1300-73-8 5 25 X

Yttrium 7440-65-5 1

Zinc chloride fume 7646-85-7 1

Zinc oxide fume 1314-13-2 5

Zinc oxide 

Total dust

Respirable fraction 1314-13-2

15

5

Zinc stearate 

Total dust

Respirable fraction 557-05-1

15

5

Zirconium compounds 

(as Zr) 7440-67-7 5
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

229

Subpart Z

Mineral Dusts

Substance mppcf(j)

SILICA:

Crystalline Quartz. Threshold Limit 

calculated from the formula(p) 250(k)% SiO2 +5

Cristobalite

Amorphous, including natural 

diatomaceous earth. 20

Silicates (less than 1 percent 

crystalline silica)

Mica 20

Portland cement 50

Soapstone 20

Talc (non-asbestiform) 20

Talc (fibrous), use asbestos limit

Graphite (natural) 15

Inert or Nuisance Particulates:(m) 50 (or 15 mg/m3 

whichever is the 

smaller) of total

dust <1%SiO2

Conversion factors

mppcf X 35.3 = million particles per cubic meter = 

particles per c.c.

NOTE: Because of the length of the table, explanatory 

Footnotes applicable to all substances are given below as well 

as at the end of the table. Footnotes specific only to a limited 

number of substances are also shown within the table. 

Footnote (1) [Reserved]

Footnote (2) See Mineral Dusts Table.

Footnote (3) Use Asbestos Limit 1915.1001.

Footnote (4) See 1915.1001

Footnote (5) See Mineral Dusts table for the exposure limit 

for any operations or sectors where the exposure limit in 

§ 1915.1053 is stayed or is otherwise not in effect.

Footnote (*) The PELs are 8-hour TWAs unless otherwise 

noted; a (C) designation denotes a ceiling limit. They are to be 

determined from breathing-zone air samples.

Footnote (a) Parts of vapor or gas per million parts of 

contaminated air by volume at 25 degrees C and 760 torr.

Footnote (b) Milligrams of substance per cubic meter of air. 

When entry is in this column only, the value is exact; when 

listed with a ppm entry, it is approximate.

Footnote (c) [Reserved]

Footnote (d) The CAS number is for information only. 

Enforcement is based on the substance name. For an entry 

covering more than one metal compound, measured as 

the metal, the CAS number for the metal is given - not CAS 

numbers for the individual compounds.

Footnote (e) [Reserved]

Footnote (f) [Reserved]
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

230

Subpart Z

Footnote (g) For sectors excluded from 1915.1028 the limit is 

10 ppm TWA.

Footnote (h) Where OSHA has published a proposal for a 

substance but has not issued a Final Rule, the proposal is 

referenced and the existing limit is published.

Footnote (i) [Reserved]

Footnote (j) Millions of particles per cubic foot of air, based on 

impinger samples counted by light-field techniques.

Footnote (k) The percentage of crystalline silica in the formula 

is the amount determined from airborne samples, except in 

those instances in which other methods have been shown to 

be applicable.

Footnote (l) [Reserved]

Footnote (m) Covers all organic and inorganic particulates 

not otherwise regulated. Same as Particulates Not Otherwise 

Regulated.

Footnote (n) If the exposure limit in §1915.1026 is stayed or is 

otherwise not in effect, the exposure limit is a ceiling of 0.1 mg/m3.

Footnote (o) If the exposure limit in §1915.1026 is stayed or 

otherwise not in effect, the exposure limit is 0.1 mg/m3 (CrO3) 

as an 8-hour TWA.

Footnote (p) This standard applies to any operations or sectors 

for which the respirable crystalline silica standard, 1915.1053, is 

stayed or otherwise is not in effect.

Footnote (q) This standard applies to any operations or sectors 

for which the beryllium standard, 1915.1024, is stayed or 

otherwise is not in effect.

The 1970 TLV uses letter designations instead of a numerical 

value as follows:

Footnote (A(1)) [Reserved]

Footnote (A(2)) Polytetrafluoroethylene decomposition 

products. Because these products decompose in part by 

hydrolysis in alkaline solution, they can be quantitatively 

determined in air as fluoride to provide an index of exposure. 

No TLV is recommended pending determination of the toxicity 

of the products, but air concentrations should be minimal.

Footnote (A(3)) Gasoline and/or Petroleum distillates. The 

composition of these materials varies greatly and thus a single 

TLV for all types of these materials is no longer applicable. The 

content of benzene, other aromatics and additives should be 

determined to arrive at the appropriate TLV.

Footnote (E) Simple asphyxiants. The limiting factor is the 

available oxygen which shall be at least 18 percent and be within 

the requirements addressing explosion in Subpart B of Part 1915.

§1915.1001 – Asbestos

(a) Scope and application. This section regulates 

asbestos exposure in all shipyard employment work 

as defined in 29 CFR 1915, including but not limited 

to the following:

(1) Demolition or salvage of structures, vessels, and 

vessel sections where asbestos is present;

(2) Removal or encapsulation of materials 

containing asbestos;
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

231

Subpart Z

(3) Construction, alteration, repair, maintenance, or 

renovation of vessels, vessel sections, structures, 

substrates, or portions thereof, that contain asbestos;

(4) Installation of products containing asbestos;

(5) Asbestos spill/emergency cleanup; and

(6) Transportation, disposal, storage, containment 

of and housekeeping activities involving asbestos or 

products containing asbestos, on the site or location 

at which construction activities are performed.

(7) Coverage under this standard shall be based on 

the nature of the work operation involving asbestos 

exposure.

(8) This section does not apply to asbestos-containing 

asphalt roof cements, coatings and mastics.

(b) Definitions. 

“Aggressive method” means removal or disturbance 

of building/vessel materials by sanding, abrading, 

grinding, or other method that breaks, crumbles, or 

otherwise disintegrates intact ACM. 

“Amended water” means water to which surfactant 

(wetting agent) has been added to increase the ability 

of the liquid to penetrate ACM. 

“Asbestos” includes chrysotile, amosite, 

crocidolite, tremolite asbestos, anthophyllite 

asbestos, actinolite asbestos, and any of these 

minerals that has been chemically treated and/or 

altered. For purposes of this standard, “asbestos” 

includes PACM, as defined below. 

“Asbestos-containing material, (ACM)” means any 

material containing more than one percent asbestos. 

“Assistant Secretary” means the Assistant Secretary 

of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. 

Department of Labor, or designee. 

“Authorized person” means any person authorized 

by the employer and required by work duties to be 

present in regulated areas. 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

232

Subpart Z

“Building/facility/vessel owner” is the legal entity, 

including a lessee, which exercises control over 

management and record keeping functions relating 

to a building, facility, and/or vessel in which activities 

covered by this standard take place. 

“Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH)” means one 

certified in the practice of industrial hygiene by the 

American Board of Industrial Hygiene. 

“Class I asbestos work” means activities involving 

the removal of thermal system insulation or surfacing 

ACM/PACM. 

“Class II asbestos work” means activities involving 

the removal of ACM which is neither TSI or surfacing 

ACM. This includes, but is not limited to, the 

removal of asbestos-containing wallboard, floor 

tile and sheeting, roofing and siding shingles, and 

construction mastics. 

“Class III asbestos work” means repair and 

maintenance operations, where “ACM”, including TSI 

and surfacing ACM and PACM, is likely to be disturbed. 

“Class IV asbestos work” means maintenance and 

custodial activities during which employees contact 

but do not disturb ACM or PACM and activities to 

clean up dust, waste and debris resulting from Class 

I, II, and III activities. 

“Clean room” means an uncontaminated room having 

facilities for the storage of employees’ street clothing 

and uncontaminated materials and equipment. 

“Closely resemble” means that the major workplace 

conditions which have contributed to the levels of 

historic asbestos exposure, are no more protective 

than conditions of the current workplace. 

“Competent person” see “Qualified person” 

“Critical barrier” means one or more layers of plastic 

sealed over all openings into a work area or any other 

physical barrier sufficient to prevent airborne asbestos 

in a work area from migrating to an adjacent area. 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

233

Subpart Z

“Decontamination area” means an enclosed area 

adjacent and connected to the regulated area and 

consisting of an equipment room, shower area, and 

clean room, which is used for the decontamination 

of workers, materials, and equipment that are 

contaminated with asbestos. 

“Demolition” means the wrecking or taking out of any 

load-supporting structural member and any related 

razing, removing, or stripping of asbestos products. 

“Director” means the Director, National Institute for 

Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of 

Health and Human Services, or designee. 

“Disturbance” means activities that disrupt the matrix 

of ACM or PACM, crumble or pulverize ACM or 

PACM, or generate visible debris from ACM or PACM. 

Disturbance includes cutting away small amounts of 

ACM and PACM, no greater than the amount which 

can be contained in one standard sized glove bag 

or waste bag, in order to access a building or vessel 

component. In no event shall the amount of ACM 

or PACM so disturbed exceed that which can be 

contained in one glove bag or waste bag which shall 

not exceed 60 inches in length and width. 

“Employee exposure” means that exposure to 

airborne asbestos that would occur if the employee 

were not using respiratory protective equipment. 

“Equipment room (change room)” means 

a contaminated room located within the 

decontamination area that is supplied with 

impermeable bags or containers for the disposal of 

contaminated protective clothing and equipment. 

“Fiber” means a particulate form of asbestos, 5 

micrometers or longer, with a length-to-diameter 

ratio of at least 3 to 1. 

“Glovebag” means not more than a 60 x 60 inch 

impervious plastic bag-like enclosure affixed around 

an asbestos-containing material, with glove-like 

appendages through which material and tools may 

be handled. 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

234

Subpart Z

“High-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter” means 

a filter capable of trapping and retaining at least 

99.97 percent of all mono-dispersed particles of 0.3 

micrometers in diameter. 

“Homogeneous area” means an area of surfacing 

material or thermal system insulation that is uniform 

in color and texture. 

“Industrial hygienist” means a professional qualified 

by education, training, and experience to anticipate, 

recognize, evaluate and develop controls for 

occupational health hazards. 

“Intact” means that the ACM has not crumbled, been 

pulverized, or otherwise deteriorated so that the 

asbestos is no longer likely to be bound with its matrix. 

“Modification for purposes of paragraph (g)(6)(ii),” 

means a changed or altered procedure, material or 

component of a control system, which replaces a 

procedure, material or component of a required system. 

Omitting a procedure or component, or reducing or 

diminishing the stringency or strength of a material or 

component of the control system is not a “modification” 

for purposes of paragraph (g)(6) of this section. 

“Negative Initial Exposure Assessment” means a 

demonstration by the employer, which complies with 

the criteria in paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section, that 

employee exposure during an operation is expected 

to be consistently below the PELs. 

“PACM” means “presumed asbestos containing 

material”. 

“Presumed Asbestos Containing Material” means 

thermal system insulation and surfacing material 

found in buildings, vessels, and vessel sections 

constructed no later than 1980. The designation of 

a material as “PACM” may be rebutted pursuant to 

paragraph (k)(5) of this section. 

“Project Designer” means a person who has 

successfully completed the training requirements 

for an abatement project designer established by 

40 U.S.C. Sec. 763.90(g). 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

235

Subpart Z

“Qualified person” means, in addition to the 

definition in 29 CFR 1926.32(f), one who is capable 

of identifying existing asbestos hazards in the 

workplace and selecting the appropriate control 

strategy for asbestos exposure, who has the 

authority to take prompt corrective measures to 

eliminate them, as specified in 29 CFR 1926.32(f); in 

addition, for Class I and Class II work who is specially 

trained in a training course which meet the criteria 

of EPA’s Model Accreditation Plan (40 CFR Part 763) 

for supervisor, or its equivalent, and for Class III and 

Class IV work, who is trained in a manner consistent 

with EPA requirements for training of local education 

agency maintenance and custodial staff as set forth 

at 40 CFR 763.92(a)(2). 

“Regulated area” means an area established by the 

employer to demarcate areas where Class I, II, and III 

asbestos work is conducted, and any adjoining area 

where debris and waste from such asbestos work 

accumulate; and a work area within which airborne 

concentrations of asbestos, exceed or can reasonably 

be expected to exceed the permissible exposure 

limit. Requirements for regulated areas are set out in 

paragraph (e) of this section. 

“Removal” means all operations where ACM and/

or PACM is taken out or stripped from structures or 

substrates, and includes demolition operations. 

“Renovation” means the modifying of any existing 

vessel, vessel section, structure, or portion thereof. 

“Repair” means overhauling, rebuilding, 

reconstructing, or reconditioning of vessels, 

vessel sections, structures or substrates, including 

encapsulation or other repair of ACM or PACM 

attached to structures or substrates. 

“Surfacing material” means material that is sprayed, 

troweled-on or otherwise applied to surfaces (such as 

acoustical plaster on ceilings and fireproofing materials 

on structural members, or other materials on surfaces 

for acoustical, fireproofing, and other purposes). 

“Surfacing ACM” means surfacing material which 

contains more than 1 percent asbestos. 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

236

Subpart Z

“Thermal system insulation (TSI)” means ACM 

applied to pipes, fittings, boilers, breeching, tanks, 

ducts or other structural components to prevent heat 

loss or gain. 

“Thermal system insulation ACM” is thermal system 

insulation which contains more than 1 percent asbestos.

(c) Permissible exposure limits (PELs). 

(1) Time-weighted average limit (TWA). The 

employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed 

to an airborne concentration of asbestos in excess 

of 0.1 fiber per cubic centimeter of air as an 

eight (8) hour time-weighted average (TWA), as 

determined by the method prescribed in Appendix 

A to this section, or by an equivalent method.

(2) Excursion limit. The employer shall ensure 

that no employee is exposed to an airborne 

concentration of asbestos in excess of 1.0 fiber 

per cubic centimeter of air (1 f/cc) as averaged 

over a sampling period of thirty (30) minutes, as 

determined by the method prescribed in Appendix 

A to this section, or by an equivalent method.

(d) Multi-employer worksites. 

(1) On multi-employer worksites, an employer 

performing work requiring the establishment of 

a regulated area shall inform other employers on 

the site of the nature of the employer’s work with 

asbestos and/or PACM, of the existence of and 

requirements pertaining to regulated areas, and the 

measures taken to ensure that employees of such 

other employers are not exposed to asbestos.

(2) Asbestos hazards at a multi-employer worksite 

shall be abated by the contractor who created or 

controls the source of asbestos contamination. 

For example, if there is a significant breach of an 

enclosure containing Class I work, the employer 

responsible for erecting the enclosure shall repair 

the breach immediately.

(3) In addition, all employers of employees exposed 

to asbestos hazards shall comply with applicable 

protective provisions to protect their employees. For 

example, if employees working immediately adjacent 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

237

Subpart Z

to a Class I asbestos job are exposed to asbestos 

due to the inadequate containment of such job, their 

employer shall either remove the employees from 

the area until the enclosure breach is repaired; or 

perform an initial exposure assessment pursuant to 

paragraph (f) of this section.

(4) All employers of employees working adjacent 

to regulated areas established by another 

employer on a multi-employer worksite shall take 

steps on a daily basis to ascertain the integrity 

of the enclosure and/ or the effectiveness of the 

control method relied on by the primary asbestos 

contractor to assure that asbestos fibers do not 

migrate to such adjacent areas.

(5) All general contractors on a shipyard project 

which includes work covered by this standard 

shall be deemed to exercise general supervisory 

authority over the work covered by this standard, 

even though the general contractor is not qualified 

to serve as the asbestos “qualified person” 

as defined by paragraph (b) of this section. As 

supervisor of the entire project, the general 

contractor shall ascertain whether the asbestos 

contractor is in compliance with this standard, 

and shall require such contractor to come into 

compliance with this standard when necessary.

(e) Regulated areas. 

(1) All Class I, II and III asbestos work shall be 

conducted within regulated areas. All other 

operations covered by this standard shall be 

conducted within a regulated area where airborne 

concentrations of asbestos exceed, or there is a 

reasonable possibility they may exceed a PEL. 

Regulated areas shall comply with the requirements 

of paragraphs (e)(2), (3), (4) and (5) of this section.

(2) Demarcation. The regulated area shall be 

demarcated in any manner that minimizes the 

number of persons within the area and protects 

persons outside the area from exposure to airborne 

asbestos. Where critical barriers or negative 

pressure enclosures are used, they may demarcate 

the regulated area. Signs shall be provided 

and displayed pursuant to the requirements of 

paragraph (k)(7) of this section.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

238

Subpart Z

(3) Access. Access to regulated areas shall be limited 

to authorized persons and to persons authorized by 

the Act or regulations issued pursuant thereto.

(4) Respirators. All persons entering a regulated 

area where employees are required pursuant to 

paragraph (h)(1) of this section to wear respirators 

shall be supplied with a respirator selected in 

accordance with paragraph (h)(2) of this section.

(5) Prohibited activities. The employer shall 

ensure that employees do not eat, drink, smoke, 

chew tobacco or gum, or apply cosmetics in the 

regulated area.

(6) Qualified persons. The employer shall ensure 

that all asbestos work performed within regulated 

areas is supervised by a qualified person, as 

defined in paragraph (b) of this section. The duties 

of the qualified person are set out in paragraph (o) 

of this section.

(f) Exposure assessments and monitoring. 

(1) General monitoring criteria.

(i) Each employer who has a workplace or work 

operation where exposure monitoring is required 

under this section shall perform monitoring to 

determine accurately the airborne concentrations 

of asbestos to which employees may be exposed.

(ii) Determinations of employee exposure shall be 

made from breathing zone air samples that are 

representative of the 8-hour TWA and 30-minute 

short-term exposures of each employee.

(iii) Representative 8-hour TWA employee 

exposure shall be determined on the basis of one 

or more samples representing full-shift exposure 

for employees in each work area. Representative 

30-minute short-term employee exposures shall 

be determined on the basis of one or more 

samples representing 30-minute exposures 

associated with operations that are most likely to 

produce exposures above the excursion limit for 

employees in each work area.

(2) Initial exposure assessment.

(i) Each employer who has a workplace or work 

operation covered by this standard shall ensure 

that a “qualified person” conducts an exposure 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

239

Subpart Z

assessment immediately before or at the 

initiation of the operation to ascertain expected 

exposures during that operation or workplace. 

The assessment must be completed in time to 

comply with requirements which are triggered by 

exposure data or the lack of a “negative exposure 

assessment,” and to provide information 

necessary to assure that all control systems 

planned are appropriate for that operation and 

will work properly.

(ii) Basis of initial exposure assessment. Unless 

a negative exposure assessment has been made 

pursuant to paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section, 

the initial exposure assessment shall, if feasible, 

be based on monitoring conducted pursuant to 

paragraph (f)(1)(iii) of this section. The assessment 

shall take into consideration both the monitoring 

results and all observations, information or 

calculations which indicate employee exposure 

to asbestos, including any previous monitoring 

conducted in the workplace, or of the operations 

of the employer which indicate the levels of 

airborne asbestos likely to be encountered on the 

job. For Class I asbestos work, until the employer 

conducts exposure monitoring and documents 

that employees on that job will not be exposed in 

excess of the PELs, or otherwise makes a negative 

exposure assessment pursuant to paragraph (f)

(2)(iii) of this section, the employer shall presume 

that employees are exposed in excess of the TWA 

and excursion limit.

(iii) Negative initial exposure assessment. For 

any one specific asbestos job which will be 

performed by employees who have been trained 

in compliance with the standard, the employer 

may demonstrate that employee exposures will 

be below the PELs by data which conform to the 

following criteria;

(A) Objective data demonstrating that the product 

or material containing asbestos minerals or 

the activity involving such product or material 

cannot release airborne fibers in concentrations 

exceeding the TWA and excursion limit under 

those work conditions having the greatest 

potential for releasing asbestos; or
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

240

Subpart Z

(B) Where the employer has monitored prior 

asbestos jobs for the PEL and the excursion limit 

within 12 months of the current or projected job, 

the monitoring and analysis were performed 

in compliance with the asbestos standard 

in effect; and the data were obtained during 

work operations conducted under workplace 

conditions “closely resembling” the processes, 

type of material, control methods, work practices, 

and environmental conditions used and 

prevailing in the employer’s current operations, 

the operations were conducted by employees 

whose training and experience are no more 

extensive than that of employees performing 

the current job, and these data show that under 

the conditions prevailing and which will prevail 

in the current workplace there is a high degree 

of certainty that employee exposures will not 

exceed the TWA and excursion limit; or

(C) The results of initial exposure monitoring of 

the current job made from breathing zone air 

samples that are representative of the 8-hour 

TWA and 30-minute short-term exposures of 

each employee covering operations which are 

most likely during the performance of the entire 

asbestos job to result in exposures over the PELs.

(3) Periodic monitoring. 

(i) Class I and II operations. The employer shall 

conduct daily monitoring that is representative 

of the exposure of each employee who is 

assigned to work within a regulated area who 

is performing Class I or II work, unless the 

employer pursuant to paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of 

this section, has made a negative exposure 

assessment for the entire operation.

(ii) All operations under the standard other than 

Class I and II operations. The employer shall 

conduct periodic monitoring of all work where 

exposures are expected to exceed a PEL, at 

intervals sufficient to document the validity of the 

exposure prediction.

(iii) Exception. When all employees required to 

be monitored daily are equipped with suppliedair respirators operated in the pressure demand 

mode, or other positive pressure mode respirator, 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

241

Subpart Z

the employer may dispense with the daily 

monitoring required by this paragraph. However, 

employees performing Class I work using a 

control method which is not listed in paragraph 

(g)(4)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section or using a 

modification of a listed control method, shall 

continue to be monitored daily even if they are 

equipped with supplied-air respirators.

(4) Termination of monitoring.

(i) If the periodic monitoring required by 

paragraph (f)(3) of this section reveals 

that employee exposures, as indicated by 

statistically reliable measurements, are below 

the permissible exposure limit and excursion 

limit the employer may discontinue monitoring 

for those employees whose exposures are 

represented by such monitoring.

(ii) Additional monitoring. Notwithstanding the 

provisions of paragraph (f)(2) and (3), and (f)(4) 

of this section, the employer shall institute the 

exposure monitoring required under paragraph 

(f)(3) of this section whenever there has been a 

change in process, control equipment, personnel or 

work practices that may result in new or additional 

exposures above the permissible exposure limit 

and/or excursion limit or when the employer 

has any reason to suspect that a change may 

result in new or additional exposures above the 

permissible exposure limit and/or excursion limit. 

Such additional monitoring is required regardless 

of whether a “negative exposure assessment” was 

previously produced for a specific job.

(5) Employee notification of monitoring results. The 

employer must, as soon as possible but no later 

than 5 days after the receipt of the results of any 

monitoring performed under this section, notify 

each affected employee of these results either 

individually in writing or by posting the results in an 

appropriate location that is accessible to employees.

(6) Observation of monitoring.

(i) The employer shall provide affected 

employees and their designated representatives 

an opportunity to observe any monitoring of 

employee exposure to asbestos conducted in 

accordance with this section.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

242

Subpart Z

(ii) When observation of the monitoring of 

employee exposure to asbestos requires entry 

into an area where the use of protective clothing 

or equipment is required, the observer shall 

be provided with and be required to use such 

clothing and equipment and shall comply with all 

other applicable safety and health procedures.

(g) Methods of compliance. 

(1) Engineering controls and work practices for all 

operations covered by this section. The employer 

shall use the following engineering controls and 

work practices in all operations covered by this 

section, regardless of the levels of exposure:

(i) Vacuum cleaners equipped with HEPA filters 

to collect all debris and dust containing ACM and 

PACM, except as provided in paragraph (g)(8)(ii) 

of this section in the case of roofing material;

(ii) Wet methods, or wetting agents, to control 

employee exposures during asbestos handling, 

mixing, removal, cutting, application, and 

cleanup, except where employers demonstrate 

that the use of wet methods is infeasible due to 

for example, the creation of electrical hazards, 

equipment malfunction, and, in roofing, except as 

provided in paragraph (g)(8)(ii) of this section;

(iii) Prompt clean-up and disposal of wastes and 

debris contaminated with asbestos in leak-tight 

containers except in roofing operations, where 

the procedures specified in paragraph (g)(8)(ii) of 

this section apply.

(2) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (g)

(1) of this section above, the employer shall use the 

following control methods to achieve compliance with 

the TWA permissible exposure limit and excursion 

limit prescribed by paragraph (c) of this section;

(i) Local exhaust ventilation equipped with HEPA 

filter dust collection systems;

(ii) Enclosure or isolation of processes producing 

asbestos dust;

(iii) Ventilation of the regulated area to move 

contaminated air away from the breathing zone 

of employees and toward a filtration or collection 

device equipped with a HEPA filter;
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

243

Subpart Z

(iv) Use of other work practices and engineering 

controls that the Assistant Secretary can show to 

be feasible.

(v) Wherever the feasible engineering and work 

practice controls described above are not sufficient 

to reduce employee exposure to or below the 

permissible exposure limit and/or excursion limit 

prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section, the 

employer shall use them to reduce employee 

exposure to the lowest levels attainable by these 

controls and shall supplement them by the use 

of respiratory protection that complies with the 

requirements of paragraph (h) of this section.

(3) Prohibitions. The following work practices and 

engineering controls shall not be used for work related 

to asbestos or for work which disturbs ACM or PACM, 

regardless of measured levels of asbestos exposure or 

the results of initial exposure assessments:

(i) High-speed abrasive disc saws that are 

not equipped with point of cut ventilator or 

enclosures with HEPA filtered exhaust air.

(ii) Compressed air used to remove asbestos, 

or materials containing asbestos, unless the 

compressed air is used in conjunction with an 

enclosed ventilation system designed to capture 

the dust cloud created by the compressed air.

(iii) Dry sweeping, shoveling or other dry clean-up 

of dust and debris containing ACM and PACM.

(iv) Employee rotation as a means of reducing 

employee exposure to asbestos.

(4) Class I requirements. In addition to the 

provisions of paragraphs (g)(1) and (2) of this 

section, the following engineering controls and 

work practices and procedures shall be used.

(i) All Class I work, including the installation 

and operation of the control system shall be 

supervised by a qualified person as defined in 

paragraph (b) of this section;

(ii) For all Class I jobs involving the removal of 

more than 25 linear or 10 square feet of TSI or 

surfacing ACM or PACM; for all other Class I jobs, 

where the employer cannot produce a negative 

exposure assessment pursuant to paragraph (f)
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

244

Subpart Z

(2)(iii) of this section, or where employees are 

working in areas adjacent to the regulated area, 

while the Class I work is being performed, the 

employer shall use one of the following methods 

to ensure that airborne asbestos does not migrate 

from the regulated area:

(A) Critical barriers shall be placed over all the 

openings to the regulated area, except where 

activities are performed outdoors; or

(B) The employer shall use another barrier or 

isolation method which prevents the migration 

of airborne asbestos from the regulated area, 

as verified by perimeter area surveillance 

during each work shift at each boundary of the 

regulated area, showing no visible asbestos 

dust; and perimeter area monitoring showing 

that clearance levels contained in 40 CFR Part 

763, Subpart E of the EPA Asbestos in Schools 

Rule are met, or that perimeter area levels, 

measured by Phase Contrast Microscopy 

(PCM) are no more than background levels 

representing the same area before the asbestos 

work began. The results of such monitoring 

shall be made known to the employer no later 

than 24 hours from the end of the work shift 

represented by such monitoring. Exception: For 

work completed outdoors where employees are 

not working in areas adjacent to the regulated 

areas, this paragraph (g)(4)(ii) is satisfied when 

the specific control methods in paragraph (g)(5) 

of this section are used.

(iii) For all Class I jobs, HVAC systems shall be 

isolated in the regulated area by sealing with a 

double layer of 6 mil plastic or the equivalent;

(iv) For all Class I jobs, impermeable dropcloths 

shall be placed on surfaces beneath all removal 

activity;

(v) For all Class I jobs, all objects within the 

regulated area shall be covered with impermeable 

dropcloths or plastic sheeting which is secured by 

duct tape or an equivalent.

(vi) For all Class I jobs where the employer 

cannot produce a negative exposure assessment 

or where exposure monitoring shows the PELs 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

245

Subpart Z

are exceeded, the employer shall ventilate the 

regulated area to move contaminated air away 

from the breathing zone of employees toward a 

HEPA filtration or collection device.

(5) Specific control systems for Class I work. In 

addition, Class I asbestos work shall be performed 

using one or more of the following control methods 

pursuant to the limitations stated below:

(i) Negative pressure enclosure (NPE) 

systems. NPE systems may be used where the 

configuration of the work area does not make 

the erection of the enclosure infeasible, with the 

following specifications and work practices.

(A) Specifications:

(1) The negative pressure enclosure (NPE) 

may be of any configuration,

(2) At least 4 air changes per hour shall be 

maintained in the NPE,

(3) A minimum of -0.02 column inches of 

water pressure differential, relative to outside 

pressure, shall be maintained within the NPE 

as evidenced by manometric measurements,

(4) The NPE shall be kept under negative 

pressure throughout the period of its use, and

(5) Air movement shall be directed away from 

employees performing asbestos work within 

the enclosure, and toward a HEPA filtration or 

a collection device.

(B) Work practices:

(1) Before beginning work within the 

enclosure and at the beginning of each shift, 

the NPE shall be inspected for breaches and 

smoke-tested for leaks, and any leaks sealed.

(2) Electrical circuits in the enclosure shall be 

deactivated, unless equipped with groundfault circuit interrupters.

(ii) Glove bag systems may be used to remove 

PACM and/or ACM from straight runs of piping 

and elbows and other connections with the 

following specifications and work practices.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

246

Subpart Z

(A) Specifications:

(1) Glovebags shall be made of 6 mil thick 

plastic and shall be seamless at the bottom.

(2) Glovebags used on elbows and other 

connections must be designed for that 

purpose and used without modifications.

(B) Work practices:

(1) Each glovebag shall be installed so that it 

completely covers the circumference of pipes or 

other structures where the work is to be done.

(2) Glovebags shall be smoke-tested for leaks 

and any leaks sealed prior to use.

(3) Glovebags may be used only once and 

may not be moved.

(4) Glovebags shall not be used on surfaces 

whose temperature exceeds 150 ̊ F.

(5) Prior to disposal, glovebags shall be 

collapsed by removing air within them using 

a HEPA vacuum.

(6) Before beginning the operation, loose 

and friable material adjacent to the glovebag/

box operation shall be wrapped and sealed 

in two layers of six mil plastic or otherwise 

rendered intact.

(7) Where a system uses an attached waste 

bag, such bag shall be connected to a 

collection bag using hose or other material 

which shall withstand the pressure of ACM 

waste and water without losing its integrity.

(8) A sliding valve or other device shall 

separate the waste bag from the hose to 

ensure no exposure when the waste bag is 

disconnected.

(9) At least two persons shall perform Class I 

glovebag removal operations.

(iii) Negative pressure glove bag systems. 

Negative pressure glove bag systems may be 

used to remove ACM or PACM from piping.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

247

Subpart Z

(A) Specifications: In addition to the 

specifications for glove bag systems above, 

negative pressure glove bag systems shall 

attach the HEPA vacuum system or other device 

to the bag to prevent collapse during removal.

(B) Work practices:

(1) The employer shall comply with the work 

practices for glove bag systems in paragraph 

(g)(5)(ii)(B)(4) of this section,

(2) The HEPA vacuum cleaner or other device 

used to prevent collapse of bag during 

removal shall run continually during the 

operation until it is completed at which time 

the bag shall be collapsed prior to removal of 

the bag from the pipe.

(3) Where a separate waste bag is used along 

with a collection bag and discarded after one 

use, the collection bag may be reused if rinsed 

clean with amended water before reuse.

(iv) Negative pressure glove box systems: 

Negative pressure glove boxes may be used to 

remove ACM or PACM from pipe runs with the 

following specifications and work practices.

(A) Specifications:

(1) Glove boxes shall be constructed with rigid 

sides and made from metal or other material 

which can withstand the weight of the ACM 

and PACM and water used during removal:

(2) A negative pressure generator shall be used 

to create negative pressure in the system:

(3) An air filtration unit shall be attached to 

the box:

(4) The box shall be fitted with gloved apertures:

(5) An aperture at the base of the box shall serve 

as a bagging outlet for waste ACM and water:

(6) A back-up generator shall be present on site:

(7) Waste bags shall consist of 6 mil thick 

plastic double-bagged before they are filled or 

plastic thicker than 6 mil.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

248

Subpart Z

(B) Work practices:

(1) At least two persons shall perform the 

removal:

(2) The box shall be smoke-tested for leaks 

and any leaks sealed prior to each use:

(3) Loose or damaged ACM adjacent to the 

box shall be wrapped and sealed in two layers 

of 6 mil plastic prior to the job, or otherwise 

made intact prior to the job.

(4) A HEPA filtration system shall be used to 

maintain pressure barrier in box.

(v) Water spray process system: A water spray 

process system may be used for removal of ACM 

and PACM from cold line piping if, employees 

carrying out such process have completed a 

40-hour separate training course in its use, in 

addition to training required for employees 

performing Class I work. The system shall meet the 

following specifications and shall be performed by 

employees using the following work practices.

(A) Specifications:

(1) Piping from which insulation will be 

removed shall be surrounded on 3 sides by 

rigid framing,

(2) A 360 degree water spray, delivered 

through nozzles supplied by a high pressure 

separate water line, shall be formed around 

the piping.

(3) The spray shall collide to form a fine 

aerosol which provides a liquid barrier 

between workers and the ACM and PACM.

(B) Work practices:

(1) The system shall be run for at least 10 

minutes before removal begins.

(2) All removal shall take place within the barrier.

(3) The system shall be operated by at least 

three persons, one of whom shall not perform 

removal but shall check equipment, and 

ensure proper operation of the system.

(4) After removal, the ACM and PACM shall be 

bagged while still inside the water barrier.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

249

Subpart Z

(vi) A small walk-in enclosure which 

accommodates no more than two persons (minienclosure) may be used if the disturbance or 

removal can be completely contained by the 

enclosure, with the following specifications and 

work practices.

(A) Specifications:

(1) The fabricated or job-made enclosure shall 

be constructed of 6 mil plastic or equivalent:

(2) The enclosure shall be placed under 

negative pressure by means of a HEPA filtered 

vacuum or similar ventilation unit:

(B) Work practices:

(1) Before use, the mini-enclosure shall be 

inspected for leaks and smoke-tested to detect 

breaches, and any breaches sealed.

(2) Before reuse, the interior shall be 

completely washed with amended water and 

HEPA-vacuumed.

(3) During use, air movement shall be directed 

away from the employee’s breathing zone 

within the mini-enclosure.

(6) Alternative control methods for Class I work. 

Class I work may be performed using a control 

method which is not referenced in paragraph (g)(5) 

of this section, or which modifies a control method 

referenced in paragraph (g)(5) of this section, if the 

following provisions are complied with:

(i) The control method shall enclose, contain 

or isolate the processes or source of airborne 

asbestos dust, or otherwise capture or redirect 

such dust before it enters the breathing zone of 

employees.

(ii) A certified industrial hygienist or licensed 

professional engineer who is also qualified as 

a project designer as defined in paragraph (b) 

of this section, shall evaluate the work area, the 

projected work practices and the engineering 

controls and shall certify in writing that: the 

planned control method is adequate to reduce 

direct and indirect employee exposure to below 

the PELs under worst-case conditions of use, 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

250

Subpart Z

and that the planned control method will prevent 

asbestos contamination outside the regulated 

area, as measured by clearance sampling which 

meets the requirements of EPA’s Asbestos in 

Schools Rule issued under AHERA, or perimeter 

monitoring which meets the criteria in paragraph 

(g)(4)(ii)(B) of this section.

(A) Where the TSI or surfacing material to be 

removed is 25 linear or 10 square feet or less , 

the evaluation required in paragraph (g)(6) of 

this section may be performed by a “qualified 

person”, and may omit consideration of perimeter 

or clearance monitoring otherwise required.

(B) The evaluation of employee exposure 

required in paragraph (g)(6) of this section, 

shall include and be based on sampling and 

analytical data representing employee exposure 

during the use of such method under worstcase conditions and by employees whose 

training and experience are equivalent to 

employees who are to perform the current job.

(7) Work practices and engineering controls for 

Class II work.

(i) All Class II work shall be supervised by a 

qualified person as defined in paragraph (b) of 

this section.

(ii) For all indoor Class II jobs, where the 

employer has not produced a negative exposure 

assessment pursuant to paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of 

this section, or where during the job, changed 

conditions indicate there may be exposure above 

the PEL or where the employer does not remove 

the ACM in a substantially intact state, the 

employer shall use one of the following methods 

to ensure that airborne asbestos does not migrate 

from the regulated area;

(A) Critical barriers shall be placed over all 

openings to the regulated area; or,

(B) The employer shall use another barrier or 

isolation method which prevents the migration 

of airborne asbestos from the regulated area, 

as verified by perimeter area monitoring or 

clearance monitoring which meets the criteria 

set out in paragraph (g)(4)(ii)(B) of this section.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

251

Subpart Z

(C) Impermeable dropcloths shall be placed on 

surfaces beneath all removal activity;

(iii) [Reserved]

(iv) All Class II asbestos work shall be performed 

using the work practices and requirements set out 

above in paragraph (g)(1)(i) through (g)(1)(iii) of 

this section.

(8) Additional controls for Class II work. Class 

II asbestos work shall also be performed by 

complying with the work practices and controls 

designated for each type of asbestos work to be 

performed, set out in this paragraph. Where more 

than one control method may be used for a type of 

asbestos work, the employer may choose one or a 

combination of designated control methods. Class 

II work also may be performed using a method 

allowed for Class I work, except that glove bags 

and glove boxes are allowed if they fully enclose 

the Class II material to be removed.

(i) For removing vinyl and asphalt flooring/deck 

materials which contain ACM or for which in 

buildings constructed not later than 1980, the 

employer has not verified the absence of ACM 

pursuant to paragraph (g)(8)(i)(I): the employer 

shall ensure that employees comply with the 

following work practices and that employees are 

trained in these practices pursuant to paragraph 

(k)(9) of this section:

(A) Flooring/deck materials or its backing shall 

not be sanded.

(B) Vacuums equipped with HEPA filter, 

disposable dust bag, and metal floor tool (no 

brush) shall be used to clean floors.

(C) Resilient sheeting shall be removed by 

cutting with wetting of the snip point and 

wetting during delamination. Rip-up of resilient 

sheet floor material is prohibited.

(D) All scraping of residual adhesive and/or 

backing shall be performed using wet methods.

(E) Dry sweeping is prohibited.

(F) Mechanical chipping is prohibited unless 

performed in a negative pressure enclosure 

which meets the requirements of paragraph (g)

(5)(i) of this section.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

252

Subpart Z

(G) Tiles shall be removed intact, unless the 

employer demonstrates that intact removal is 

not possible.

(H) When tiles are heated and can be removed 

intact, wetting may be omitted.

(I) Resilient flooring/deck material in buildings/

vessels constructed no later than 1980, including 

associated mastic and backing shall be assumed 

to be asbestos-containing unless an industrial 

hygienist determines that it is asbestos-free 

using recognized analytical techniques.

(ii) For removing roofing material which contains 

ACM the employer shall ensure that the following 

work practices are followed:

(A) Roofing material shall be removed in an 

intact state to the extent feasible.

(B) Wet methods shall be used to remove 

roofing materials that are not intact, or that will 

be rendered not intact during removal, unless 

such wet methods are not feasible or will create 

safety hazards.

(C) Cutting machines shall be continuously 

misted during use, unless a competent person 

determines that misting substantially decreases 

worker safety.

(D) When removing built-up roofs with asbestoscontaining roofing felts and an aggregate surface 

using a power roof cutter, all dust resulting from 

the cutting operation shall be collected by a 

HEPA dust collector, or shall be HEPA vacuumed 

by vacuuming along the cut line. When removing 

built-up roofs with asbestos-containing roofing 

felts and a smooth surface using a power 

roof cutter, the dust resulting from the cutting 

operation shall be collected either by a HEPA 

dust collector or HEPA vacuuming along the cut 

line, or by gently sweeping and then carefully 

and completely wiping up the still-wet dust 

and debris left along the cut line. The dust and 

debris shall be immediately bagged or placed in 

covered containers.

(E) Asbestos-containing material that has been 

removed from a roof shall not be dropped or 

thrown to the ground. Unless the material is 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

253

Subpart Z

carried or passed to the ground by hand, it shall 

be lowered to the ground via covered, dust-tight 

chute, crane or hoist:

(1) Any ACM that is not intact shall be lowered 

to the ground as soon as is practicable, but in 

any event no later than the end of the work shift. 

While the material remains on the roof it shall 

either be kept wet, placed in an impermeable 

waste bag, or wrapped in plastic sheeting.

(2) Intact ACM shall be lowered to the ground 

as soon as is practicable, but in any event no 

later than the end of the work shift.

(F) Upon being lowered, unwrapped material 

shall be transferred to a closed receptacle in such 

manner so as to preclude the dispersion of dust.

(G) Roof level heating and ventilation air intake 

sources shall be isolated or the ventilation 

system shall be shut down.

(H) Notwithstanding any other provision of this 

section, removal or repair of sections of intact 

roofing less than 25 square feet in area does not 

require use of wet methods or HEPA vacuuming 

as long as manual methods which do not render 

the material non-intact are used to remove the 

material and no visible dust is created by the 

removal method used. In determining whether 

a job involves less than 25 square feet, the 

employer shall include all removal and repair work 

performed on the same roof on the same day.

(iii) When removing cementitious asbestoscontaining siding and shingles or transite panels 

containing ACM on building exteriors (other then 

roofs, where paragraph (g)(8)(ii) of this section 

applies) the employer shall ensure that the 

following work practices are followed:

(A) Cutting, abrading or breaking siding, 

shingles, or transite panels shall be prohibited 

unless the employer can demonstrate that 

methods less likely to result in asbestos fiber 

release cannot be used.

(B) Each panel or shingle shall be sprayed with 

amended water prior to removal.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

254

Subpart Z

(C) Unwrapped or unbagged panels or shingles 

shall be immediately lowered to the ground via 

a covered dust-tight chute, crane or hoist, or be 

placed in an impervious waste bag or wrapped 

in plastic sheeting and lowered to the ground 

no later than the end of the work shift.

(D) Nails shall be cut with flat, sharp instruments.

(iv) When removing gaskets containing ACM, the 

employer shall ensure that the following work 

practices are followed:

(A) If a gasket is visibly deteriorated and 

unlikely to be removed intact, removal shall be 

undertaken within a glovebag as described in 

paragraph (g)(5)(ii) of this section.

(B) [Reserved]

(C) The gasket shall be immediately placed in a 

disposal container.

(D) Any scraping to remove residue must be 

performed wet.

(v) When performing any other Class II removal 

of asbestos containing material for which specific 

controls have not been listed in paragraph (g)(8)

(iv)(A) through (D) of this section, the employer 

shall ensure that the following work practices are 

complied with.

(A) The material shall be thoroughly wetted with 

amended water prior to and during its removal.

(B) The material shall be removed in an intact 

state unless the employer demonstrates that 

intact removal is not possible.

(C) Cutting, abrading or breaking the material 

shall be prohibited unless the employer can 

demonstrate that methods less likely to result in 

asbestos fiber release are not feasible.

(D) Asbestos-containing material removed, shall 

be immediately bagged or wrapped, or kept 

wetted until transferred to a closed receptacle, 

no later than the end of the work shift.

(vi) Alternative work practices and controls. 

Instead of the work practices and controls listed 

in paragraphs (g)(8)(i) through (v) of this section, 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

255

Subpart Z

the employer may use different or modified 

engineering and work practice controls if the 

following provisions are complied with.

(A) The employer shall demonstrate by data 

representing employee exposure during the 

use of such method under conditions which 

closely resemble the conditions under which 

the method is to be used, that employee 

exposure will not exceed the PELs under any 

anticipated circumstances.

(B) A qualified person shall evaluate the work 

area, the projected work practices and the 

engineering controls, and shall certify in writing, 

that the different or modified controls are 

adequate to reduce direct and indirect employee 

exposure to below the PELs under all expected 

conditions of use and that the method meets the 

requirements of this standard. The evaluation 

shall include and be based on data representing 

employee exposure during the use of such 

method under conditions which closely resemble 

the conditions under which the method is to 

be used for the current job, and by employees 

whose training and experience are equivalent to 

employees who are to perform the current job.

(9) Work practices and engineering controls for 

Class III asbestos work. Class III asbestos work 

shall be conducted using engineering and work 

practice controls which minimize the exposure to 

employees performing the asbestos work and to 

bystander employees.

(i) The work shall be performed using wet methods.

(ii) To the extent feasible, the work shall be 

performed using local exhaust ventilation.

(iii) Where the disturbance involves drilling, cutting, 

abrading, sanding, chipping, breaking, or sawing of 

thermal system insulation or surfacing material, the 

employer shall use impermeable dropcloths and 

shall isolate the operation using mini-enclosures or 

glove bag systems pursuant to paragraph (g)(5) of 

this section or another isolation method.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

256

Subpart Z

(iv) Where the employer does not demonstrate 

by a negative exposure assessment performed 

in compliance with paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this 

section that the PELs will not be exceeded, or 

where monitoring results show exceedances of 

a PEL, the employer shall contain the area using 

impermeable dropcloths and plastic barriers or 

their equivalent, or shall isolate the operation 

using mini-enclosure or glove bag systems 

pursuant to paragraph (g)(5) of this section.

(v) Employees performing Class III jobs which 

involve the disturbance of TSI or surfacing 

ACM or PACM or where the employer does 

not demonstrate by a “negative exposure 

assessment” in compliance with paragraph (f)

(2)(iii) of this section that the PELs will not be 

exceeded or where monitoring results show 

exceedances of the PEL, shall wear respirators 

which are selected, used and fitted pursuant to 

provisions of paragraph (h) of this section.

(10) Class IV asbestos work. Class IV asbestos jobs 

shall be conducted by employees trained pursuant 

to the asbestos awareness training program set 

out in paragraph (k)(9) of this section. In addition, 

all Class IV jobs shall be conducted in conformity 

with the requirements set out in paragraph (g)

(1) of this section, mandating wet methods, 

HEPA vacuums, and prompt clean up of debris 

containing ACM or PACM.

(i) Employees cleaning up debris and waste in 

a regulated area where respirators are required 

shall wear respirators which are selected, used 

and fitted pursuant to provisions of paragraph (h) 

of this section.

(ii) Employers of employees cleaning up waste 

and debris in an area where friable TSI or 

surfacing ACM/PACM is accessible, shall assume 

that such waste and debris contain asbestos.

(11) Specific compliance methods for brake and 

clutch repair.

(i) Engineering controls and work practices for 

brake and clutch repair and service. During 

automotive brake and clutch inspection, 

disassembly, repair and assembly operations, 

the employer shall institute engineering controls 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

257

Subpart Z

and work practices to reduce employee exposure 

to materials containing asbestos using a negative 

pressure enclosure/HEPA vacuum system 

method or low pressure/wet cleaning method, 

which meets the detailed requirements set out 

in Appendix L to this section. The employer may 

also comply using an equivalent method which 

follows written procedures which the employer 

demonstrates can achieve results equivalent to 

Method A. For facilities in which no more than 

5 pair of brakes or 5 clutches are inspected, 

disassembled, repaired, or assembled per week, 

the method set for in paragraph [D] of Appendix 

L to this section may be used.

(ii) The employer may also comply by using 

an equivalent method which follows written 

procedures, which the employer demonstrates 

can achieve equivalent exposure reductions 

as do the two “preferred methods.” Such 

demonstration must include monitoring data 

conducted under workplace conditions closely 

resembling the process, type of asbestos 

containing materials, control method, work 

practices and environmental conditions which 

the equivalent method will be used, or objective 

data, which document that under all reasonably 

foreseeable conditions of brake and clutch repair 

applications, the method results in exposures 

which are equivalent to the methods set out in 

Appendix L to this section.

(12) Alternative methods of compliance for 

installation, removal, repair, and maintenance of 

certain roofing and pipeline coating materials. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this 

section, an employer who complies with all 

provisions of this paragraph (g)(12) when installing, 

removing, repairing, or maintaining intact 

pipeline asphaltic wrap, or roof flashings which 

contain asbestos fibers encapsulated or coated 

by bituminous or resinous compounds shall be 

deemed to be in compliance with this section. If 

an employer does not comply with all provisions 

of this paragraph (g)(12) or if during the course 

of the job the material does not remain intact, the 

provisions of paragraph (g)(8) of this section apply 

instead of this paragraph (g)(12).
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

258

Subpart Z

(i) Before work begins and as needed during 

the job, a qualified person who is capable of 

identifying asbestos hazards in the workplace 

and selecting the appropriate control strategy for 

asbestos exposure, and who has the authority 

to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate 

such hazards, shall conduct an inspection of the 

worksite and determine that the roofing material 

is intact and will likely remain intact.

(ii) All employees performing work covered 

by this paragraph (g)(12) shall be trained in a 

training program that meets the requirements of 

paragraph (k)(9)(viii) of this section.

(iii) The material shall not be sanded, abraded, or 

ground. Manual methods which do not render the 

material non-intact shall be used.

(iv) Material that has been removed from a room 

shall not be dropped or thrown to the ground. 

Unless the material is carried or passed to the 

ground by hand, it shall be lowered to the ground 

via covered, dust-tight chute, crane or hoist. All 

such material shall be removed from the roof as 

soon as is practicable, but in any event no later 

than the end of the work shift.

(v) Where roofing products which have been 

labeled as containing asbestos pursuant to 

paragraph (k)(8) of this section are installed on 

non-residential roofs during operations covered 

by this paragraph (g)(12), the employer shall notify 

the building owner of the presence and location of 

such materials no later than the end of the job.

(vi) All removal or disturbance of pipeline asphaltic 

wrap shall be performed using wet methods.

(h) Respiratory protection. 

(1) General. For employees who use respirators 

required by this section, the employer must 

provide each employee an appropriate respirator 

that complies with the requirements of this 

paragraph. Respirators shall be used in the 

following circumstances:

(i) During all Class I asbestos jobs.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

259

Subpart Z

(ii) During all Class II work where the ACM is not 

removed in a substantially intact state.

(iii) During all Class II and III work which is 

not performed using wet methods, provided, 

however, that respirators need not be worn 

during removal of ACM from sloped roofs when 

a negative exposure assessment has been made 

and the ACM is removed in an intact state.

(iv) During all Class II and III asbestos jobs where 

the employer does not produce a “negative 

exposure assessment”.

(v) During all Class III jobs where TSI or surfacing 

ACM or PACM is being disturbed.

(vi) During all Class IV work performed within 

regulated areas where employees performing 

other work are required to wear respirators.

(vii) During all work covered by this section 

where employees are exposed above the TWA or 

excursion limit.

(viii) In emergencies.

(2) Respirator selection.

(i) Employers must select, and provide to 

employees at no cost, the appropriate respirators 

specified in paragraph (d)(3)(i)(A) of 29 CFR 

1910.134; however, employers must not select or 

use filtering facepiece respirators for use against 

asbestos fibers.

(ii) Employers are to provide HEPA filters 

for powered and non-powered air-purifying 

respirators.

(iii) Employers must:

(A) Inform employees that they may require 

the employer to provide a tight-fitting, powered 

air-purifying respirator (PAPR) permitted for 

use under paragraph (h)(2)(i) of this standard 

instead of a negative pressure respirator.

(B) Provide employees with a tight-fitting PAPR 

instead of a negative pressure respirator when 

the employees choose to use a tight-fitting 

PAPR and it provides them with the required 

protection against asbestos.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

260

Subpart Z

(iv) Employers must provide employees with an 

air-purifying, half mask respirator, other than 

a filtering facepiece respirator, whenever the 

employees perform:

(A) Class II or Class III asbestos work for which 

no negative exposure assessment is available.

(B) Class III asbestos work involving disturbance 

of TSI or surfacing ACM or PACM.

(v) Employers must provide employees with:

(A) A tight-fitting, powered air-purifying 

respirator or a full facepiece, supplied-air 

respirator operated in the pressure-demand 

mode and equipped with either HEPA egress 

cartridges or an auxiliary positive-pressure, 

self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) 

whenever the employees are in a regulated area 

performing Class I asbestos work for which a 

negative exposure assessment is not available 

and the exposure assessment indicates that the 

exposure level will be at or below 1 f/cc as an 

8-hour time-weighted average (TWA).

(B) A full facepiece, supplied-air respirator 

operated in the pressure-demand mode and 

equipped with an auxiliary positive-pressure 

SCBA whenever the employees are in a 

regulated area performing Class I asbestos work 

for which a negative exposure assessment is 

not available and the exposure assessment 

indicates that the exposure level will be above 

1 f/cc as an 8-hour TWA.

(3) Respirator program.

(i) When respiratory protection is used, the 

employer shall institute a respiratory protection 

program in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134(b) 

through (d) (except paragraph (d)(1)(iii)), and (f) 

through (m) which covers each employee required 

by this section to use a respirator. 

(ii) No employee shall be assigned to tasks 

requiring the use of respirators if, based on his 

or her most recent examination, an examining 

physician determines that the employee will be 

unable to function normally wearing a respirator, 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

261

Subpart Z

or that the safety or health of the employee or of 

other employees will be impaired by the use of a 

respirator. Such employees shall be assigned to 

another job or given the opportunity to transfer 

to a different position, the duties of which he or 

she is able to perform with the same employer, in 

the same geographical area, and with the same 

seniority, status, and rate of pay and other job 

benefits he or she had just prior to such transfer, 

if such a different position is available.

(i) Protective clothing. 

(1) General. The employer shall provide and 

require the use of protective clothing, such as 

coveralls or similar whole-body clothing, head 

coverings, gloves, and foot coverings for any 

employee exposed to airborne concentrations of 

asbestos that exceed the TWA and/or excursion 

limit prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section, 

or for which a required negative exposure 

assessment is not produced, or for any employee 

performing Class I operations which involve the 

removal of over 25 linear or 10 square feet of TSI 

or surfacing ACM or PACM.

(2) Laundering.

(i) The employer shall ensure that laundering of 

contaminated clothing is done so as to prevent 

the release of airborne asbestos in excess of the 

TWA or excursion limit prescribed in paragraph 

(c) of this section.

(ii) Any employer who gives contaminated 

clothing to another person for laundering 

shall inform such person of the requirement in 

paragraph (i)(2)(i) of this section to effectively 

prevent the release of airborne asbestos in 

excess of the TWA excursion limit prescribed in 

paragraph (c) of this section.

(3) The employer shall ensure that contaminated 

clothing is transported in sealed impermeable 

bags, or other closed, impermeable containers, 

and labeled in accordance with paragraph (k) of 

this section. 

(4) Inspection of protective clothing.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

262

Subpart Z

(i) The qualified person shall examine worksuits 

worn by employees at least once per workshift 

for rips or tears that may occur during the 

performance of work.

(ii) When rips or tears are detected while an 

employee is working, rips and tears shall be 

immediately mended, or the worksuit shall be 

immediately replaced.

(j) Hygiene facilities and practices for employees. 

(1) Requirements for employees performing Class I 

asbestos jobs involving over 25 linear or 10 square 

feet of TSI or surfacing ACM and PACM.

(i) Decontamination areas: For all Class I jobs 

involving over 25 linear or 10 square feet of 

TSI or surfacing ACM or PACM, the employer 

shall establish a decontamination area that is 

adjacent and connected to the regulated area 

for the decontamination of such employees. 

The decontamination area shall consist of an 

equipment room, shower area, and clean room in 

series. The employer shall ensure that employees 

enter and exit the regulated area through the 

decontamination area.

(A) Equipment room. The equipment room shall 

be supplied with impermeable, labeled bags 

and containers for the containment and disposal 

of contaminated protective equipment.

(B) Shower area. Shower facilities shall be 

provided which comply with 29 CFR 1910.141(d)

(3), unless the employer can demonstrate that 

they are not feasible. The showers shall be 

adjacent both to the equipment room and the 

clean room, unless the employer can demonstrate 

that this location is not feasible. Where the 

employer can demonstrate that it is not feasible 

to locate the shower between the equipment 

room and the clean room, or where the work is 

performed outdoors, or when the work involving 

asbestos exposure takes place on board a ship, 

the employers shall ensure that employees:

(1) Remove asbestos contamination from 

their worksuits in the equipment room using a 

HEPA vacuum before proceeding to a shower 

that is not adjacent to the work area; or
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

263

Subpart Z

(2) Remove their contaminated worksuits 

in the equipment room, then don clean 

worksuits, and proceed to a shower that is not 

adjacent to the work area.

(C) Clean change room. The clean room shall be 

equipped with a locker or appropriate storage 

container for each employee’s use. When the 

employer can demonstrate that it is not feasible 

to provide a clean change area adjacent to the 

work area, or where the work is performed 

outdoors, or when the work takes place aboard 

a ship, the employer may permit employees 

engaged in Class I asbestos jobs to clean their 

protective clothing with a portable HEPAequipped vacuum before such employees leave 

the regulated area. Following showering, such 

employees however must then change into 

street clothing in clean change areas provided 

by the employer which otherwise meet the 

requirements of this section.

(ii) Decontamination area entry procedures. The 

employer shall ensure that employees:

(A) Enter the decontamination area through the 

clean room;

(B) Remove and deposit street clothing within a 

locker provided for their use; and

(C) Put on protective clothing and respiratory 

protection before leaving the clean room.

(D) Before entering the regulated area, the 

employer shall ensure that employees pass 

through the equipment room.

(iii) Decontamination area exit procedures. The 

employer shall ensure that:

(A) Before leaving the regulated area, 

employees shall remove all gross contamination 

and debris from their protective clothing.

(B) Employees shall remove their protective 

clothing in the equipment room and deposit 

the clothing in labeled impermeable bags or 

containers.

(C) Employees shall not remove their respirators 

in the equipment room.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

264

Subpart Z

(D) Employees shall shower prior to entering 

the clean room.

(E) After showering, employees shall enter the 

clean room before changing into street clothes.

(iv) Lunch areas. Whenever food or beverages 

are consumed at the worksite where employees 

are performing Class I asbestos work, the 

employer shall provide lunch areas in which the 

airborne concentrations of asbestos are below the 

permissible exposure limit and/or excursion limit.

(2) Requirements for Class I work involving less 

than 25 linear or 10 square feet of TSI or surfacing 

and PACM, and for Class II and Class III asbestos 

work operations where exposures exceed a PEL or 

where there is no negative exposure assessment 

produced before the operation.

(i) The employer shall establish an equipment 

room or area that is adjacent to the regulated 

area for the decontamination of employees and 

their equipment which is contaminated with 

asbestos which shall consist of an area covered 

by a impermeable drop cloth on the floor/deck or 

horizontal working surface.

(ii) The area must be of sufficient size as to 

accommodate cleaning of equipment and 

removing personal protective equipment without 

spreading contamination beyond the area (as 

determined by visible accumulations).

(iii) Work clothing must be cleaned with a HEPA 

vacuum before it is removed.

(iv) All equipment and surfaces of containers filled 

with ACM must be cleaned prior to removing 

them from the equipment room or area.

(v) The employer shall ensure that employees 

enter and exit the regulated area through the 

equipment room or area.

(3) Requirements for Class IV work. Employers 

shall ensure that employees performing Class 

IV work within a regulated area comply with the 

hygiene practice required of employees performing 

work which has a higher classification within that 

regulated area. Otherwise employers of employees 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

265

Subpart Z

cleaning up debris and material which is TSI or 

surfacing ACM or identified as PACM shall provide 

decontamination facilities for such employees which 

are required by paragraph (j)(2) of this section.

(4) Smoking in work areas. The employer shall 

ensure that employees do not smoke in work areas 

where they are occupationally exposed to asbestos 

because of activities in that work area.

(k) Communication of hazards. 

(1) This section applies to the communication 

of information concerning asbestos hazards 

in shipyard employment activities to facilitate 

compliance with this standard. Most asbestosrelated shipyard activities involve previously 

installed building materials. Building/vessel 

owners often are the only and/or best sources of 

information concerning them. Therefore, they, 

along with employers of potentially exposed 

employees, are assigned specific information 

conveying and retention duties under this section. 

Installed Asbestos Containing Building/Vessel 

Material: Employers and building/vessel owners 

shall identify TSI and sprayed or troweled on 

surfacing materials as asbestos-containing unless 

the employer, by complying with paragraph (k)

(5) of this section determines that the material is 

not asbestos-containing. Asphalt or vinyl flooring/

decking material installed in buildings or vessels 

no later than 1980 must also be considered as 

asbestos containing unless the employer/owner, 

pursuant to paragraph (g)(8)(i)(I) of this section 

determines it is not asbestos containing. If the 

employer or building/vessel owner has actual 

knowledge or should have known, through the 

exercise of due diligence, that materials other 

than TSI and sprayed-on or troweled-on surfacing 

materials are asbestos-containing, they must be 

treated as such. When communicating information 

to employees pursuant to this standard, owners 

and employers shall identify “PACM” as ACM. 

Additional requirements relating to communication 

of asbestos work on multi-employer worksites are 

set out in paragraph (d) of this standard.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

266

Subpart Z

(2) Duties of building/vessel and facility owners.

(i) Before work subject to this standard is 

begun, building/vessel and facility owners shall 

determine the presence, location and quantity of 

ACM and/or PACM at the work site pursuant to 

paragraph (k)(1) of this section.

(ii) Building/vessel and/or facility owners shall 

notify the following persons of the presence, 

location and quantity of ACM or PACM, at 

work sites in their buildings/facilities/vessels. 

Notification either shall be in writing or shall 

consist of a personal communication between the 

owner and the person to whom notification must 

be given or their authorized representatives:

(A) Prospective employers applying or bidding 

for work whose employees reasonably can 

be expected to work in or adjacent to areas 

containing such material;

(B) Employees of the owner who will work in or 

adjacent to areas containing such material:

(C) On multi-employer worksites, all employers of 

employees who will be performing work within 

or adjacent to areas containing such materials;

(D) Tenants who will occupy areas containing 

such materials.

(3) Duties of employers whose employees perform 

work subject to this standard in or adjacent to areas 

containing ACM and PACM. Building/vessel and 

facility owners whose employees perform such 

work shall comply with these provisions to the 

extent applicable.

(i) Before work in areas containing ACM and PACM 

is begun, employers shall identify the presence, 

location, and quantity of ACM, and/or PACM 

therein pursuant to paragraph (k)(1) of this section.

(ii) Before work under this standard is performed 

employers of employees who will perform such 

work shall inform the following persons of the 

location and quantity of ACM and/or PACM 

present at the worksite and the precautions to be 

taken to ensure that airborne asbestos is confined 

to the area.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

267

Subpart Z

(iii) Within 10 days of the completion of such 

work, the employer whose employees have 

performed work subject to this standard, shall 

inform the building/vessel or facility owner and 

employers of employees who will be working 

in the area of the current location and quantity 

of PACM and/or ACM remaining in the former 

regulated area and final monitoring results, if any.

(4) In addition to the above requirements, all 

employers who discover ACM and/or PACM on 

a work site shall convey information concerning 

the presence, location and quantity of such newly 

discovered ACM and/or PACM to the owner and to 

other employers of employees working at the work 

site, within 24 hours of the discovery.

(5) Criteria to rebut the designation of installed 

material as PACM.

(i) At any time, an employer and/or building/vessel 

owner may demonstrate, for purposes of this 

standard, that PACM does not contain asbestos. 

Building/vessel owners and/or employers are not 

required to communicate information about the 

presence of building material for which such a 

demonstration pursuant to the requirements of 

paragraph (k)(5)(ii) of this section has been made. 

However, in all such cases, the information, data 

and analysis supporting the determination that 

PACM does not contain asbestos, shall be retained 

pursuant to paragraph (n) of this section.

(ii) An employer or owner may demonstrate that 

PACM does not contain more than 1 percent 

asbestos by the following:

(A) Having completed an inspection conducted 

pursuant to the requirements of AHERA (40 CFR 

Part 763, Subpart E) which demonstrates that 

the material is not ACM; or

(B) Performing tests of the material containing 

PACM which demonstrate that no ACM is present 

in the material. Such tests shall include analysis of 

bulk samples collected in the manner described in 

40 CFR 763.86. The tests, evaluation and sample 

collection shall be conducted by an accredited 

inspector or by a CIH. Analysis of samples shall 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

268

Subpart Z

be performed by persons or laboratories with 

proficiency demonstrated by current successful 

participation in a nationally recognized testing 

program such as the National Voluntary 

Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) or the 

National Institute for Standards and Technology 

(NIST) or the Round Robin for bulk samples 

administered by the American Industrial Hygiene 

Association (AIHA), or an equivalent nationallyrecognized round robin testing program.

(iii) The employer and/or building/vessel owner 

may demonstrate that flooring material including 

associated mastic and backing does not contain 

asbestos, by a determination of an industrial 

hygienist based upon recognized analytical 

techniques showing that the material is not ACM.

(6) At the entrance to mechanical rooms/areas 

in which employees reasonably can be expected 

to enter and which contain ACM and/or PACM, 

the building/vessel owner shall post signs which 

identify the material which is present, its location, 

and appropriate work practices which, if followed, 

will ensure that ACM and/or PACM will not be 

disturbed. The employer shall ensure, to the extent 

feasible, that employees who come in contact 

with these signs can comprehend them. Means to 

ensure employee comprehension may include the 

use of foreign languages, pictographs, graphics, 

and awareness training.

(7) Hazard communication.

(i) Labels shall be affixed to all products 

containing asbestos and to all containers 

containing such products, including waste 

containers. Where feasible, installed asbestos 

products shall contain a visible label.

(ii) General. The employer shall include asbestos 

in the program established to comply with 

the Hazard Communication Standard (HCS) 

(§1910.1200). The employer shall ensure that each 

employee has access to labels on containers of 

asbestos and safety data sheets, and is trained in 

accordance with the provisions of the HCS and 

paragraph (k)(9) of this section. The employer 

shall ensure that at least the following hazards are 

addressed: Cancer and lung effects.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

269

Subpart Z

(iii) Labels.

(A) The employer shall ensure that labels of 

bags or containers of protective clothing and 

equipment, scrap, waste, and debris containing 

asbestos fibers bear the following information: 

DANGER

CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBERS

MAY CAUSE CANCER

CAUSES DAMAGE TO LUNGS

DO NOT BREATHE DUST

AVOID CREATING DUST

(B)(1) Prior to June 1, 2015, employers may 

include the following information on raw 

materials, mixtures or labels of bags or containers 

of protective clothing and equipment, scrap, 

waste, and debris containing asbestos fibers in 

lieu of the labeling requirements in paragraphs 

(k)(7)(ii) and (k)(7)(iii)(A) of this section: 

DANGER

CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBERS

AVOID CREATING DUST

CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD

(2) Labels shall also contain a warning 

statement against breathing asbestos fibers.

(iv) The provisions for labels required in paragraph 

(k)(7) of this section do not apply where:

(A) Asbestos fibers have been modified by 

a bonding agent, coating, binder, or other 

material, provided that the manufacturer can 

demonstrate that, during any reasonably 

foreseeable use, handling, storage, disposal, 

processing, or transportation, no airborne 

concentrations of asbestos fibers in excess of 

the permissible exposure limit and/or excursion 

limit will be released, or

(B) Asbestos is present in a product in 

concentrations less than 1.0 percent. 

(8) Signs.

(i) Warning signs that demarcate the regulated 

area shall be provided and displayed at each 

location where a regulated area is required to 

be established by paragraph (e) of this section. 

Signs shall be posted at such a distance from 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

270

Subpart Z

such a location that an employee may read the 

signs and take necessary protective steps before 

entering the area marked by the signs.

(ii) The warning signs required by this paragraph 

(k)(8) shall bear the following legend: 

DANGER

ASBESTOS

MAY CAUSE CANCER

CAUSES DAMAGE TO LUNGS

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(iii) In addition, where the use of respirators and 

protective clothing is required in the regulated 

area under this section, the warning signs shall 

include the following: 

WEAR RESPIRATORY PROTECTION

AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING IN THIS AREA

(iv) The employer shall ensure that employees 

working in and contiguous to regulated areas 

comprehend the warning signs required to 

be posted by paragraph (k)(8) of this section. 

Means to ensure employee comprehension 

may include the use of foreign languages, 

pictographs, and graphics.

(v) When a building/vessel owner or employer 

identifies previously installed PACM and/or ACM, 

labels or signs shall be affixed or posted so that 

employees will be notified of what materials 

contain PACM and/or ACM. The employer shall 

attach such labels in areas where they will clearly 

be noticed by employees who are likely to be 

exposed, such as at the entrance to mechanical 

room/areas. Signs required by paragraph (k)(6) 

of this section may be posted in lieu of labels, 

so long as they contain information required for 

labeling. The employer shall ensure, to the extent 

feasible, that employees who come in contact 

with these signs or labels can comprehend them. 

Means to ensure employee comprehension 

may include the use of foreign languages, 

pictographs, graphics, and awareness training.

(vi) Prior to June 1, 2016, employers may use 

the following legend in lieu of that specified in 

paragraph (k)(8)(ii) of this section: 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

271

Subpart Z

DANGER

ASBESTOS

CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(vii) Prior to June 1, 2016, employers may use 

the following legend in lieu of that specified in 

paragraph (k)(8)(iii) of this section: 

RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING ARE 

REQUIRED IN THIS AREA

(9) Employee information and training.

(i) The employer shall train each employee who 

is likely to be exposed in excess of a PEL and 

each employee who performs Class I through 

IV asbestos operations in accordance with the 

requirements of this section. Training shall 

be provided at no cost to the employee. The 

employer shall institute a training program and 

ensure employee participation in the program.

(ii) Training shall be provided prior to or at 

the time of initial assignment and at least 

annually thereafter.

(iii) Training for Class I operations and for Class II 

operations that require the use of critical barriers 

(or equivalent isolation methods) and/or negative 

pressure enclosures under this section shall be 

the equivalent in curriculum, training method and 

length to the EPA Model Accreditation Plan (MAP) 

asbestos abatement workers training (40 CFR Part 

763, Subpart E, Appendix C).

(iv) Training for other Class II work.

(A) For work with asbestos containing roofing 

materials, flooring materials, siding materials, 

ceiling tiles, or transite panels, training shall 

include at a minimum all the elements included 

in paragraph (k)(9)(viii) of this section and 

in addition, the specific work practices and 

engineering controls set forth in paragraph (g) 

of this section which specifically relate to that 

category. Such course shall include “hands-on” 

training and shall take at least 8 hours.

(B) An employee who works with more than 

one of the categories of material specified 

in paragraph (k)(9)(iv)(A) of this section shall 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

272

Subpart Z

receive training in the work practices applicable 

to each category of material that the employee 

removes and each removal method that the 

employee uses.

(C) For Class II operations not involving the 

categories of material specified in paragraph 

(k)(9)(iv)(A) of this section, training shall be 

provided which shall include at a minimum all 

the elements included in paragraph (k)(9)(viii) 

of this section and in addition, the specific work 

practices and engineering controls set forth in 

paragraph (g) of this section which specifically 

relate to the category of material being removed, 

and shall include “hands-on” training in the 

work practices applicable to each category of 

material that the employee removes and each 

removal method that the employee uses.

(v) Training for Class III employees shall be 

consistent with EPA requirements for training 

of local education agency maintenance and 

custodial staff as set forth at 40 CFR 763.92(a)

(2). Such a course shall also include “hands-on” 

training and shall take at least 16 hours. 

Exception: For Class III operations for which 

the competent person determines that the 

EPA curriculum does not adequately cover the 

training needed to perform that activity, training 

shall include as a minimum all the elements 

included in paragraph (k)(9)(viii) of this section 

and in addition, the specific work practices and 

engineering controls set forth in paragraph (g) 

of this section which specifically relate to that 

activity, and shall include “hands-on” training in 

the work practices applicable to each category of 

material that the employee disturbs.

(vi) Training for employees performing Class 

IV operations shall be consistent with EPA 

requirements for training of local education agency 

maintenance and custodial staff as set forth at 

40 CFR 763.92(a)(1). Such a course shall include 

available information concerning the locations of 

thermal system insulation and surfacing ACM/

PACM, and asbestos-containing flooring material, 

or flooring material where the absence of asbestos 

has not yet been certified; and instruction in 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

273

Subpart Z

the recognition of damage, deterioration, and 

delamination of asbestos containing building 

materials. Such a course shall take at least 2 hours.

(vii) Training for employees who are likely to be 

exposed in excess of the PEL and who are not 

otherwise required to be trained under paragraph 

(k)(9)(iii) through (vi) of this section, shall meet the 

requirements of paragraph (k)(9)(viii) of this section.

(viii) The training program shall be conducted in a 

manner that the employee is able to understand. 

In addition to the content required by the 

provisions in paragraphs (k)(9)(iii) through (vi) of 

this section, the employer shall ensure that each 

such employee is informed of the following:

(A) Methods of recognizing asbestos, including 

the requirement in paragraph (k)(1) of this 

section to presume that certain building 

materials contain asbestos;

(B) The health effects associated with asbestos 

exposure;

(C) The relationship between smoking and 

asbestos in producing lung cancer;

(D) The nature of operations that could result 

in exposure to asbestos, the importance of 

necessary protective controls to minimize 

exposure including, as applicable, engineering 

controls, work practices, respirators, 

housekeeping procedures, hygiene facilities, 

protective clothing, decontamination procedures, 

emergency procedures, and waste disposal 

procedures, and any necessary instruction in 

the use of these controls and procedures; where 

Class III and IV work will be or is performed, the 

contents of EPA 20T-2003, “Managing Asbestos 

In-Place” July 1990 or its equivalent in content;

(E) The purpose, proper use, fitting instructions, 

and limitations of respirators as required by 29 

CFR 1910.134;

(F) The appropriate work practices for 

performing the asbestos job;

(G) Medical surveillance program requirements;

(H) The content of this standard including 

appendices;
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

274

Subpart Z

(I) The names, addresses and phone numbers 

of public health organizations which provide 

information, materials and/or conduct programs 

concerning smoking cessation. The employer 

may distribute the list of such organizations 

contained in Appendix J to this section, to 

comply with this requirement; and

(J) The requirements for posting signs and 

affixing labels and the meaning of the required 

legends for such signs and labels.

(10) Access to training materials.

(i) The employer shall make readily available 

to affected employees without cost, written 

materials relating to the employee training 

program, including a copy of this regulation.

(ii) The employer shall provide to the Assistant 

Secretary and the Director, upon request, all 

information and training materials relating to the 

employee information and training program.

(iii) The employer shall inform all employees 

concerning the availability of self-help 

smoking cessation program material. Upon 

employee request, the employer shall distribute 

such material, consisting of NIH Publication No, 

89-1647, or equivalent self-help material, which 

is approved or published by a public health 

organization listed in Appendix J to this section.

(l) Housekeeping. 

(1) Vacuuming. Where vacuuming methods are 

selected, HEPA filtered vacuuming equipment must 

be used. The equipment shall be used and emptied 

in a manner that minimizes the reentry of asbestos 

into the workplace.

(2) Waste disposal. Asbestos waste, scrap, debris, 

bags, containers, equipment, and contaminated 

clothing consigned for disposal shall be collected 

and disposed of in sealed, labeled, impermeable 

bags or other closed, labeled, impermeable 

containers, except in roofing operations, where the 

procedures specified in paragraph (g)(8)(ii) of this 

section apply.

(3) Care of asbestos-containing flooring/deck material.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

275

Subpart Z

(i) All vinyl and asphalt flooring/deck material shall 

be maintained in accordance with this paragraph 

unless the building/facility owner demonstrates, 

pursuant to paragraph (g)(8)(i)(I) of this section, 

that the flooring/deck does not contain asbestos.

(ii) Sanding of flooring/deck material is prohibited.

(iii) Stripping of finishes shall be conducted using 

low abrasion pads at speeds lower than 300 rpm 

and wet methods.

(iv) Burnishing or dry buffing may be performed 

only on flooring/deck which has sufficient 

finish so that the pad cannot contact the flooring/

deck material.

(4) Waste and debris and accompanying dust in an 

area containing accessible thermal system insulation 

or surfacing ACM/PACM or visibly deteriorated ACM:

(i) shall not be dusted or swept dry, or vacuumed 

without using a HEPA filter;

(ii) shall be promptly cleaned up and disposed of 

in leak tight containers.

(m) Medical surveillance. 

(1) General.

(i) Employees covered.

(A) The employer shall institute a medical 

surveillance program for all employees who for 

a combined total of 30 or more days per year 

are engaged in Class I, II and III work or are 

exposed at or above a permissible exposure 

limit. For purposes of this paragraph, any day 

in which a worker engages in Class II or Class 

III operations or a combination thereof on 

intact material for one hour or less (taking into 

account the entire time spent on the removal 

operation, including cleanup) and, while doing 

so, adheres fully to the work practices specified 

in this standard, shall not be counted.

(B) For employees otherwise required by this 

standard to wear a negative pressure respirator, 

employers shall ensure employees are 

physically able to perform the work and use the 

equipment. This determination shall be made 

under the supervision of a physician.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

276

Subpart Z

(ii) Examination.

(A) The employer shall ensure that all medical 

examinations and procedures are performed by 

or under the supervision of a licensed physician, 

and are provided at no cost to the employee 

and at a reasonable time and place.

(B) Persons other than such licensed physicians 

who administer the pulmonary function testing 

required by this section shall complete a 

training course in spirometry sponsored by an 

appropriate academic or professional institution.

(2) Medical examinations and consultations.

(i) Frequency. The employer shall make available 

medical examinations and consultations to each 

employee covered under paragraph (m)(1)(i) of 

this section on the following schedules:

(A) Prior to assignment of the employee to an area 

where negative-pressure respirators are worn;

(B) When the employee is assigned to an area 

where exposure to asbestos may be at or above 

the permissible exposure limit for 30 or more 

days per year, or engage in Class I, II, or III 

work for a combined total of 30 or more days 

per year, a medical examination must be given 

within 10 working days following the thirtieth 

day of exposure;

(C) And at least annually thereafter.

(D) If the examining physician determines that 

any of the examinations should be provided more 

frequently than specified, the employer shall 

provide such examinations to affected employees 

at the frequencies specified by the physician.

(E) Exception: No medical examination is 

required of any employee if adequate records 

show that the employee has been examined in 

accordance with this paragraph within the past 

1-year period.

(ii) Content. Medical examinations made available 

pursuant to paragraphs (m)(2)(i)(A) through (m)

(2)(i)(C) of this section shall include:

(A) A medical and work history with special 

emphasis directed to the pulmonary, 

cardiovascular, and gastrointestinal systems.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

277

Subpart Z

(B) On initial examination, the standardized 

questionnaire contained in Part 1 of Appendix 

D to this section and, on annual examination, 

the abbreviated standardized questionnaire 

contained in Part 2 of Appendix D to this section.

(C) A physical examination directed to the 

pulmonary and gastrointestinal systems, 

including a 14- by 17-inch or other reasonablysized standard film or digital posterior-anterior 

chest X-ray to be administered at the discretion 

of the physician, and pulmonary function tests of 

forced vital capacity (FVC) and forced expiratory 

volume at one second (FEV(1)). Classification 

of all chest X-rays shall be conducted in 

accordance with appendix E to this section.

(D) Any other examinations or tests deemed 

necessary by the examining physician.

(3) Information provided to the physician. The 

employer shall provide the following information to 

the examining physician:

(i) A copy of this standard and Appendices D, E, 

and I to this section;

(ii) A description of the affected employee’s duties 

as they relate to the employee’s exposure;

(iii) The employee’s representative exposure level 

or anticipated exposure level;

(iv) A description of any personal protective and 

respiratory equipment used or to be used; and

(v) Information from previous medical 

examinations of the affected employee that is not 

otherwise available to the examining physician.

(4) Physician’s written opinion.

(i) The employer shall obtain a written opinion 

from the examining physician. This written 

opinion shall contain the results of the medical 

examination and shall include:

(A) The physician’s opinion as to whether the 

employee has any detected medical conditions 

that would place the employee at an increased 

risk of material health impairment from 

exposure to asbestos;
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

278

Subpart Z

(B) Any recommended limitations on the 

employee or on the use of personal protective 

equipment such as respirators; and

(C) A statement that the employee has been 

informed by the physician of the results of 

the medical examination and of any medical 

conditions that may result from asbestos 

exposure.

(D) A statement that the employee has been 

informed by the physician of the increased risk 

of lung cancer attributable to the combined 

effect of smoking and asbestos exposure.

(ii) The employer shall instruct the physician 

not to reveal in the written opinion given to the 

employer specific findings or diagnoses unrelated 

to occupational exposure to asbestos.

(iii) The employer shall provide a copy of the 

physician’s written opinion to the affected 

employee within 30 days from its receipt.

(n) Recordkeeping. 

(1) Objective data relied on pursuant to paragraph 

(f) of this section.

(i) Where the employer has relied on objective 

data that demonstrates that products made from 

or containing asbestos or the activity involving 

such products or material are not capable of 

releasing fibers of asbestos in concentrations 

at or above the permissible exposure limit and/

or excursion limit under the expected conditions 

of processing, use, or handling to satisfy the 

requirements of paragraph (f) of this section, 

the employer shall establish and maintain an 

accurate record of objective data reasonably 

relied upon in support of the exemption.

(ii) The record shall include at least the following 

information:

(A) The product qualifying for exemption;

(B) The source of the objective data;

(C) The testing protocol, results of testing, and/or 

analysis of the material for the release of asbestos;

(D) A description of the operation exempted and 

how the data support the exemption; and
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

279

Subpart Z

(E) Other data relevant to the operations, 

materials, processing, or employee exposures 

covered by the exemption.

(iii) The employer shall maintain this record for 

the duration of the employer’s reliance upon such 

objective data.

(2) Exposure measurements.

(i) The employer shall keep an accurate record 

of all measurements taken to monitor employee 

exposure to asbestos as prescribed in paragraph (f) 

of this section. Note: The employer may utilize the 

services of qualified organizations such as industry 

trade associations and employee associations to 

maintain the records required by this section.

(ii) This record shall include at least the following 

information:

(A) The date of measurement;

(B) The operation involving exposure to 

asbestos that is being monitored;

(C) Sampling and analytical methods used and 

evidence of their accuracy;

(D) Number, duration, and results of samples 

taken;

(E) Type of protective devices worn, if any; and

(F) Name and exposure of the employees 

whose exposures are represented.

(iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at 

least thirty (30) years, in accordance with 29 CFR 

1910.1020.

(3) Medical surveillance.

(i) The employer shall establish and maintain 

an accurate record for each employee subject 

to medical surveillance by paragraph (m) of this 

section, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020.

(ii) The record shall include at least the following 

information:

(A) The name of the employee;

(B) A copy of the employee’s medical 

examination results, including the medical 

history, questionnaire responses, results of any 

tests, and physician’s recommendations.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

280

Subpart Z

(C) Physician’s written opinions;

(D) Any employee medical complaints related to 

exposure to asbestos; and

(E) A copy of the information provided to 

the physician as required by paragraph (m) 

of this section.

(iii) The employer shall ensure that this record 

is maintained for the duration of employment 

plus thirty (30) years, in accordance with 29 CFR 

1910.1020.

(4) Training records. The employer shall maintain all 

employee training records for one (1) year beyond 

the last date of employment by that employer.

(5) Data to rebut PACM.

(i) Where the building owner and employer 

have relied on data to demonstrate that PACM 

is not asbestos-containing, such data shall be 

maintained for as long as they are relied upon to 

rebut the presumption.

(ii) [Reserved]

(6) Records of required notification.

(i) Where the building/vessel owner has 

communicated and received information 

concerning the identity, location and quantity 

of ACM and PACM, written records of such 

notifications and their content shall be 

maintained by the owner for the duration of 

ownership and shall be transferred to successive 

owners of such buildings/facilities/vessels.

(ii) [Reserved]

(7) Availability.

(i) The employer, upon written request, shall 

make all records required to be maintained by 

this section available to the Assistant Secretary 

and the Director for examination and copying.

(ii) The employer, upon request, shall make any 

exposure records required by paragraphs (f) 

and (n) of this section available for examination 

and copying to affected employees, former 

employees, designated representatives, and the 

Assistant Secretary, in accordance with 29 CFR 

1910.1020(a) through (e) and (g) through (i).
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

281

Subpart Z

(iii) The employer, upon request, shall make 

employee medical records required by 

paragraphs (m) and (n) of this section available for 

examination and copying to the subject employee, 

anyone having the specific written consent of the 

subject employee, and the Assistant Secretary, in 

accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020.

(8) Transfer of records.

(i) The employer shall comply with the 

requirements concerning transfer of records set 

forth in 29 CFR 1910.1020 (h).

(ii) Whenever the employer ceases to do business 

and there is no successor employer to receive 

and retain the records for the prescribed period, 

the employer shall notify the Director at least 90 

days prior to disposal and, upon request, transmit 

them to the Director.

(o) Qualified person. 

(1) General. On all shipyard worksites covered 

by this standard, the employer shall designate a 

qualified person, having the qualifications and 

authority for ensuring worker safety and health 

required by Subpart C, General Safety and Health 

Provisions for Construction (29 CFR 1926.20 

through 1926.32).

(2) Required inspections by the qualified person. 

§1926.20(b)(2) which requires health and safety 

prevention programs to provide for frequent and 

regular inspections of the job sites, materials, and 

equipment to be made by qualified persons, is 

incorporated.

(3) Additional inspections. In addition, the qualified 

person shall make frequent and regular inspections 

of the job sites, in order to perform the duties set 

out in paragraph (o)(3)(i) of this section. For Class I 

jobs, on-site inspections shall be made at least 

once during each work shift, and at any time at 

employee request. For Class II, III and IV jobs, onsite inspections shall be made at intervals sufficient 

to assess whether conditions have changed, and at 

any reasonable time at employee request.

(i) On all worksites where employees are engaged 

in Class I or II asbestos work, the qualified person 

designated in accordance with paragraph (e)
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

282

Subpart Z

(6) of this section shall perform or supervise the 

following duties, as applicable:

(A) Set up the regulated area, enclosure, or 

other containment;

(B) Ensure (by on-site inspection) the integrity of 

the enclosure or containment;

(C) Set up procedures to control entry to and 

exit from the enclosure and/or area;

(D) Supervise all employee exposure 

monitoring required by this section and ensure 

that it is conducted as required by paragraph (f) 

of this section;

(E) Ensure that employees working within 

the enclosure and/or using glove bags wear 

respirators and protective clothing as required 

by paragraphs (h) and (i) of this section;

(F) Ensure through on-site supervision, that 

employees set up, use and remove engineering 

controls, use work practices and personal 

protective equipment in compliance with all 

requirements;

(G) Ensure that employees use the hygiene 

facilities and observe the decontamination 

procedures specified in paragraph (j) of this 

section;

(H) Ensure that through on-site inspection, 

engineering controls are functioning properly and 

employees are using proper work practices; and

(I) Ensure that notification requirements in 

paragraph (k) of this section are met.

(4) Training for the competent person.

(i) For Class I and II asbestos work the qualified 

person shall be trained in all aspects of asbestos 

removal and handling, including: Abatement, 

installation, removal and handling; the contents 

of this standard; the identification of asbestos; 

removal procedures, where appropriate; and other 

practices for reducing the hazard. Such training 

shall be obtained in a comprehensive course for 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

283

Subpart Z

supervisors, that meets the criteria of EPA’s Model 

Accredited Plan (40 CFR Part 763, Subpart E, 

Appendix C), such as a course conducted by an 

EPA-approved or state-approved training provider, 

certified by EPA or a state, or a course equivalent 

in stringency, content, and length.

(ii) For Class III and IV asbestos work, the qualified 

person shall be trained in aspects of asbestos 

handling appropriate for the nature of the work, to 

include procedures for setting up glove bags and 

mini-enclosures, practices for reducing asbestos 

exposures, use of wet methods, the contents of this 

standard, and the identification of asbestos. Such 

training shall include successful completion of a 

course that is consistent with EPA requirements for 

training of local education agency maintenance and 

custodial staff as set forth at 40 CFR 763.92(a)(2), 

or its equivalent in stringency, content, and length. 

Qualified persons for Class III and Class IV work 

may also be trained pursuant to the requirements 

of paragraph (o)(4)(i) of this section.

(p) Appendices. 

(1) Appendices A, C, D, E and L to this section 

are incorporated as part of this section and the 

contents of these appendices are mandatory.

Appendix A to §1915.1001 – OSHA Reference 

Method. Mandatory

Appendix C to §1915.1001 − Qualitative and 

Quantitative Fit Testing Procedures. Mandatory

Appendix D to §1915.1001 − Medical 

Questionnaires. Mandatory

Appendix E to §1915.1001 − Interpretation 

and Classification of Chest Roentgenograms. 

Mandatory

Appendix L §1915.1001 − Work Practices and 

Engineering Controls for Automotive Brake 

and Clutch Inspection, Disassembly, Repair and 

Assembly. Mandatory
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

284

Subpart Z

(2) Appendices B, F, H, I, J, and K to this section are 

informational and are not intended to create any 

additional obligations not otherwise imposed or to 

detract from any existing obligations. 

Appendix B to §1915.1001 – Detailed Procedures for 

Asbestos Sampling and Analysis. Non-Mandatory

Appendix F to §1915.1001 − Work Practices 

and Engineering Controls for Class I Asbestos 

Operations. Non-Mandatory

Appendix G to §1915.1001 − Reserved

Appendix H to §1915.1001 − Substance Technical 

Information for Asbestos. Non-Mandatory

Appendix I to §1915.1001 − Medical Surveillance 

Guidelines for Asbestos. Non-Mandatory

Appendix J to §1915.1001 − Smoking Cessation 

Program Information for Asbestos. Non-Mandatory

Appendix K to §1915.1001 − Polarized Light 

Microscopy of Asbestos. Non-Mandatory

§1915.1002 thru §1915.1020 and §1915.1025

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard 

employment under these sections, 1915.1002 through 

1915.1020 and 1915.1025, are identical to those set 

forth in sections of chapter 1910 listed below: 

1915.1002 Coal tar pitch volatiles; 

interpretation of term

1910.1002

1915.1003 13 Carcinogens (4-Nitrobiphenyl, etc.) 1910.1003

1915.1004 alpha-Naphthylamine 1910.1003

1915.1005 [Reserved]

1915.1006 Methyl chloromethyl ether 1910.1003

1915.1007 3,3’-Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts) 1910.1003

1915.1008 bis-Chloromethyl ether 1910.1003

1915.1009 beta-Naphthylamine 1910.1003

1915.1010 Benzidine 1910.1003
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

285

Subpart Z

1915.1011 4-Aminodiphenyl 1910.1003

1915.1012 Ethyleneimine 1910.1003

1915.1013 beta-Propiolactone 1910.1003

1915.1014 2-Acetylaminofluorene 1910.1003

1915.1015 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene 1910.1003

1915.1016 N-Nitrosodimethylamine 1910.1003

1915.1017 Vinyl chloride 1910.1017

1915.1018 Inorganic arsenic 1910.1018

1915.1020 Access to employee exposure and 

medical records

1910.1020

1915.1025 Lead 1910.1025

§1915.1024 – Beryllium

(a) Scope and application.

(1) This standard applies to occupational exposure 

to beryllium in all forms, compounds, and mixtures 

in shipyards, except those articles and materials 

exempted by paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this 

standard.

(2) This standard does not apply to articles, as 

defined in the Hazard Communication standard 

(HCS) (29 CFR 1910.1200(c)), that contain beryllium 

and that the employer does not process.

(3) This standard does not apply to materials 

containing less than 0.1% beryllium by weight 

where the employer has objective data 

demonstrating that employee exposure to 

beryllium will remain below the action level as an 

8-hour TWA under any foreseeable conditions.

(b) Definitions. As used in this standard:

“Action level” means a concentration of airborne 

beryllium of 0.1 micrograms per cubic meter of 

air (μg/m3) calculated as an 8-hour time-weighted 

average (TWA).

“Airborne exposure” and “airborne exposure 

to beryllium” mean the exposure to airborne 

beryllium that would occur if the employee were 

not using a respirator.

“Assistant Secretary” means the Assistant Secretary 

of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, United 

States Department of Labor, or designee.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

286

Subpart Z

“Beryllium lymphocyte proliferation test” (BeLPT) 

means the measurement of blood lymphocyte 

proliferation in a laboratory test when lymphocytes 

are challenged with a soluble beryllium salt.

“Beryllium sensitization” means a response in the 

immune system of a specific individual who has 

been exposed to beryllium. There are no associated 

physical or clinical symptoms and no illness or 

disability with beryllium sensitization alone, but the 

response that occurs through beryllium sensitization 

can enable the immune system to recognize and 

react to beryllium. While not every beryllium 

sensitized person will develop chronic beryllium 

disease (CBD), beryllium sensitization is essential for 

development of CBD.

“CBD diagnostic center” means a medical diagnostic 

center that has a pulmonologist or pulmonary 

specialist on staff and on-site facilities to perform 

a clinical evaluation for the presence of chronic 

beryllium disease (CBD). The CBD diagnostic center 

must have the capacity to perform pulmonary 

function testing (as outlined by the American 

Thoracic Society criteria), bronchoalveolar lavage 

(BAL), and transbronchial biopsy. The CBD 

diagnostic center must also have the capacity 

to transfer BAL samples to a laboratory for 

appropriate diagnostic testing within 24 hours. The 

pulmonologist or pulmonary specialist must be 

able to interpret the biopsy pathology and the BAL 

diagnostic test results. 

“Chronic beryllium disease (CBD)” means a chronic 

granulomatous lung disease caused by inhalation of 

airborne beryllium by an individual who is berylliumsensitized. 

“Confirmed positive” means the person tested has 

had two abnormal BeLPT test results, an abnormal 

and a borderline test result, or three borderline test 

results from tests conducted within a 3-year period. 

It also means the result of a more reliable and 

accurate test indicating a person has been identified 

as having beryllium sensitization. 

“Director” means the Director of the National 

Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), 

U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 

or designee.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

287

Subpart Z

“Objective data” means information, such as 

air monitoring data from industry-wide surveys 

or calculations based on the composition of a 

substance, demonstrating airborne exposure to 

beryllium associated with a particular product or 

material or a specific process, task, or activity. The 

data must reflect workplace conditions closely 

resembling or with a higher airborne exposure 

potential than the processes, types of material, 

control methods, work practices, and environmental 

conditions in the employer's current operations.

“Physician or other licensed health care professional 

(PLHCP)” means an individual whose legally 

permitted scope of practice (i.e., license, registration, 

or certification) allows the individual to independently 

provide or be delegated the responsibility to provide 

some or all of the health care services required by 

paragraph (k) of this standard.

“Regulated area” means an area, including 

temporary work areas where maintenance or nonroutine tasks are performed, where an employee's 

airborne exposure exceeds, or can reasonably be 

expected to exceed, either the time-weighted average 

(TWA) permissible exposure limit (PEL) or short term 

exposure limit (STEL).

This standard means this beryllium standard, 29 CFR 

1915.1024.

(c) Permissible Exposure Limits (PELs)

(1) Time-weighted average (TWA) PEL. The 

employer must ensure that no employee is 

exposed to an airborne concentration of beryllium 

in excess of 0.2 μg/m3 calculated as an 8-hour TWA.

(2) Short-term exposure limit (STEL). The employer 

must ensure that no employee is exposed to an 

airborne concentration of beryllium in excess of 

2.0 μg/m3 as determined over a sampling period of 

15 minutes.

(d) Exposure assessment

(1) General. The employer must assess the 

airborne exposure of each employee who is or 

may reasonably be expected to be exposed to 

airborne beryllium in accordance with either the 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

288

Subpart Z

performance option in paragraph (d)(2) or the 

scheduled monitoring option in paragraph (d)(3) 

of this standard.

(2) Performance option. The employer must assess 

the 8-hour TWA exposure and the 15-minute shortterm exposure for each employee on the basis 

of any combination of air monitoring data and 

objective data sufficient to accurately characterize 

airborne exposure to beryllium.

(3) Scheduled monitoring option.

(i) The employer must perform initial monitoring 

to assess the 8-hour TWA exposure for each 

employee on the basis of one or more personal 

breathing zone air samples that reflect the 

airborne exposure of employees on each shift, 

for each job classification, and in each work area.

(ii) The employer must perform initial monitoring 

to assess the short-term exposure from 15-minute 

personal breathing zone air samples measured 

in operations that are likely to produce airborne 

exposure above the STEL for each work shift, for 

each job classification, and in each work area.

(iii) Where several employees perform the same 

tasks on the same shift and in the same work 

area, the employer may sample a representative 

fraction of these employees in order to meet the 

requirements of paragraph (d)(3) of this standard. 

In representative sampling, the employer must 

sample the employee(s) expected to have the 

highest airborne exposure to beryllium.

(iv) If initial monitoring indicates that airborne 

exposure is below the action level and at or 

below the STEL, the employer may discontinue 

monitoring for those employees whose airborne 

exposure is represented by such monitoring.

(v) Where the most recent exposure monitoring 

indicates that airborne exposure is at or above 

the action level but at or below the TWA PEL, the 

employer must repeat such monitoring within six 

months of the most recent monitoring.

(vi) Where the most recent exposure monitoring 

indicates that airborne exposure is above the 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

289

Subpart Z

TWA PEL, the employer must repeat such 

monitoring within three months of the most 

recent 8-hour TWA exposure monitoring.

(vii) Where the most recent (non-initial) exposure 

monitoring indicates that airborne exposure 

is below the action level, the employer must 

repeat such monitoring within six months of the 

most recent monitoring until two consecutive 

measurements, taken 7 or more days apart, 

are below the action level, at which time 

the employer may discontinue 8-hour TWA 

exposure monitoring for those employees 

whose exposure is represented by such 

monitoring, except as otherwise provided in 

paragraph (d)(4) of this standard.

(viii) Where the most recent exposure monitoring 

indicates that airborne exposure is above the 

STEL, the employer must repeat such monitoring 

within three months of the most recent shortterm exposure monitoring until two consecutive 

measurements, taken 7 or more days apart, are 

below the STEL, at which time the employer may 

discontinue short-term exposure monitoring for 

those employees whose exposure is represented 

by such monitoring, except as otherwise 

provided in paragraph (d)(4) of this standard.

(4) Reassessment of exposure. The employer must 

reassess airborne exposure whenever a change 

in the production, process, control equipment, 

personnel, or work practices may reasonably be 

expected to result in new or additional airborne 

exposure at or above the action level or STEL, or 

when the employer has any reason to believe that 

new or additional airborne exposure at or above 

the action level or STEL has occurred.

(5) Methods of sample analysis. The employer 

must ensure that all air monitoring samples used to 

satisfy the monitoring requirements of paragraph 

(d) of this standard are evaluated by a laboratory 

that can measure beryllium to an accuracy of plus 

or minus 25 percent within a statistical confidence 

level of 95 percent for airborne concentrations at or 

above the action level.

(6) Employee notification of assessment results.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

290

Subpart Z

(i) Within 15 working days after completing 

an exposure assessment in accordance with 

paragraph (d) of this standard, the employer 

must notify each employee whose airborne 

exposure is represented by the assessment of the 

results of that assessment individually in writing 

or post the results in an appropriate location that 

is accessible to each of these employees.

(ii) Whenever an exposure assessment indicates 

that airborne exposure is above the TWA 

PEL or STEL, the employer must describe in 

the written notification the corrective action 

being taken to reduce airborne exposure to or 

below the exposure limit(s) exceeded where 

feasible corrective action exists but had not 

been implemented when the monitoring 

was conducted.

(7) Observation of monitoring.

(i) The employer must provide an opportunity 

to observe any exposure monitoring required 

by this standard to each employee whose 

airborne exposure is measured or represented 

by the monitoring and each employee's 

representative(s).

(ii) When observation of monitoring requires 

entry into an area where the use of personal 

protective clothing or equipment (which may 

include respirators) is required, the employer 

must provide each observer with appropriate 

personal protective clothing and equipment at no 

cost to the observer and must ensure that each 

observer uses such clothing and equipment.

(iii) The employer must ensure that each 

observer follows all other applicable safety and 

health procedures.

(e) Regulated areas.

(1) Establishment. The employer must establish 

and maintain a regulated area wherever employees 

are, or can reasonably be expected to be, exposed 

to airborne beryllium at levels above the TWA PEL 

or STEL.

(2) Demarcation. The employer must identify each 

regulated area in accordance with paragraph (m)(2) 

of this standard.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

291

Subpart Z

(3) Access. The employer must limit access to 

regulated areas to:

(i) Persons the employer authorizes or requires to 

be in a regulated area to perform work duties;

(ii) Persons entering a regulated area as 

designated representatives of employees for 

the purpose of exercising the right to observe 

exposure monitoring procedures under 

paragraph (d)(7) of this standard; and

(iii) Persons authorized by law to be in a 

regulated area.

(4) Provision of personal protective clothing and 

equipment, including respirators. The employer 

must provide and ensure that each employee 

entering a regulated area uses:

(i) Respiratory protection in accordance with 

paragraph (g) of this standard; and

(ii) Personal protective clothing and equipment in 

accordance with paragraph (h) of this standard.

(f) Methods of compliance.

(1) Written exposure control plan. 

(i) The employer must establish, implement, and 

maintain a written exposure control plan, which 

must contain:

(A) A list of operations and job titles reasonably 

expected to involve airborne exposure to beryllium;

(B) A list of engineering controls, work practices, 

and respiratory protection required by paragraph 

(f)(2) of this standard; 

(C) A list of personal protective clothing and 

equipment required by paragraph (h) of this 

standard; 

(D) Procedures used to ensure the integrity of 

each containment used to minimize exposures 

to employees outside of the containment; and 

(E) Procedures for removing, cleaning, and 

maintaining personal protective clothing and 

equipment in accordance with paragraph (h) of 

this standard. 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

292

Subpart Z

(ii) The employer must review and evaluate the 

effectiveness of each written exposure control plan 

at least annually and update it, as necessary, when:

(A) Any change in production processes, 

materials, equipment, personnel, work practices, 

or control methods results, or can reasonably be 

expected to result, in new or additional airborne 

exposure to beryllium;

(B) The employer is notified that an employee is 

eligible for medical removal in accordance with 

paragraph (l)(1) of this standard, referred for 

evaluation at a CBD diagnostic center, or shows 

signs or symptoms associated with airborne 

exposure to beryllium; or

(C) The employer has any reason to believe that 

new or additional airborne exposure is occurring 

or will occur.

(iii) The employer must make a copy of the 

written exposure control plan accessible to 

each employee who is, or can reasonably be 

expected to be, exposed to airborne beryllium 

in accordance with OSHA's Access to Employee 

Exposure and Medical Records (Records Access) 

standard (29 CFR 1910.1020(e)).

(2) Engineering and work practice controls. The 

employer must use engineering and work practice 

controls to reduce and maintain employee airborne 

exposure to beryllium to or below the TWA PEL 

and STEL, unless the employer can demonstrate 

that such controls are not feasible. Wherever the 

employer demonstrates that it is not feasible to 

reduce airborne exposure to or below the PELs with 

engineering and work practice controls, the employer 

must implement and maintain engineering and work 

practice controls to reduce airborne exposure to the 

lowest levels feasible and supplement these controls 

by using respiratory protection in accordance with 

paragraph (g) of this standard. 

(3) Prohibition of rotation. The employer must 

not rotate employees to different jobs to achieve 

compliance with the PELs.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

293

Subpart Z

 (g) Respiratory protection.

(1) General. The employer must provide respiratory 

protection at no cost to the employee and ensure 

that each employee uses respiratory protection:

(i) During periods necessary to install or 

implement feasible engineering and work 

practice controls where airborne exposure 

exceeds, or can reasonably be expected to 

exceed, the TWA PEL or STEL;

(ii) During operations, including maintenance 

and repair activities and non-routine tasks, when 

engineering and work practice controls are not 

feasible and airborne exposure exceeds, or can 

reasonably be expected to exceed, the TWA PEL 

or STEL;

(iii) During operations for which an employer 

has implemented all feasible engineering and 

work practice controls when such controls are 

not sufficient to reduce airborne exposure to or 

below the TWA PEL or STEL;

(iv) When an employee who is eligible for medical 

removal under paragraph (l)(1) chooses to remain 

in a job with airborne exposure at or above the 

action level, as permitted by paragraph (l)(2)(ii).

(2) Respiratory protection program. Where 

this standard requires an employer to provide 

respiratory protection, the selection and use of 

such respiratory protection must be in accordance 

with the Respiratory Protection standard (29 CFR 

1910.134).

(3) The employer must provide at no cost to the 

employee a powered air-purifying respirator (PAPR) 

instead of a negative pressure respirator when:

(i) Respiratory protection is required by 

this standard;

(ii) An employee entitled to such respiratory 

protection requests a PAPR; and

(iii) The PAPR provides adequate protection to 

the employee in accordance with paragraph (g)

(2) of this standard.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

294

Subpart Z

(h) Personal protective clothing and equipment.

(1) Provision and use. Where airborne exposure 

exceeds, or can reasonably be expected to 

exceed, the TWA PEL or STEL, the employer must 

provide at no cost, and ensure that each employee 

uses, appropriate personal protective clothing 

and equipment in accordance with the written 

exposure control plan required under paragraph 

(f)(1) of this standard and OSHA's Personal 

Protective Equipment standards for shipyards 

(Subpart I of this Part). 

(2) Removal and storage. 

(i) The employer must ensure that each employee 

removes all personal protective clothing and 

equipment required by this standard at the end 

of the work shift or at the completion of all tasks 

involving beryllium, whichever comes first. 

(ii) The employer must ensure that personal 

protective clothing and equipment required by 

this standard is not removed in a manner that 

disperses beryllium into the air, and is removed 

as specified in the written exposure control plan 

required by paragraph (f)(1) of this standard. 

(iii) The employer must ensure that no employee 

with reasonably expected exposure above the 

TWA PEL or STEL removes personal protective 

clothing and equipment required by this 

standard from the workplace unless it has been 

cleaned in accordance with paragraph (h)(3)(ii) of 

this standard. 

 (3) Cleaning and replacement. 

(i) The employer must ensure that all reusable 

personal protective clothing and equipment 

required by this standard is cleaned, laundered, 

repaired, and replaced as needed to maintain 

its effectiveness.

(ii) The employer must ensure that beryllium is 

not removed from personal protective clothing 

and equipment required by this standard by 

blowing, shaking, or any other means that 

disperses beryllium into the air. 

(i) [Reserved]
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

295

Subpart Z

(j) Housekeeping.

(1) When cleaning dust resulting from operations 

that cause, or can reasonably be expected to 

cause, airborne exposure above the TWA PEL 

or STEL, the employer must ensure the use of 

methods that minimize the likelihood and level of 

airborne exposure.

(2) The employer must not allow dry sweeping 

or brushing for cleaning up dust resulting from 

operations that cause, or can reasonably be 

expected to cause, airborne exposure above the 

TWA PEL or STEL unless methods that minimize 

the likelihood and level of airborne exposure are 

not safe or effective.

(3) The employer must not allow the use of 

compressed air for cleaning where the use of 

compressed air causes, or can reasonably be 

expected to cause, airborne exposure above the 

TWA PEL or STEL.

(4) Where employees use dry sweeping, brushing, 

or compressed air to clean, the employer must 

provide, and ensure that each employee uses, 

respiratory protection and personal protective 

clothing and equipment in accordance with 

paragraphs (g) and (h) of this standard.

(5) The employer must ensure that cleaning 

equipment is handled and maintained in a manner 

that minimizes the likelihood and level of airborne 

exposure and the re-entrainment of airborne 

beryllium in the workplace. 

(k) Medical surveillance.

(1) General.

(i) The employer must make medical surveillance 

required by this paragraph available at no cost 

to the employee, and at a reasonable time and 

place, to each employee:

(A) Who is or is reasonably expected to be 

exposed at or above the action level for more 

than 30 days per year;

(B) Who shows signs or symptoms of CBD or 

other beryllium-related health effects; or
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

296

Subpart Z

(C) Whose most recent written medical 

opinion required by paragraph (k)(6) or (k)(7) 

recommends periodic medical surveillance.

(ii) The employer must ensure that all medical 

examinations and procedures required by 

this standard are performed by, or under the 

direction of, a licensed physician. 

(2) Frequency. The employer must provide a 

medical examination:

(i) Within 30 days after determining that:

(A) An employee meets the criteria of paragraph 

(k)(1)(i)(A) of this standard, unless the employee 

has received a medical examination, provided in 

accordance with this standard, within the last two 

years; or

(B) An employee meets the criteria of paragraph 

(k)(1)(i)(B) of this standard.

(ii) At least every two years thereafter for each 

employee who continues to meet the criteria of 

paragraph (k)(1)(i)(A), (B), or (C) of this standard.

(iii) At the termination of employment for each 

employee who meets any of the criteria of 

paragraph (k)(1)(i) of this standard at the time the 

employee's employment terminates, unless an 

examination has been provided in accordance with 

this standard during the six months prior to the 

date of termination. 

(3) Contents of examination.

(i) The employer must ensure that the 

PLHCP conducting the examination advises 

the employee of the risks and benefits of 

participating in the medical surveillance program 

and the employee's right to opt out of any or all 

parts of the medical examination.

(ii) The employer must ensure that the employee 

is offered a medical examination that includes:

(A) A medical and work history, with emphasis 

on past and present exposure to beryllium, 

smoking history, and any history of respiratory 

system dysfunction;

(B) A physical examination with emphasis on the 

respiratory system;
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

297

Subpart Z

(C) A physical examination for skin rashes;

(D) Pulmonary function tests, performed in 

accordance with the guidelines established by 

the American Thoracic Society including forced 

vital capacity (FVC) and forced expiratory volume 

in one second (FEV1);

(E) A standardized BeLPT or equivalent test, upon 

the first examination and at least every two years 

thereafter, unless the employee is confirmed 

positive. If the results of the BeLPT are other 

than normal, a follow-up BeLPT must be offered 

within 30 days, unless the employee has been 

confirmed positive. Samples must be analyzed 

in a laboratory certified under the College of 

American Pathologists/Clinical Laboratory 

Improvement Amendments (CLIA) guidelines to 

perform the BeLPT.

(F) A low dose computed tomography (LDCT) 

scan, when recommended by the PLHCP after 

considering the employee's history of exposure 

to beryllium along with other risk factors, such as 

smoking history, family medical history, sex, age, 

and presence of existing lung disease; and

(G) Any other test deemed appropriate by 

the PLHCP. 

(4) Information provided to the PLHCP.

The employer must ensure that the examining 

PLHCP (and the agreed-upon CBD diagnostic center, 

if an evaluation is required under paragraph (k)(7) of 

this standard) has a copy of this standard and must 

provide the following information, if known:

(i) A description of the employee's former and 

current duties that relate to the employee's 

exposure to beryllium;

(ii) The employee's former and current levels of 

airborne exposure;

(iii) A description of any personal protective 

clothing and equipment, including respirators, 

used by the employee, including when and for 

how long the employee has used that personal 

protective clothing and equipment; and

(iv) Information from records of employmentrelated medical examinations previously 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

298

Subpart Z

provided to the employee, currently within the 

control of the employer, after obtaining written 

consent from the employee. 

(5) Licensed physician's written medical report for 

the employee. 

The employer must ensure that the employee 

receives a written medical report from the licensed 

physician within 45 days of the examination 

(including any follow-up BeLPT required under 

paragraph (k)(3)(ii)(E) of this standard) and that the 

PLHCP explains the results of the examination to the 

employee. The written medical report must contain:

(i) A statement indicating the results of the medical 

examination, including the licensed physician's 

opinion as to whether the employee has:

(A) Any detected medical condition, such as CBD 

or beryllium sensitization (i.e., the employee is 

confirmed positive, as defined in paragraph (b) 

of this standard), that may place the employee at 

increased risk from further airborne exposure, and

(B) Any medical conditions related to airborne 

exposure that require further evaluation or 

treatment.

(ii) Any recommendations on:

(A) The employee's use of respirators, protective 

clothing, or equipment; or

(B) Limitations on the employee's airborne 

exposure to beryllium.

(iii) If the employee is confirmed positive or 

diagnosed with CBD or if the licensed physician 

otherwise deems it appropriate, the written 

report must also contain a referral for an 

evaluation at a CBD diagnostic center.

(iv) If the employee is confirmed positive or 

diagnosed with CBD the written report must also 

contain a recommendation for continued periodic 

medical surveillance.

(v) If the employee is confirmed positive or 

diagnosed with CBD the written report must 

also contain a recommendation for medical 

removal from airborne exposure to beryllium, as 

described in paragraph (l). 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

299

Subpart Z

(6) Licensed physician's written medical opinion for 

the employer.

(i) The employer must obtain a written medical 

opinion from the licensed physician within 

45 days of the medical examination (including 

any follow-up BeLPT required under paragraph 

(k)(3)(ii)(E) of this standard). The written medical 

opinion must contain only the following:

(A) The date of the examination;

(B) A statement that the examination has met the 

requirements of this standard;

(C) Any recommended limitations on the 

employee's use of respirators, protective 

clothing, or equipment; and

(D) A statement that the PLHCP has explained 

the results of the medical examination to the 

employee, including any tests conducted, any 

medical conditions related to airborne exposure 

that require further evaluation or treatment, 

and any special provisions for use of personal 

protective clothing or equipment;

(ii) If the employee provides written 

authorization, the written opinion must also 

contain any recommended limitations on the 

employee's airborne exposure to beryllium.

(iii) If the employee is confirmed positive or 

diagnosed with CBD or if the licensed physician 

otherwise deems it appropriate, and the 

employee provides written authorization, the 

written opinion must also contain a referral for 

an evaluation at a CBD diagnostic center.

(iv) If the employee is confirmed positive or 

diagnosed with CBD and the employee provides 

written authorization, the written opinion must 

also contain a recommendation for continued 

periodic medical surveillance.

(v) If the employee is confirmed positive or 

diagnosed with CBD and the employee provides 

written authorization, the written opinion must 

also contain a recommendation for medical 

removal from airborne exposure to beryllium, as 

described in paragraph (l).
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

300

Subpart Z

(vi) The employer must ensure that each 

employee receives a copy of the written 

medical opinion described in paragraph (k)(6) 

of this standard within 45 days of any medical 

examination (including any follow-up BeLPT 

required under paragraph (k)(3)(ii)(E) of this 

standard) performed for that employee. 

(7) CBD diagnostic center.

(i) The employer must provide an evaluation 

at no cost to the employee at a CBD diagnostic 

center that is mutually agreed upon by the 

employer and the employee. The evaluation at 

the CBD diagnostic center must be scheduled 

within 30 days, and must occur within a 

reasonable time, of: 

(A) The employer's receipt of a physician's written 

medical opinion to the employer that recommends 

referral to a CBD diagnostic center; or

(B) The employee presenting to the employer a 

physician's written medical report indicating that 

the employee has been confirmed positive or 

diagnosed with CBD, or recommending referral 

to a CBD diagnostic center.

(ii) The employer must ensure that, as part of 

the evaluation, the employee is offered any tests 

deemed appropriate by the examining physician 

at the CBD diagnostic center, such as pulmonary 

function testing (as outlined by the American 

Thoracic Society criteria), bronchoalveolar lavage 

(BAL), and transbronchial biopsy. If any of the 

tests deemed appropriate by the examining 

physician are not available at the CBD diagnostic 

center, they may be performed at another 

location that is mutually agreed upon by the 

employer and the employee. 

(iii) The employer must ensure that the employee 

receives a written medical report from the CBD 

diagnostic center that contains all the information 

required in paragraph (k)(5)(i), (ii), (iv), and (v) 

and that the PLHCP explains the results of the 

examination to the employee within 30 days of 

the examination.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

301

Subpart Z

(iv) The employer must obtain a written 

medical opinion from the CBD diagnostic center 

within 30 days of the medical examination. 

The written medical opinion must contain 

only the information in paragraphs (k)(6)(i), as 

applicable, unless the employee provides written 

authorization to release additional information. 

If the employee provides written authorization, 

the written opinion must also contain the 

information from paragraphs (k)(6)(ii), (iv), and 

(v), if applicable.

(v) The employer must ensure that each 

employee receives a copy of the written 

medical opinion from the CBD diagnostic center 

described in paragraph (k)(7) of this standard 

within 30 days of any medical examination 

performed for that employee.

(vi) After an employee has received the initial 

clinical evaluation at a CBD diagnostic center 

described in paragraph (k)(7)(i) of this standard, 

the employee may choose to have any 

subsequent medical examinations for which the 

employee is eligible under paragraph (k) of this 

standard performed at a CBD diagnostic center 

mutually agreed upon by the employer and the 

employee, and the employer must provide such 

examinations at no cost to the employee. 

(l) Medical removal.

(1) An employee is eligible for medical removal, 

if the employee works in a job with airborne 

exposure at or above the action level and either:

(i) The employee provides the employer with:

(A) A written medical report indicating a 

confirmed positive finding or CBD diagnosis; or

(B) A written medical report recommending 

removal from airborne exposure to beryllium in 

accordance with paragraph (k)(5)(v) or (k)(7)(ii) of 

this standard; or

(ii) The employer receives a written medical 

opinion recommending removal from airborne 

exposure to beryllium in accordance with 

paragraph (k)(6)(v) or (k)(7)(iii) of this standard.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

302

Subpart Z

(2) If an employee is eligible for medical removal, 

the employer must provide the employee with the 

employee's choice of:

(i) Removal as described in paragraph (l)(3) of 

this standard; or

(ii) Remaining in a job with airborne exposure 

at or above the action level, provided that 

the employer provides, and ensures that the 

employee uses, respiratory protection that 

complies with paragraph (g) of this standard 

whenever airborne exposures are at or above 

the action level.

(3) If the employee chooses removal:

(i) If a comparable job is available where airborne 

exposures to beryllium are below the action 

level, and the employee is qualified for that job or 

can be trained within one month, the employer 

must remove the employee to that job. The 

employer must maintain for six months from the 

time of removal the employee's base earnings, 

seniority, and other rights and benefits that 

existed at the time of removal.

(ii) If comparable work is not available, the 

employer must maintain the employee's 

base earnings, seniority, and other rights and 

benefits that existed at the time of removal for 

six months or until such time that comparable 

work described in paragraph (l)(3)(i) becomes 

available, whichever comes first. 

(4) The employer's obligation to provide medical 

removal protection benefits to a removed 

employee shall be reduced to the extent that the 

employee receives compensation for earnings 

lost during the period of removal from a publicly 

or employer-funded compensation program, or 

receives income from another employer made 

possible by virtue of the employee's removal. 

(m) Communication of hazards.

(1) General. 

(i) Chemical manufacturers, importers, distributors, 

and employers must comply with all requirements 

of the HCS (29 CFR 1910.1200) for beryllium.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

303

Subpart Z

(ii) Employers must include beryllium in the 

hazard communication program established to 

comply with the HCS. Employers must ensure 

that each employee has access to labels on 

containers of beryllium and to safety data 

sheets, and is trained in accordance with the 

requirements of the HCS (29 CFR 1910.1200) and 

paragraph (m)(3) of this standard.

(2) Warning signs.

(i) Posting.

The employer must provide and display 

warning signs at each approach to a regulated 

area so that each employee is able to read 

and understand the signs and take necessary 

protective steps before entering the area.

(ii) Sign specification. (A) The employer must 

ensure that the warning signs required by 

paragraph (m)(2)(i) of this standard are legible 

and readily visible.

(B) The employer must ensure each warning sign 

required by paragraph (m)(2)(i) of this standard 

bears the following legend:

DANGER

REGULATED AREA

BERYLLIUM

MAY CAUSE CANCER

CAUSES DAMAGE TO LUNGS

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

WEAR RESPIRATORY PROTECTION AND 

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND 

EQUIPMENT IN THIS AREA 

(3) Employee information and training.

(i) For each employee who has, or can 

reasonably be expected to have, airborne 

exposure to beryllium:

(A) The employer must provide information and 

training in accordance with the HCS (29 CFR 

1910.1200(h));

(B) The employer must provide initial training to 

each employee by the time of initial assignment; 

and
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

304

Subpart Z

(C) The employer must repeat the training required 

under this standard annually for each employee.

(ii) The employer must ensure that each employee 

who is, or can reasonably be expected to be, 

exposed to airborne beryllium can demonstrate 

knowledge and understanding of the following:

(A) The health hazards associated with exposure 

to beryllium, including the signs and symptoms 

of CBD;

(B) The written exposure control plan, with 

emphasis on the location(s) of any regulated 

areas, and the specific nature of operations that 

could result in airborne exposure, especially 

airborne exposure above the TWA PEL or STEL;

(C) The purpose, proper selection, fitting, proper 

use, and limitations of personal protective 

clothing and equipment, including respirators;

(D) Measures employees can take to protect 

themselves from exposure to beryllium;

(E) The purpose and a description of the medical 

surveillance program required by paragraph (k) 

of this standard including risks and benefits of 

each test to be offered;

(F) The purpose and a description of the medical 

removal protection provided under paragraph (l) 

of this standard;

(G) The contents of the standard; and

(H) The employee's right of access to records 

under the Records Access standard (29 CFR 

1910.1020).

(iii) When a workplace change (such as 

modification of equipment, tasks, or procedures) 

results in new or increased airborne exposure 

that exceeds, or can reasonably be expected 

to exceed, either the TWA PEL or the STEL, 

the employer must provide additional training 

to those employees affected by the change in 

airborne exposure.

(iv) The employer must make a copy of this 

standard and its appendices readily available 

at no cost to each employee and designated 

employee representative(s). 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

305

Subpart Z

(n) Recordkeeping.

(1) Air monitoring data. 

(i) The employer must make and maintain a 

record of all exposure measurements taken 

to assess airborne exposure as prescribed in 

paragraph (d) of this standard.

(ii) This record must include at least the following 

information:

(A) The date of measurement for each sample 

taken;

(B) The task that is being monitored;

(C) The sampling and analytical methods used 

and evidence of their accuracy;

(D) The number, duration, and results of 

samples taken;

(E) The type of personal protective clothing 

and equipment, including respirators, worn 

by monitored employees at the time of 

monitoring; and

(F) The name and job classification of each 

employee represented by the monitoring, 

indicating which employees were actually 

monitored.

(iii) The employer must ensure that exposure 

records are maintained and made available in 

accordance with the Records Access standard 

(29 CFR 1910.1020).

(2) Objective data. 

(i) Where an employer uses objective data to 

satisfy the exposure assessment requirements 

under paragraph (d)(2) of this standard, the 

employer must make and maintain a record of 

the objective data relied upon.

(ii) This record must include at least the following 

information:

(A) The data relied upon;

(B) The beryllium-containing material in question;

(C) The source of the objective data;

(D) A description of the process, task, or activity 

on which the objective data were based; and
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

306

Subpart Z

(E) Other data relevant to the process, task, 

activity, material, or airborne exposure on which 

the objective data were based.

(iii) The employer must ensure that objective 

data are maintained and made available in 

accordance with the Records Access standard 

(29 CFR 1910.1020).

(3) Medical surveillance. 

(i) The employer must make and maintain a 

record for each employee covered by medical 

surveillance under paragraph (k) of this standard.

(ii) The record must include the following 

information about each employee:

(A) Name and job classification;

(B) A copy of all licensed physicians' written 

medical opinions for each employee; and

(C) A copy of the information provided to the PLHCP 

as required by paragraph (k)(4) of this standard.

(iii) The employer must ensure that medical 

records are maintained and made available in 

accordance with the Records Access standard 

(29 CFR 1910.1020).

(4) Training.

(i) At the completion of any training required by 

this standard, the employer must prepare a record 

that indicates the name and job classification of 

each employee trained, the date the training was 

completed, and the topic of the training.

(ii) This record must be maintained for three 

years after the completion of training.

(5) Access to records. Upon request, the employer 

must make all records maintained as a requirement 

of this standard available for examination and 

copying to the Assistant Secretary, the Director, 

each employee, and each employee's designated 

representative(s) in accordance the Records Access 

standard (29 CFR 1910.1020).

(6) Transfer of records. The employer must comply 

with the requirements involving transfer of records 

set forth in the Records Access standard (29 CFR 

1910.1020).
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

307

Subpart Z

(o) Dates.

(1) Effective date. This standard shall become 

effective March 10, 2017.

(2) Compliance dates.

(i) All obligations contained in paragraph 

(c) of this standard commence and become 

enforceable on March 12, 2018; and

(ii) All other obligations of this standard commence 

and become enforceable on September 30, 2020.

§1915.1026 – Chromium (VI)

(a) Scope.

(1) This standard applies to occupational exposures 

to chromium (VI) in all forms and compounds in 

shipyards, marine terminals, and longshoring, except:

(2) Exposures that occur in the application of 

pesticides regulated by the Environmental Protection 

Agency or another Federal government agency (e.g., 

the treatment of wood with preservatives);

(3) Exposures to portland cement; or

(4) Where the employer has objective data 

demonstrating that a material containing chromium 

or a specific process, operation, or activity involving 

chromium cannot release dusts, fumes, or mists 

of chromium (VI) in concentrations at or above 0.5 

μg/m3 as an 8-hour time-weighted average (TWA) 

under any expected conditions of use.

(b) Definitions. 

For the purposes of this section the following 

definitions apply: 

“Action level” means a concentration of airborne 

chromium (VI) of 2.5 micrograms per cubic meter of 

air (2.5 μg/m3) calculated as an 8-hour time-weighted 

average (TWA). 

“Assistant Secretary” means the Assistant Secretary 

of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. 

Department of Labor, or designee. 

“Chromium (VI) [hexavalent chromium or Cr(VI)]” 

means chromium with a valence of positive six, in 

any form and in any compound. 
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

308

Subpart Z

“Director” means the Director of the National Institute 

for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), U.S. 

Department of Health and Human Services, or designee. 

“Emergency” means any occurrence that results, 

or is likely to result, in an uncontrolled release of 

chromium (VI). If an incidental release of chromium 

(VI) can be controlled at the time of release by 

employees in the immediate release area, or by 

maintenance personnel, it is not an emergency. 

“Employee exposure” means the exposure to 

airborne chromium (VI) that would occur if the 

employee were not using a respirator. 

“High-efficiency particulate air [HEPA] filter” 

means a filter that is at least 99.97 percent efficient 

in removing mono-dispersed particles of 0.3 

micrometers in diameter or larger. 

“Historical monitoring data” means data from 

chromium (VI) monitoring conducted prior to May 

30, 2006, obtained during work operations conducted 

under workplace conditions closely resembling 

the processes, types of material, control methods, 

work practices, and environmental conditions in the 

employer’s current operations. 

“Objective data” means information such as 

air monitoring data from industry-wide surveys 

or calculations based on the composition or 

chemical and physical properties of a substance 

demonstrating the employee exposure to chromium 

(VI) associated with a particular product or material 

or a specific process, operation, or activity. The data 

must reflect workplace conditions closely resembling 

the processes, types of material, control methods, 

work practices, and environmental conditions in the 

employer’s current operations. 

“Physician or other licensed healthcare professional 

[PLHCP]” is an individual whose legally permitted 

scope of practice (i.e., license, registration, or 

certification) allows him or her to independently 

provide or be delegated the responsibility to provide 

some or all of the particular healthcare services 

required by paragraph (i) of this section. 

“This section” means this §1915.1026 chromium (VI) 

standard.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

309

Subpart Z

(c) Permissible exposure limit (PEL). The employer 

shall ensure that no employee is exposed to an 

airborne concentration of chromium (VI) in excess 

of 5 micrograms per cubic meter of air (5 μg/m3), 

calculated as an 8-hour time-weighted average (TWA).

(d) Exposure determination. 

(1) General. Each employer who has a workplace 

or work operation covered by this section shall 

determine the 8-hour TWA exposure for each 

employee exposed to chromium (VI). This 

determination shall be made in accordance with either 

paragraph (d)(2) or paragraph (d)(3) of this section.

(2) Scheduled monitoring option.

(i) The employer shall perform initial monitoring 

to determine the 8-hour TWA exposure for 

each employee on the basis of a sufficient 

number of personal breathing zone air samples 

to accurately characterize full shift exposure 

on each shift, for each job classification, in 

each work area. Where an employer does 

representative sampling instead of sampling all 

employees in order to meet this requirement, the 

employer shall sample the employee(s) expected 

to have the highest chromium (VI) exposures.

(ii) If initial monitoring indicates that employee 

exposures are below the action level, the 

employer may discontinue monitoring for those 

employees whose exposures are represented by 

such monitoring.

(iii) If monitoring reveals employee exposures 

to be at or above the action level, the employer 

shall perform periodic monitoring at least every 

six months.

(iv) If monitoring reveals employee exposures 

to be above the PEL, the employer shall perform 

periodic monitoring at least every three months.

(v) If periodic monitoring indicates that employee 

exposures are below the action level, and the 

result is confirmed by the result of another 

monitoring taken at least seven days later, the 

employer may discontinue the monitoring 

for those employees whose exposures are 

represented by such monitoring.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

310

Subpart Z

(vi) The employer shall perform additional 

monitoring when there has been any change 

in the production process, raw materials, 

equipment, personnel, work practices, or control 

methods that may result in new or additional 

exposures to chromium (VI), or when the 

employer has any reason to believe that new or 

additional exposures have occurred.

(3) Performance-oriented option. The employer 

shall determine the 8-hour TWA exposure for each 

employee on the basis of any combination of air 

monitoring data, historical monitoring data, or 

objective data sufficient to accurately characterize 

employee exposure to chromium (VI).

(4) Employee notification of determination results.

(i) Within 5 work days after making an exposure 

determination in accordance with paragraph (d)(2) 

or paragraph (d)(3) of this section, the employer 

shall individually notify each affected employee in 

writing of the results of that determination or post 

the results in an appropriate location accessible to 

all affected employees.

(ii) Whenever the exposure determination 

indicates that employee exposure is above the 

PEL, the employer shall describe in the written 

notification the corrective action being taken to 

reduce employee exposure to or below the PEL.

(5) Accuracy of measurement. Where air 

monitoring is performed to comply with the 

requirements of this section, the employer shall 

use a method of monitoring and analysis that can 

measure chromium (VI) to within an accuracy of 

plus or minus 25 percent (+/-25%) and can produce 

accurate measurements to within a statistical 

confidence level of 95 percent for airborne 

concentrations at or above the action level.

(6) Observation of monitoring.

(i) Where air monitoring is performed to comply 

with the requirements of this section, the employer 

shall provide affected employees or their designated 

representatives an opportunity to observe any 

monitoring of employee exposure to chromium (VI).

(ii) When observation of monitoring requires entry 

into an area where the use of protective clothing 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

311

Subpart Z

or equipment is required, the employer shall 

provide the observer with clothing and equipment 

and shall assure that the observer uses such 

clothing and equipment and complies with all 

other applicable safety and health procedures.

(e) Methods of compliance. 

(1) Engineering and work practice controls.

(i) Except as permitted in paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of 

this section, the employer shall use engineering 

and work practice controls to reduce and maintain 

employee exposure to chromium (VI) to or below 

the PEL unless the employer can demonstrate 

that such controls are not feasible. Wherever 

feasible engineering and work practice controls 

are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure 

to or below the PEL, the employer shall use them 

to reduce employee exposure to the lowest levels 

achievable, and shall supplement them by the use 

of respiratory protection that complies with the 

requirements of paragraph (f) of this section.

(ii) Where the employer can demonstrate that a 

process or task does not result in any employee 

exposure to chromium (VI) above the PEL for 30 

or more days per year (12 consecutive months), 

the requirement to implement engineering and 

work practice controls to achieve the PEL does 

not apply to that process or task.

(2) Prohibition of rotation. The employer shall 

not rotate employees to different jobs to achieve 

compliance with the PEL.

(f) Respiratory protection. 

(1) General. Where respiratory protection is 

required by this section, the employer must provide 

each employee an appropriate respirator that 

complies with the requirements of this paragraph. 

Respiratory protection is required during:

(i) Periods necessary to install or implement 

feasible engineering and work practice controls;

(ii) Work operations, such as maintenance and 

repair activities, for which engineering and work 

practice controls are not feasible;
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

312

Subpart Z

(iii) Work operations for which an employer 

has implemented all feasible engineering and 

work practice controls and such controls are not 

sufficient to reduce exposures to or below the PEL;

(iv) Work operations where employees are 

exposed above the PEL for fewer than 30 days 

per year, and the employer has elected not 

to implement engineering and work practice 

controls to achieve the PEL; or

(v) Emergencies.

(2) Respiratory protection program. Where 

respirator use is required by this section, the 

employer shall institute a respiratory protection 

program in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134, which 

covers each employee required to use a respirator.

(g) Protective work clothing and equipment. 

(1) Provision and use. Where a hazard is present 

or is likely to be present from skin or eye contact 

with chromium (VI), the employer shall provide 

appropriate personal protective clothing and 

equipment at no cost to employees, and shall ensure 

that employees use such clothing and equipment.

(2) Removal and storage.

(i) The employer shall ensure that employees 

remove all protective clothing and equipment 

contaminated with chromium (VI) at the end of 

the work shift or at the completion of their tasks 

involving chromium (VI) exposure, whichever 

comes first.

(ii) The employer shall ensure that no employee 

removes chromium (VI)-contaminated protective 

clothing or equipment from the workplace, 

except for those employees whose job it is to 

launder, clean, maintain, or dispose of such 

clothing or equipment.

(iii) When contaminated protective clothing or 

equipment is removed for laundering, cleaning, 

maintenance, or disposal, the employer shall 

ensure that it is stored and transported in 

sealed, impermeable bags or other closed, 

impermeable containers.

(iv) The employer shall ensure that bags or 

containers of contaminated protective clothing or 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

313

Subpart Z

equipment that are removed from change rooms 

for laundering, cleaning, maintenance, or disposal 

are labeled in accordance with the requirements of 

the Hazard Communication Standard, §1910.1200

(3) Cleaning and replacement.

(i) The employer shall clean, launder, repair and 

replace all protective clothing and equipment 

required by this section as needed to maintain 

its effectiveness.

(ii) The employer shall prohibit the removal of 

chromium (VI) from protective clothing and 

equipment by blowing, shaking, or any other 

means that disperses chromium (VI) into the air 

or onto an employee’s body.

(iii) The employer shall inform any person 

who launders or cleans protective clothing or 

equipment contaminated with chromium (VI) 

of the potentially harmful effects of exposure 

to chromium (VI) and that the clothing and 

equipment should be laundered or cleaned in a 

manner that minimizes skin or eye contact with 

chromium (VI) and effectively prevents the release 

of airborne chromium (VI) in excess of the PEL.

(h) Hygiene areas and practices. 

(1) General. Where protective clothing and 

equipment is required, the employer shall provide 

change rooms in conformance with 29 CFR 

1910.141. Where skin contact with chromium (VI) 

occurs, the employer shall provide washing facilities 

in conformance with 29 CFR 1915.88. Eating and 

drinking areas provided by the employer shall also 

be in conformance with §1915.88.

(2) Change rooms. The employer shall assure that 

change rooms are equipped with separate storage 

facilities for protective clothing and equipment and 

for street clothes, and that these facilities prevent 

cross-contamination.

(3) Washing facilities.

(i) The employer shall provide readily accessible 

washing facilities capable of removing chromium 

(VI) from the skin, and shall ensure that affected 

employees use these facilities when necessary.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

314

Subpart Z

(ii) The employer shall ensure that employees who 

have skin contact with chromium (VI) wash their 

hands and faces at the end of the work shift and 

prior to eating, drinking, smoking, chewing tobacco 

or gum, applying cosmetics, or using the toilet.

(4) Eating and drinking areas.

(i) Whenever the employer allows employees to 

consume food or beverages at a worksite where 

chromium (VI) is present, the employer shall ensure 

that eating and drinking areas and surfaces are 

maintained as free as practicable of chromium (VI).

(ii) The employer shall ensure that employees 

do not enter eating and drinking areas with 

protective work clothing or equipment unless 

surface chromium (VI) has been removed from 

the clothing and equipment by methods that do 

not disperse chromium (VI) into the air or onto an 

employee’s body.

(5) Prohibited activities. The employer shall ensure 

that employees do not eat, drink, smoke, chew 

tobacco or gum, or apply cosmetics in areas where 

skin or eye contact with chromium (VI) occurs; or 

carry the products associated with these activities, 

or store such products in these areas.

(i) Medical surveillance. 

(1) General.

(i) The employer shall make medical surveillance 

available at no cost to the employee, and at a 

reasonable time and place, for all employees:

(A) Who are or may be occupationally exposed 

to chromium (VI) at or above the action level for 

30 or more days a year;

(B) Experiencing signs or symptoms of 

the adverse health effects associated with 

chromium (VI) exposure; or

(C) Exposed in an emergency.

(ii) The employer shall assure that all medical 

examinations and procedures required by 

this section are performed by or under the 

supervision of a PLHCP.
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

315

Subpart Z

(2) Frequency. The employer shall provide a 

medical examination:

(i) Within 30 days after initial assignment, unless 

the employee has received a chromium (VI) related 

medical examination that meets the requirements 

of this paragraph within the last twelve months;

(ii) Annually;

(iii) Within 30 days after a PLHCP’s written medical 

opinion recommends an additional examination;

(iv) Whenever an employee shows signs 

or symptoms of the adverse health effects 

associated with chromium (VI) exposure;

(v) Within 30 days after exposure during an 

emergency which results in an uncontrolled 

release of chromium (VI); or

(vi) At the termination of employment, unless the 

last examination that satisfied the requirements 

of paragraph (i) of this section was less than six 

months prior to the date of termination.

(3) Contents of examination. A medical 

examination consists of:

(i) A medical and work history, with emphasis on: 

past, present, and anticipated future exposure to 

chromium (VI); any history of respiratory system 

dysfunction; any history of asthma, dermatitis, 

skin ulceration, or nasal septum perforation; and 

smoking status and history;

(ii) A physical examination of the skin and 

respiratory tract; and

(iii) Any additional tests deemed appropriate by 

the examining PLHCP.

(4) Information provided to the PLHCP. The 

employer shall ensure that the examining PLHCP 

has a copy of this standard, and shall provide the 

following information:

(i) A description of the affected employee’s 

former, current, and anticipated duties as they 

relate to the employee’s occupational exposure to 

chromium (VI);

(ii) The employee’s former, current, and 

anticipated levels of occupational exposure to 

chromium (VI);
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

316

Subpart Z

(iii) A description of any personal protective 

equipment used or to be used by the employee, 

including when and for how long the employee 

has used that equipment; and

(iv) Information from records of employmentrelated medical examinations previously provided 

to the affected employee, currently within the 

control of the employer.

(5) PLHCP’s written medical opinion.

(i) The employer shall obtain a written medical 

opinion from the PLHCP, within 30 days for 

each medical examination performed on each 

employee, which contains:

(A) The PLHCP’s opinion as to whether the 

employee has any detected medical condition(s) 

that would place the employee at increased risk 

of material impairment to health from further 

exposure to chromium (VI);

(B) Any recommended limitations upon the 

employee’s exposure to chromium (VI) or upon 

the use of personal protective equipment such 

as respirators;

(C) A statement that the PLHCP has explained 

to the employee the results of the medical 

examination, including any medical conditions 

related to chromium (VI) exposure that require 

further evaluation or treatment, and any 

special provisions for use of protective clothing 

or equipment.

(ii) The PLHCP shall not reveal to the employer 

specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to 

occupational exposure to chromium (VI).

(iii) The employer shall provide a copy of the 

PLHCP’s written medical opinion to the examined 

employee within two weeks after receiving it.

(j) Communication of chromium (VI) hazards to 

employees. 

(1) Hazard communication. The employer shall 

include chromium (VI) in the program established to 

comply with the Hazard Communication Standard 

(HCS) (§1910.1200). The employer shall ensure that 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

317

Subpart Z

each employee has access to labels on containers of 

chromium (VI) and safety data sheets, and is trained in 

accordance with the provisions of HCS and paragraph 

(j)(2) of this section. The employer shall ensure 

that at least the following hazards are addressed: 

Cancer; skin sensitization; and eye irritation.

(2) Employee information and training.

(i) The employer shall ensure that each 

employee can demonstrate knowledge of at 

least the following:

(A) The contents of this section; and

(B) The purpose and a description of the 

medical surveillance program required by 

paragraph (i) of this section.

(ii) The employer shall make a copy of this 

section readily available without cost to all 

affected employees.

(k) Recordkeeping. 

(1) Air monitoring data.

(i) The employer shall maintain an accurate 

record of all air monitoring conducted to comply 

with the requirements of this section.

(ii) This record shall include at least the following 

information:

(A) The date of measurement for each 

sample taken;

(B) The operation involving exposure to 

chromium (VI) that is being monitored;

(C) Sampling and analytical methods used and 

evidence of their accuracy;

(D) Number, duration, and the results of 

samples taken;

(E) Type of personal protective equipment, such 

as respirators worn; and

(F) Name and job classification of all employees 

represented by the monitoring, indicating which 

employees were actually monitored

(iii) The employer shall ensure that exposure 

records are maintained and made available in 

accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

318

Subpart Z

(2) Historical monitoring data.

(i) Where the employer has relied on historical 

monitoring data to determine exposure to 

chromium (VI), the employer shall establish and 

maintain an accurate record of the historical 

monitoring data relied upon.

(ii) The record shall include information that 

reflects the following conditions:

(A) The data were collected using methods that 

meet the accuracy requirements of paragraph 

(d)(5) of this section;

(B) The processes and work practices that were 

in use when the historical monitoring data were 

obtained are essentially the same as those to 

be used during the job for which exposure is 

being determined;

(C) The characteristics of the chromium (VI) 

containing material being handled when the 

historical monitoring data were obtained 

are the same as those on the job for which 

exposure is being determined;

(D) Environmental conditions prevailing when 

the historical monitoring data were obtained 

are the same as those on the job for which 

exposure is being determined; and

(E) Other data relevant to the operations, 

materials, processing, or employee exposures 

covered by the exception.

(iii) The employer shall ensure that historical 

exposure records are maintained and made 

available in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020.

(3) Objective data.

(i) The employer shall maintain an accurate 

record of all objective data relied upon to comply 

with the requirements of this section.

(ii) This record shall include at least the following 

information:

(A) The chromium containing material in question;

(B) The source of the objective data;
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

319

Subpart Z

(C) The testing protocol and results of testing, 

or analysis of the material for the release of 

chromium (VI);

(D) A description of the process, operation, 

or activity and how the data support the 

determination; and

(E) Other data relevant to the process, operation, 

activity, material, or employee exposures.

(iii) The employer shall ensure that objective data 

are maintained and made available in accordance 

with 29 CFR 1910.1020.

(4) Medical surveillance.

(i) The employer shall establish and maintain 

an accurate record for each employee covered 

by medical surveillance under paragraph (i) of 

this section.

(ii) The record shall include the following 

information about the employee:

(A) Name;

(B) A copy of the PLHCP’s written opinions;

(C) A copy of the information provided to 

the PLHCP as required by paragraph (i)(4) of 

this section.

(iii) The employer shall ensure that medical 

records are maintained and made available in 

accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020.

(l) Dates. 

(1) For employers with 20 or more employees, 

all obligations of this section, except engineering 

controls required by paragraph (e) of this section, 

commence November 27, 2006.

(2) For employers with 19 or fewer employees, 

all obligations of this section, except engineering 

controls required by paragraph (e) of this section, 

commence May 30, 2007.

(3) For all employers, engineering controls 

required by paragraph (e) of this section shall be 

implemented no later than May 31, 2010.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

320

Subpart Z

§1915.1027 thru §1915.1450

Note: The requirements applicable to shipyard 

employment under these sections, 1915.1027 through 

1915.1450, are identical to those set forth in sections 

of chapter 1910 listed below: 

1915.1027 Cadmium 1910.1027

1915.1028 Benzene 1910.1028

1915.1030 Bloodborne pathogens 1910.1030

1915.1044 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane 1910.1044

1915.1045 Acrylonitrile 1910.1045

1915.1047 Ethylene oxide 1910.1047

1915.1048 Formaldehyde 1910.1048

1915.1050 Methylenedianiline 1910.1050

1915.1052 Methylene Chloride 1910.1052

1915.1053 Respirable Crystalline Scilica 1910.1053

1915.1200 Hazard Communication 1910.1200

1915.1450 Occupational exposure to 

hazardous chemicals in 

laboratories

1910.1450
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

321

Workers’ Rights

Workers have the right to:

■ Working conditions that do not pose a risk of 

serious harm. ■ Receive information and training (in a language 

and vocabulary the worker understands) about 

workplace hazards, methods to prevent them, and 

the OSHA standards that apply to their workplace. ■ Review records of work-related injuries 

and illnesses. ■ File a complaint asking OSHA to inspect their 

workplace if they believe there is a serious hazard 

or that their employer is not following OSHA’s 

rules. OSHA will keep all identities confidential. ■ Exercise their rights under the law without 

retaliation, including reporting an injury or 

raising health and safety concerns with their 

employer or OSHA. If a worker has been 

retaliated against for using their rights, they 

must file a complaint with OSHA as soon as 

possible, but no later than 30 days.

For additional information, see OSHA’s Workers 

page (www.osha.gov/workers).

OSHA Assistance, Services, 

and Programs

OSHA has a great deal of information to assist 

employers in complying with their responsibilities 

under OSHA law. Several OSHA programs and 

services can help employers identify and correct 

job hazards, as well as improve their safety and 

health program.

Establishing a Safety and Health Program

Safety and health programs are systems that can 

substantially reduce the number and severity of 

workplace injuries and illnesses, while reducing 

costs to employers. 

Visit www.osha.gov/safety-management for 

more information.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

322

Compliance Assistance Specialists

OSHA compliance assistance specialists can 

provide information to employers and workers 

about OSHA standards, short educational 

programs on specific hazards or OSHA rights and 

responsibilities, and information on additional 

compliance assistance resources. 

Visit www.osha.gov/complianceassistance/cas or 

call 1-800-321-OSHA (6742) to contact your local 

OSHA office.

No Cost On-Site Safety and Health 

Consultation Services for Small Business

OSHA’s On-Site Consultation Program offers 

no-cost and confidential advice to small and mediumsized businesses in all states, with priority given to 

high-hazard worksites. On-Site consultation services 

are separate from enforcement and do not result 

in penalties or citations. 

For more information or to find the local On-Site 

Consultation office in your state, visit www.osha.gov/

consultation, or call 1-800-321-OSHA (6742).

Under the consultation program, certain exemplary 

employers may request participation in OSHA’s 

Safety and Health Achievement Recognition Program 

(SHARP). Worksites that receive SHARP recognition 

are exempt from programmed inspections during the 

period that the SHARP certification is valid.

Cooperative Programs

OSHA offers cooperative programs under which 

businesses, labor groups and other organizations 

can work cooperatively with OSHA. To find out 

more about any of the following programs, visit 

www.osha.gov/cooperativeprograms.

Strategic Partnerships and Alliances

The OSHA Strategic Partnerships (OSP) provide the 

opportunity for OSHA to partner with employers, 

workers, professional or trade associations, labor 

organizations, and/or other interested stakeholders. 
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

323

Through the Alliance Program, OSHA works with 

groups to develop compliance assistance tools and 

resources to share with workers and employers, and 

educate workers and employers about their rights 

and responsibilities.

Voluntary Protection Programs (VPP)

The VPP recognize employers and workers in the 

private sector and federal agencies who have 

implemented effective safety and health programs and 

maintain injury and illness rates below the national 

average for their respective industries.

Occupational Safety and Health 

Training Courses

The OSHA Training Institute partners with 26 OSHA 

Training Institute Education Centers at 40 locations 

throughout the United States to deliver courses 

on OSHA standards and occupational safety and 

health topics to thousands of students a year. 

For more information on training courses, visit 

www.osha.gov/otiec.

OSHA Educational Materials

OSHA has many types of educational materials 

to assist employers and workers in finding and 

preventing workplace hazards. 

All OSHA publications are free at www.osha.gov/

publications and www.osha.gov/ebooks. 

You can also call 1-800-321-OSHA (6742) to 

order publications.

Employers and safety and health professionals can 

sign-up for QuickTakes, OSHA’s free, twice-monthly 

online newsletter with the latest news about OSHA 

initiatives and products to assist in finding and 

preventing workplace hazards. To sign up, visit 

www.osha.gov/quicktakes.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

324

OSHA Regional Offices

Region 1

Boston Regional Office

(CT*, ME*, MA, NH, RI, VT*)

JFK Federal Building

25 New Sudbury Street, Room E340 

Boston, MA 02203

(617) 565-9860 (617) 565-9827 Fax 

Region 2

New York Regional Office

(NJ*, NY*, PR*, VI*)

Federal Building

201 Varick Street, Room 670

New York, NY 10014

(212) 337-2378 (212) 337-2371 Fax

Region 3

Philadelphia Regional Office

(DE, DC, MD*, PA, VA*, WV)

The Curtis Center

170 S. Independence Mall West, Suite 740 West

Philadelphia, PA 19106-3309

(215) 861-4900 (215) 861-4904 Fax

Region 4

Atlanta Regional Office

(AL, FL, GA, KY*, MS, NC*, SC*, TN*)

Sam Nunn Atlanta Federal Center

61 Forsyth Street, SW, Room 6T50

Atlanta, GA 30303

(678) 237-0400 (678) 237-0447 Fax

Region 5

Chicago Regional Office

(IL*, IN*, MI*, MN*, OH, WI)

John C. Kluczynski Federal Building 

230 South Dearborn Street, Room 3244

Chicago, IL 60604

(312) 353-2220 (312) 353-7774 Fax

Region 6

Dallas Regional Office

(AR, LA, NM*, OK, TX)

A. Maceo Smith Federal Building 

525 Griffin Street, Room 602

Dallas, TX 75202

(972) 850-4145 (972) 850-4149 Fax
SHIPYARD INDUSTRY STANDARDS

325

Region 7

Kansas City Regional Office

(IA*, KS, MO, NE)

Two Pershing Square Building

2300 Main Street, Suite 1010

Kansas City, MO 64108-2416

(816) 283-8745 (816) 283-0547 Fax

Region 8

Denver Regional Office

(CO, MT, ND, SD, UT*, WY*)

Cesar Chavez Memorial Building

1244 Speer Boulevard, Suite 551

Denver, CO 80204

(720) 264-6550 (720) 264-6585 Fax

Region 9

San Francisco Regional Office

(AZ*, CA*, HI*, NV*, and American Samoa, 

Guam and the Northern Mariana Islands)

San Francisco Federal Building 

90 7th Street, Suite 2650

San Francisco, CA 94103

(415) 625-2547 (415) 625-2534 Fax

Region 10

Seattle Regional Office

(AK*, ID, OR*, WA*)

Fifth & Yesler Tower

300 Fifth Avenue, Suite 1280

Seattle, WA 98104

(206) 757-6700 (206) 757-6705 Fax

*These states and territories operate their own OSHAapproved job safety and health plans and cover state and 

local government employees as well as private sector 

employees. The Connecticut, Illinois, Maine, New Jersey, 

New York and Virgin Islands programs cover public 

employees only. (Private sector workers in these states are 

covered by Federal OSHA). States with approved programs 

must have standards that are identical to, or at least as 

effective as, the Federal OSHA standards.

Note: To get contact information for OSHA area offices, 

OSHA-approved state plans and OSHA consultation projects, 

please visit us online at www.osha.gov or call us at 1-800-321-

OSHA (6742).
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

326

How to Contact OSHA

Under the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 

1970, employers are responsible for providing safe 

and healthful workplaces for their employees. OSHA’s 

role is to help ensure these conditions for America’s 

workers by setting and enforcing standards, and 

providing training, education and assistance. For 

more information, visit www.osha.gov or call OSHA 

at 1-800-321-OSHA (6742), TTY 1-877-889-5627.

For assistance, contact us.

We are OSHA. We can help. 

OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION

328

For more information:

Occupational

Safety and Health

Administration

www.osha.gov (800) 321-OSHA (6742)

U.S. Department of Labor